diff options
| author | Karl Berry <karl@freefriends.org> | 2009-05-23 00:36:09 +0000 |
|---|---|---|
| committer | Karl Berry <karl@freefriends.org> | 2009-05-23 00:36:09 +0000 |
| commit | dc9ef2149eb20c877acd8f758ce3a22f2e95ba33 (patch) | |
| tree | fe67bbcc40bb22cac57f19add8991f5ab83acb03 | |
| parent | a683c3d7e9fac38ec713f23fb6b9d2c7143aea82 (diff) | |
(re)move these random docs to better places
git-svn-id: svn://tug.org/texlive/trunk@13413 c570f23f-e606-0410-a88d-b1316a301751
| -rw-r--r-- | Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/tlc2/companion.ctan (renamed from Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/help/companion.ctan) | 0 | ||||
| -rw-r--r-- | Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/help/CTAN.sites | 83 | ||||
| -rw-r--r-- | Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/help/NTS-FAQ | 1015 | ||||
| -rw-r--r-- | Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/help/README-Books | 147 | ||||
| -rw-r--r-- | Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/help/TeX-index | 11553 | ||||
| -rw-r--r-- | Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/help/ascii.tex | 189 | ||||
| -rw-r--r-- | Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/help/csname.txt | 1892 | ||||
| -rw-r--r-- | Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/help/patgen2.tutorial | 331 | ||||
| -rw-r--r-- | Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/help/unixtex.ftp | 234 | ||||
| -rw-r--r-- | Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/help/usergrps.html | 354 | ||||
| -rw-r--r-- | Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/help/virtual-fonts.knuth | 633 | ||||
| -rw-r--r-- | Master/tlpkg/tlpsrc/collection-documentation-english.tlpsrc | 1 | ||||
| -rw-r--r-- | Master/tlpkg/tlpsrc/help.tlpsrc | 2 |
13 files changed, 0 insertions, 16434 deletions
diff --git a/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/help/companion.ctan b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/tlc2/companion.ctan index 8fd26a4b136..8fd26a4b136 100644 --- a/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/help/companion.ctan +++ b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/tlc2/companion.ctan diff --git a/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/help/CTAN.sites b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/help/CTAN.sites deleted file mode 100644 index a38e1051b2b..00000000000 --- a/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/help/CTAN.sites +++ /dev/null @@ -1,83 +0,0 @@ -In order to reduce network load, it is recommended that you use the -Comprehensive TeX Archive Network (CTAN) host which is located in the -closest network proximity to your site. Alternatively, you may wish to -obtain a copy of the CTAN via CD-ROM (see help/CTAN.cdrom for details). - -Known mirrors of the CTAN reside on (alphabetically): - cis.utovrm.it (Italia) /TeX - ctan.math.mun.ca (Newfoundland, Canada) /tex-archive - ctan.unsw.edu.au (NSW, Australia) /tex-archive - dongpo.math.ncu.edu.tw (Taiwan) /tex-archive - ftp.belnet.be (Belgium) /packages/TeX - ftp.ccu.edu.tw (Taiwan) /pub/tex - ftp.cdrom.com (West coast, USA) /pub/tex/ctan - ftp.comp.hkbu.edu.hk (Hong Kong) /pub/TeX/CTAN - ftp.cs.rmit.edu.au (Australia) /tex-archive - ftp.cs.ruu.nl (The Netherlands) /pub/tex-archive - ftp.cstug.cz (The Czech Republic) /pub/tex/CTAN - ftp.duke.edu (North Carolina, USA) /tex-archive - ftp.funet.fi (Finland) /pub/TeX/CTAN - ftp.gwdg.de (Deutschland) /pub/dante - ftp.heanet.ie (Ireland) /pub/ctan/tex - ftp.jussieu.fr (France) /pub4/TeX/CTAN - ftp.kreonet.re.kr (Korea) /pub/CTAN - ftp.lab.kdd.co.jp (Japan) /CTAN - ftp.loria.fr (France) /pub/ctan - ftp.mpi-sb.mpg.de (Deutschland) /pub/tex/mirror/ftp.dante.de - ftp.nada.kth.se (Sweden) /pub/tex/ctan-mirror - ftp.net.uni-c.dk (Denmark) /mirror/ftp.tex.ac.uk/tex-archive - ftp.ntua.gr (Greece) /mirror/ctan - ftp.oleane.net (France) /pub/mirrors/CTAN/ - ftp.rediris.es (Espa\~na) /mirror/tex-archive - ftp.rge.com (New York, USA) /pub/tex - ftp.riken.go.jp (Japan) /pub/tex-archive - ftp.tu-chemnitz.de (Deutschland) /pub/tex - ftp.u-aizu.ac.jp (Japan) /pub/tex/CTAN - ftp.uni-augsburg.de (Deutschland) /pub/tex/ctan - ftp.uni-bielefeld.de (Deutschland) /pub/tex - ftp.unina.it (Italia) /pub/TeX - ftp.uni-stuttgart.de (Deutschland) /tex-archive (/pub/tex) - ftp.univie.ac.at (\"Osterreich) /packages/tex - ftp.ut.ee (Estonia) /tex-archive - ftpserver.nus.sg (Singapore) /pub/zi/TeX - joshua.smcvt.edu (Vermont, USA) /pub/tex - src.doc.ic.ac.uk (England) /packages/tex/uk-tex - sunsite.auc.dk (Denmark) /pub/tex/ctan - sunsite.cnlab-switch.ch (Switzerland) /mirror/tex - sunsite.icm.edu.pl (Poland) /pub/CTAN - sunsite.unc.edu (North Carolina, USA) /pub/packages/TeX - tex.ihep.su (Russia) /pub/TeX/CTAN - wuarchive.wustl.edu (Missouri, USA) /packages/TeX - -Known partial mirrors of the CTAN reside on (alphabetically): - ftp.adfa.oz.au (Australia) /pub/tex/ctan - ftp.dcc.uchile.cl (Chile) /pub/Mirror/ctan - ftp.fcu.edu.tw (Taiwan) /pub2/tex - ftp.germany.eu.net (Deutschland) /pub/packages/TeX - ftp.gust.org.pl (Poland) /pub/TeX - ftp.jaist.ac.jp (Japan) /pub/TeX/tex-archive - ftp.uu.net (Virginia, USA) /pub/text-processing/TeX - sunsite.dsi.unimi.it (Italia) /pub/TeX - sunsite.snu.ac.kr (Korea) /shortcut/CTAN - -Please send updates to this list to <ctan@urz.uni-heidelberg.de>. - -The participating hosts in the Comprehensive TeX Archive Network are: - ftp.dante.de (Deutschland) - -- anonymous ftp /tex-archive (/pub/tex /pub/archive) - -- gopher on node gopher.dante.de - -- email via ftpmail@dante.de - -- World Wide Web access on http://www.dante.de/ - -- Administrator: <ftpmaint@dante.de> - - ftp.tex.ac.uk (England) - -- anonymous ftp /tex-archive (/pub/tex /pub/archive) - -- gopher on node gopher.tex.ac.uk - -- NFS mountable from nfs.tex.ac.uk:/public/ctan/tex-archive - -- World Wide Web access on http://www.tex.ac.uk/tex-archive - -- Administrator: <ctan-uk@tex.ac.uk> - - ctan.tug.org (Massachusetts, USA) - -- anonymous ftp /tex-archive (/pub/archive) - -- World Wide Web access on http://ctan.tug.org/ctan/ - -- Administrator: <ftpmaint@mail.tug.org> diff --git a/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/help/NTS-FAQ b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/help/NTS-FAQ deleted file mode 100644 index 1dd051f1e83..00000000000 --- a/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/help/NTS-FAQ +++ /dev/null @@ -1,1015 +0,0 @@ -Date: Tue, 31 Jan 1995 21:15:16 +0100 -Sender: NTS-L Distribution list <NTS-L@DHDURZ1.EARN> -From: "J%org Knappen, Mainz" <KNAPPEN@VKPMZD.KPH.UNI-MAINZ.DE> -Subject: Frequently asked questions of NTS-L, 5th edition -X-To: nts-l <nts-l@dhdurz1.bitnet> -To: Multiple recipients of list NTS-L <NTS-L@DHDURZ1.EARN> - - Frequently Asked Questions of NTS-L - -Fifth edition -Date: 31-JAN-1995 -Archive name: nts-l-faq -Currently maintained by: knappen@vkpmzd.kph.uni-mainz.de (J%org Knappen) - -Remark about the format: - -This faq is divided into several sections and subsections. Each section -contains a subsection general with some ideas which have not yet been -discussed. I added a date to some subsections to allow you to retrieve -fuller discussions from the archives. The transactions of this group are -archived on - - ftp.th-darmstadt.de [130.83.55.75] *) - directory pub/tex/documentation/nts-l - -Each file in this directory is named yymm, where (guess :-) yy is the -year and mm is the month when the mail arrived. (I.e., all postings -of one month are bundled in one file.) -*) Avoid using the number above ... it is subject to changes. - -Related stuff which is very worth reading you can find on the CTAN archives -under tex/info/tex-implementors. In addition, I recommend reading the list -of TeX bugs (tex-archive/systems/knuth/errata/tex82.bug). - --1. Contents - -0. About NTS -1. Proposed features of a New Typesetting system -1.1. Improvement of Quality -1.2. Internationality -1.3. New Look and Feel -1.4. Changing the ligaturing algorithm -1.5. Writing more than one dvi-file -1.6. Anchors -1.7. dump/restore mechanism -2. Proposed additions to TeX (concrete new primitives) -2.1. \lastmark etc. -2.2. \system -2.3. \skylineskiplimit, \skylinehorizontallimit -2.4. \directioncode -2.5. \textcode -2.6. \afterfi -2.7. \interactionmode -2.8. \mathspacing -2.9. \inputescapechar -2.10. \middle -2.11. \outputunit -2.12. \protected -2.13. \scantokens -2.14. \deferred -2.15. \everyeof -2.16. \readline -2.17. \evaluate -2.18. \ifevaluate -2.19. \everyeof -2.20. \fancyprompt -3. Metaremarks -3.1. TeX is not perfect -3.2. In which language shall NTS be written -3.3. The TeX language -3.4. The TeX engine -3.5. Extensions and Enhancements -4. Deviations -4.1. Automated Kerning -4.2. About Lout -5. Proposed changes to METAFONT -5.1. Writing to auxiliary files -6. Proposed changes to the tfm file format -6.1. Vertical kerning -6.2. Cross-font ligatures -7. Proposed changes to the dvi file format -7.1. Horizontal and Vertical Mirroring -7.2. Rotation of a glphy by 180 degrees -8. Additions to the TeX kit -8.1. dvicopy -8.2. dv2dp and dp2dv -8.3. gftotxt -8.4. qdtexvpl -8.5. fontinst -8.6. afmtotfm -8.7. dvipaste -8.8. METAPOST -8.9. Tie -8.10. dvi2dvi -9. Existing extensions to TeX -9.1. TeX-XeT -9.2. TeX--XeT -9.3. MLTeX -9.4. SiSiSi -9.5. Japanese TeX - -0. About NTS (Mar 93, see also Jul 92) - - At DANTE '93, held at the Technical University Chemnitz last week, Joachim - Lammarsch, President of Dante, announced that the NTS project which had been - started under the aegis of DANTE, was to be re-formed under a new - co-ordinator, Philip Taylor. The old core group, announced at the previous - annual DANTE meeting, was to be dissolved, and a new core group established. - Membership of the new core group will not be restricted to DANTE members, - but will instead be offered to various well-known names (and some - lesser-known!) in the international TeX community. - - see also: - F. Mittelbach: E-TeX Guidelines for future TeX, TUGboat v11n3 (1990) - P. Taylor: The future of TeX, EuroTeX'92 Prag (Proceedings); reprinted - in TUGboat v13n4, 433 (1992) - - As of September 1994, there are two activities going on, the ETeX group - is working on a extension of TeX and is going to produce a first ETeX soon. - The NTS group takes the path to reimplement TeX in common LISP to get - a deeper understanding of how the modules of TeX are cooperating which - eachother. - - Independently, the Omega project was launched to produce a typesetting system - which uses unicode as internal code and can handle arbitrarily encoded input - via filters. - - The beforementioned projects were presented at the 1994 TUG meeting at Santa - Barbara and at the EuroTeX'94 conference at Gdansk. For more information, - consult the respective proceedings. For the Omega project exists a mailing - list, omega@ens.fr. To subscribe, send an e-mail to LISTSERV@ens.fr. - - Omega is now announced to be presented at March 16, 1995 at CERN (Geneva). - -1. Proposed features of a New Typesetting system - -1.1. Improvement of Quality - -1.1.0 General: - Optimised page breaking, avoiding ``rivers'', letterspacing (see also 4.1), - Hyphenation (Haupt- und Nebentrennstellen), grid typesetting - -1.1.1 Skyline approach to line breaking (Mar 93) - -You can break paragraphs as usual with the current model, where all -lines are simple rectangular boxes. If there's no necessity to insert -\lineskip, then you don't have to look at the skyline. Only if two -lines are too near (e.g. distance<\lineskiplimit), you have to look -into the two rectangular boxes and to check if the boxes inside -overlap at one or more places. -For the worst case (i.e., you have to look at the skyline for all -pairs of lines) processing the skyline model consumes a lot of process -time, but this shouldn't hinder us to test this idea and look at the -results. - -Btw, the skyline model seems to be easy to implement in the current -TeX, because we need only some changes when the finally broken lines -of the paragraph are put on the vertical list. There are more changes -needed in the code, if the line break should be changed for the cases -where it is possible to avoid an overlap with other break points, but -IMHO it's nonetheless a relatively small change. - -Additionally you have to introduce some new parameters. I think of -something like: - \skylineskiplimit (b) - minimum vertical distance between two boxes - \skylinehorizontallimit (a) - minimum horizontal distance - - -line 1: ------------ - % % - % % ---------- - ------- <== (a) ==> % % - ~ % % - (b) % ------- - v % - ---------------------- -line 2: - -and other parameters, but the necessary parameter set, realization, -etc. for "skylines" are subject of discussion. - - -1.2. Internationality - -1.2.0 General: - Typesetting in arbitrary directions, unicode support (16bits), ISO10646 - support (32bits), ligatures pointing to other fonts, vertical kerning, - better accent handling (\topaccent and \botaccent) - - Remark: UTF-8 (UNICODE) can be handled with `TeX classic', LaTeX2e - support is provided by the CJK package written by Werner Lemberg. - -1.2.1 Supporting TeX--XeT primitives for right to left typesetting - TeX--XeT is an existing extension to TeX supporting right-to-left - typesetting an producing a usual dvi-file. TeX--XeT is written by - P. Breitenlohner and freely available. It is different from TeX-XeT - (one hyphen only). Allthough TeX will be frozen at version $\pi$, - this is not true for TeX--XeT. (see also 9.2) - -1.3. New Look and Feel - -1.3.0 General - Windows support, wysiwyg-like features - -1.3.1 Interaction with the operating system and other programmes - see 2.2. \system - -1.4. Changing the ligaturing algorithm - Replace the (IMHO over-)optimized ligature builder/kerning routines in - TeX by routines which separate between the building of ligatures and - the insertion of kerns between the characters/ligatures. - - This can be realized in a simple way by using two passes: in the - first pass the ligatures are built and in the second pass the - resulting ligatures and remaining single characters are used to - determine the necessary kerns. - - To ensure compatibility between e-TeX and TeX, it will be possible to - switch between the new and the current behaviour. - - Additionally a flag in the TFM file of each font can be used to - specify which behaviour is to be used for the font. This ensures that - "old" fonts with some tricky ligature/kerning programs depending on - the old behaviour can still be used with e-TeX. (I don't know if this - font dependent switching is really necessary. Comments, please!!) - - Example: - - A font contains the following ligatures and kerns: - - o " => ligature (o") (= \"{o}) - V o => kern(-smallkern) - V lig(o") => nothing - - Input: V o " - Output of current TeX: V kern(-smallkern) ligature(o") - Output with change: V ligature(o") - - Status: - - Bernd Raichle has written a simple, but running reimplementation of TeX's - ligature/kerning routine (in CommonLisp), which still waits to be - rewritten as a TeX.web change file. - The ligature builder/kerning routine is realized in one pass; kerns - are introduced in a delayed manner, i.e., after we are sure that - there's no possibility for a ligature. - Additionally there's a switch between the current TeX and the new - behaviour. (The TRIP test fails with the new behaviour.) - -PS: IMHO the ligature/kerning routines should be further changed to - remove the `shelf{}ful' anomaly (see TeXbook, exercise 5.1), i.e., - reinserting ligatures when words are hyphenated. - The change should allow ligatures for inputs like `f{}f' or - `f\relax f', which will simplify the macros in `german.sty', - Babel and changed macros for \", \', ... which are used to select - characters from DC fonts or other fonts with national characters. - -1.5. Writing more than one dvi-file (Nov 94) - I want to have TeX ready in the memory and avoid loading it anew and anew - for each run again which costs lots of startup time, if you have to load - every file via NFSS. - The idea I am toying with is to have something like - \level - which clones the current state of TeX and allows to start a new dvi-file. - Then you do anything you want (start even another \level) and at last you say - \exit - which performes like \end, except that it restores exactly the state before - the last cloning. - To communicate some information to the waiting lion, there may be one - exeption. You say - \exit{some_integer_number} - and this number can be read by using - \exitstatus. - Applications are many. If you have a format which usually requires several - runs, you can do all the runs within one job, and automatically decide, - whether a further run is necessary. Of course, you should device your format - to have a counter maxruns to avoid endless looping... - -1.6. Anchors (Nov 94) - Proposed by Jiri, an ``anchor point'' would be in some senses - be analogous to a mark, but rather than recording textual information it - would instead record the co-ordinates of itself, relative to the reference - point of the smallest surrounding box. Additional new primitives would - be required to return the co-ordinates of a specified anchor point. - -1.7. dump/restore mechanism - I'd suggest something much simpler, but also more general: Include \dump in - all versions of TeX. The initex/virtex distinction is simply not worth the - bother of retaining any more - the memory differences are trivial in modern - terms. \dump should ideally also be extended to allow dumping from inside of - a group. - Once you do this, it becomes possible to write programs to analyze format - files. Since the analysis programs would not be part of TeX proper, they can - be as elaborate as anyone might want to make them. Sorting would be no - problem, for example. - None of this would cost anything in TeX itself, and except for the ability - to \dump inside a group, if added, would not even have an effect on whether - the resulting E-TeX is properly "TeX", since it would be invisible to any - possible trip test. - -2. Proposed additions to TeX (concrete new primitives) - -2.0. General (Jun 92, Jul 92, Aug 93, Nov 94) - A rather long list of proposed primitives (more or less worked out) was - posted by Karl Berry on 10-Jun-1992. It contains suggestions like: - \elseif (selfexplaining), \format{foo} (allow the author to select a format), - \host{name} \host{os} \host{type} \getenv to extract host information - \TeXversion, \usertime, \everyeof, and others. - - It is currently not possible to get some information about the current - mode of TeX and make conditionals dependent on it and/or restore it after - some action (see 2.7. \interactionmode). More of this kind are a - conditional or primitive to signal, when TeX is in "expand only" mode - (\edef, \mark, \write, ...), when TeX is scanning numbers (here I'm - thinking---and hating---german.sty's active doublequote, which can also - be used as a marker for hexadecimal numbers), when TeX is peeking for - some special tokens (first column in an \halign), etc... - - A list of new primitives, enhancements and extensions has been prepared - on the NTS meeting at Lindau in October 1994. It was posted to this list in - November 1994 and provoked plenty of discussions and additional suggestions. - Under the discussed primitves were \bind, \contents<box#>, \futuredef, - \ifdefined, \ifcsname ... \endcsname, \unless, \OSname, \defaultextension. - -2.1. \lastmark etc. (Jun 92, Jul 92) - Currently you cannot remove a \write or \mark or - \insert or rule from any list at all. If we allow them to removed, how - will the commands appear to the user? If we have \lastmark like - \lastbox, then perhaps we need a mark data type so that we can say something - like \setmark0=\lastmark. It will probably be difficult - in the case of \insert's to think of a good command syntax. - - Perhaps \lastpenalty, \lastkern, \lastskip should - remove the penalty, kern, skip, ... so that they are consistent with - \lastbox. Then \unpenalty, \unkern, and \unskip would be unnecessary. - (Of course most macro packages would probably want to reimplement them, - as macros: \def\unpenalty{\count@\lastpenalty}, - \def\unkern{\dimen@\lastkern}, \def\unskip{\skip@\lastskip}.) - -2.2. \system (Mar 93) - -2.2.0 General - Oops, this got rather longish, but this topic has caused plenty of traffic. - I decided to quote directly the positions of both sides. The subpoints are - 1. Pro 2. Contra 3. Syntax - -2.2.1 Pro - First comes the proposal as formulated by Phil Taylor: - - There has been much discussion on how a \system primitive might interact - with different operating systems, each with different functionality and a - different syntax. My idea was to extend the concept of a `TeX - implementation', which at the moment implies the creation and application - of a change-file to the master TeX source, to include an implementation- - specific macro library. Thus each implementor, as well as creating and - applying a change file, would also be responsible for mapping a well-defined - set of macros, through the \system primitive, to the syntax and - functionality of the operating system for which he or she has assumed - responsibility. To cite a specific example: - - Assume that in e-Lib (a hypothetical macro library to accompany e-TeX), - a macro \sys$delete_file {<parameters>} is partially defined; then each - implementor would be responsible for mapping \sys$delete_file {<parameters}> - to his or her own implementation of \system. e-Lib would define the effect - and the result(s), \system would provide the interface, and the implementor - would be responsible for providing the mapping. - - The question has been asked: ``Why via \system and macros? Why not via - explicit primitives to carry out the various functions that are envisaged?'' - - To which I would suggest that the answer is ``Because `the various functions - which are envisaged' is both enormous (requiring many new primitives), and - yet not large enough (because no matter what functionality we posit, someone - will come up with an idea that has not been considered).'' By implementing - just one \system primitive, and an extensible e-Lib macro library, one can - create a robust and well-tested e-TeX whilst allowing new system interactions - to be added at the simplest points: through the implementation-independent - and implementation-specific components of e-Lib. - -2.2.2 Contra - And here's from the ``Minority Report'' (Tim Murphy and J"org Knappen) - - May I recall the immortal words of Ken Thompson, - "A program should do one thing, and do it well." (TM) - - I don't like the hackers to decide, making eTeX yet another programme from - which I can send e-mail and read news :-) Maybe people will tell me eTeX is - a fine operating system, but TeX version $\pi$ is the better typesetter :-) - - But there is another side of \system, I want to call it the monstrosity - side. Many people are thinking now, that TeX is a monster and difficult to - tame. \system will add to this monstrosity. It will create a new paradise - for hackers creating system hacks. And it will make people turn away from - eTeX and use other products, even if they are far less secure. (JK) - -2.2.3 Syntax - If a \system command is required, should it not have a similar syntax - and semantics to the a similar TeX command. I can't think of anything - else in TeX (prepares to be shown wrong) that expands in the mouth and - has side-effects. Should it not be like \read, \write etc. that is it - generates a whatsit that is obeyed at shipout, unless preceded by an - \immediate, in which case it is done immediately by the stomach. - There seem to be two obvious syntaxes, one like \write: - \system{foo} or \immediate\system{foo} - and one like \read: - \system{foo} to \baz or \immediate\system{foo} to \baz - The latter one would produce the exit code into \baz. Should this be - done with catcode 12 characters, or should it be done like \read, with - the current catcodes? - -2.3. \skylineskiplimit, \skylinehorizontallimit - see section 1.1.1 - -2.4. \directioncode (May 1993) - A \directioncode (with syntax analogous to \uccode, \lccode, sfcode) to be - assigned to each input character. The basic ones are - 0 -- transparent (space, full stop...) - 1 -- left-to-right (latin letters, digits...) - 2 -- right-to-left (hebrew letters, arab letters...), - a truly international NTS will also have codes for vertical typesetting - and some special cases. - - The question is how to use this idea consistently. One could extend the - notion of TeX's modes. Horizontal mode is in fact left-to-right mode, a - right-to-left mode is missing. To be complete, this mode will be equipped - with boxen and all the stuff TeX's left-to-right (aka horizontal) mode has. - - At the beginning of a paragraph NTS decides which mode to choose by the - \directioncode of the first input character. Sometimes the first character - will have the wrong code, in this case the insertion of an explicit - control sequence (like \lrbox{}) is necessary. If a character with another - directioncode occurs, NTS starts a \rlbox and finishes it as soon as a - character with the original \directioncode appears or at the end of the - paragraph. - - For the building of right-to-left tables a \rlalign is needed. - -2.5. \textcode (Sep 93, Nov 93) - Some of the character coding discussions in the Technical Working - Group on Multiple Language Coordination and some experiences I've made - with `german.sty' (specially the problems with an active doublequote - and hex integer constants!) lead to this _incomplete_ proposal/idea - for the following addition: - Introduce something like - \textcode (and \textchar & \textchardef) - which are the text (hmode) equivalent of TeX's \mathcode (and - \mathchar/\mathchardef) primitives. - - With an equivalent and appropriate implemented \textcode primitive - (with the choice to define a character as "pseudo-active"), it would - be possible to - * relate characters to different fonts - (using a generalized `fam' of \mathcode) - - * suppress expansion of active characters (it will only be - expanded, if it is read to form the hlist) - (using an equivalent \mathcode="8000 value) - [This point allows the use of e.g. a pseudo-active " - which expands to non-expandable tokens and it removes - the special construct \relax\ifmmode... for active - characters, too.] - -2.6. \afterfi (August 1993) - In the answer to an exercise of the ``Around the Bend'' series, Michael Downes - realised the non-existence of an \afterfi primitive (Note: He did not - demand it nor really miss it). Perhaps an \afterfi can - simplify some obscure mouth-only macros with nested conditionals??? - \afterfi should be expandable, because \if...\fi is expandable. - -2.7. \interactionmode (Nov 93, was: \currentinteractionmode) - Add a new count register \interactionmode, which reflects the user - interaction level with the following values: - <= 0 batch_mode - = 1 nonstop_mode - = 2 scroll_mode - >= 3 error_stop_mode - - The commands \batchmode...\errorstopmode, the "options" 'Q', 'R', 'S' - in the interactive error routine and all other TeX internal - interaction level changes (e.g. after an interruption) access this new - register. The level changes in the interactive error routine and the - old commands should always work, even if the symbol \interactionmode is - redefined (this means that the user can redefine \interactionmode, but the - commands \batchmode...\errorstopmode still work). - - Examples: - - \ifnum\interactionmode<1 \AskUser \else \UseDefault \fi - - {\interactionmode=0 % switch to \batchmode - \global\font\test=xyz10 % try to load font - }% % restore former interaction level - % ... now test if font has been loaded - % without error (i.e. != nullfont) - -2.8. \mathspacing (Nov 93) - Add a new count register array \mathspacing with 64 entries (we really - need only 64-8=56 entries, because some of them are never used, but to - simplify things 64 are used) with the following syntax: - - \mathspacing <num1>=<num2> % 0 <= <num1> <= 63 - - The spacing specified in number <num2> is inserted between the two - math atom types specified in number <num1>. The two numbers are coded - as - - <num1> = <left_atom_type> * 8 + <right_atom_type> - <num2> = ( (<display_spacing> * 256 + <text_spacing>) * 256 - + <script_spacing> ) * 256 + <scriptscript_spacing> - - This means that <num1> is easily expressed in octal and <num2> in - hexadecimal notation. - - <..._atom_type> is one of the following seven types: - - 0 ordinary 1 large operator - 2 binary operation 3 relation - 4 opening 5 closing - 6 punctuation 7 delimited subformula - - <..._spacing> can be specified separately for each of the four math - styles (display, text, script and scriptscript) with the following - values: - - 0 no space - 1 thin space (specified by \thinmuskip) - 2 medium space ( -- " -- \medmuskip) - 3 thick space ( -- " -- \thickmuskip) - - 4-255 reserved for other things - (e.g. other spacings and/or additional penalties, - like \relpenalty, \binoppenalty, ...) - - For more information see TeXbook, pp. 170f & Appendix G and TeX--The - Program, \S 764ff. - - Examples: (using TeX's standard spacing) - - Between an `ordinary' (= 0) and a `relation' (= 3) atom a thick - space (= 3) is inserted, but not in script or scriptscript style. - - \mathspacing '03 = "0033 - - Between a large operator (= 1) and an ordinary (= 0) atom a thin - space (= 1) is inserted: - - \mathspacing '10 = "1111 - - Necessary changes for the sketched proposal are very simple to - implement. - The syntax of \mathspacing is awful, but this is true for \mathcode, - \delimitercode, etc.etc., too. - -2.9. \inputescapechar (Nov 93, alternative names were proposed during - discussion) - Use two new internal count registers \inputescapechar and - \outputescapechar to specify the "escape" character to be used for - unprintable characters. - If \inputescapechar is not in [0..255], TeX's behaviour is used, - i.e., two equal characters with category 7 are used as a prefix for a - ~~x notated character, otherwise two characters with code - \inputescapechar are used for this prefix. - If \outputescapechar is not in [0..255], the character `~' is used - when an unprintable character has to be written. - - The default values of these two registers are - \inputescapechar = -1 - \outputescapechar = `~ - to be compatible with TeX's standard behaviour. - -2.10. \middle (Jan 94) - Generalize the syntax of \left<delimiter> <formula> \right<delimiter> - to allow one or more optional \middle delimiters, - \left<delimiter> <formula> \middle<delimiter> <formula> \right<delimiter>. - - The middle delimiter grows to the same height as the left and right ones. - Constructions of this kind are used throughout quantum mechanics (Dirac - notation), e.g. - $$ - \left\langle A \middle% \hat{O} \middle% B \right\rangle - $$ - By default, the \middle element is \mathrel, you can make it - \mathord by embracing it {\middle %}. - - -2.11. \outputunit (Dec 93) - \outputunit unit to be used when e-TeX shows some dimen or glue - value - Usage: \outputunit=<unit of measure> (s. TeXbook p. 270) - Rationale: - - Currently TeX forces the user to think in points when it outputs any - dimen or glue value (e.g. when issueing an overfull hbox warning). - But a program should adapt to the conventions of the user instead the - other way round. The addition of \outputunit whould make TeX much - more user-friendly, since only a few people are thinking in points. - -2.12. \protected (new prefix for macro definitions) (Nov 94) - Analogous to \long, \outer, etc., causes the associated macro to be - non-expanding in contexts where such behaviour is likely to be undesirable - (in particular in \writes and \edefs); an explicit \expandafter \empty - may be used to force expansion in these circumstances. - -2.13. \scantokens (Nov 94) - Allows an existing token-list to be re-input under a different catcode regime - from that under which it was created; as it uses all of TeX's present \input - mechanism, even %%ff notation will be interpreted as if \input. Causes an - `empty filename' to be input, resulting in `( )' appearing in the log file - if \tracingscantokens (q.v.) is strictly greater than zero. If the token - list represents more than one line of input, and if an error occurs, then - \inputlinenumber will reflect the logical input line from the token list - rather than the current input line number from the current file. - -2.14. \deferred (Nov 94) - At the moment, only \writes are deferred; there are cases when it would - be desirable for other things, too, to be expanded only during \shipout, - and \specials are one of these. (See also 2.2.3) - -2.15. \everyeof {<balanced text>} - Provides a hook whereby the contents of a token list register may be - inserted into TeX's reading orifice when end-of-file is encountered - during file reading. Would not be invoked of the file indicated - logical e-o-f through the medium of \endinput. Proposed by Phil - to allow clean processing of file-handling code which requires - a (sequence of characters yielding) \else or fi to be found in a - file, where no such sequence can be guaranteed. - -2.16. \readline <integer> to <cs> (Nov 94) - Allows a single line to be read from an input file as if each character - therein had catcode 12. Intended to be used for verbatim copying - operations, in conjunction with \scantokens, or to allow error-free parsing - of `foreign' (non-TeX) files. - -2.17. \evaluate {<arithmetic expression>} (Nov 94) - Intended for use on the r-h-s of \count, \dimen and \skip assignments, - it would allow the use of infix arithmetic operators such as +, -, * and /; - the type of the result would, in general, be the type of the simplest operand - forming a part of the expression, and the normal semantics of TeX would allow - this to be further coerced where necessary. Parenthesised sub-expressions - would be allowed. - - Additional operations were proposed: trigonometric functions, square - root, pythagorean addition (METAFONT's `++'), angle{<delta_x, delta_y>}. - -2.18. \ifevaluate{<boolean expression>}....\else....\fi (Nov 94) - The boolean expression should allow for the usual operators like - .not., .and., .or., .xor., =, >, <, <=, etc., if feasable it should also - allow the evaluation of arithmetic expressions. Some functions are needed - to get information old TeX \if's know now, I propose the name - \query<whatever> to these functions. - - At the moment I see need for the following \query<whatever> functions: - \queryeof returns `1' if eof, `0' else - \querymode returns `0' in the infamous `no mode' (do we need to - differentiate finer here? - `1' in vertical mode - `2' in restricted vertical mode - `3' in horizontal mode - `4' in restricted horizontal mode - `5' in math mode - `6' in restricted math mode - With \querymode \ifmmode, \ifhmode, \ifvmode, and \ifinner can be emulated. - \querydefined{\cs} `1' if defined, `0' else - \querycsname...\endcsname (ditto) - -2.19. \everyeof {<balanced text>} - Provides a hook whereby the contents of a token list register may be - inserted into TeX's reading orifice when end-of-file is encountered - during file reading. Would not be invoked of the file indicated - logical e-o-f through the medium of \endinput. Proposed by Phil - to allow clean processing of file-handling code which requires - a (sequence of characters yielding) \else or fi to be found in a - file, where no such sequence can be guaranteed. - -2.20. \fancyprompt - allow configuration of the TeX prompt (default `*'), e.g. - *\fancyprompt{eTeX>} - eTeX> - -3. Metaremarks - -3.0. General - Remarks about group efforts vs. one person creating software (Mar 93), - ALGOL 68 as a warning example - -3.1. TeX is not perfect (Jun 92, Jul 92) - The discussion has taken place in June and July 1992. Several details were - worked out, where TeX could be improved. Another point of criticism was - the programming language of TeX in general, several participants prefer a - procedural language over a macro language. - -3.2. In which language shall NTS be written (Mar 93) - In 1992, there was much discussion, in which language an NTS should be - implemented (candidates were LISP, C, and WEB). This has settled in March - 1993 (to PASCAL-WEB), because of the acceptance of the - idea that rather than wait for an ``all-singing, all dancing'' NTS, the - group should develop, in a stepwise manner, small but significant - enhancements to TeX. This implies that the enhancements are implemented as - change files in WEB. - -3.3. The TeX language (Oct/Nov 93) - The TeX language is a simple language in the sense, that it contains only - few concepts. It belongs to the Lisp family. In particular, it's a - list-based macro language with late binding. Actually, that's all one - needs to say to characterize it. - Its data constructs are simpler than in Common Lisp: `token list' is the - only first order type. Glue, boxes, numbers, etc., are engine - concepts; instances of them are described by token lists. - Its lexical analzsis is simpler than CL: One cannot program - it. One can only configure it. - Its control constructs are simpler than in CL: Only macros, no - functions. And the macros are only simple ones, one can't compute - in them. - -3.4. The TeX engine (Oct/Nov 93) - The TeX engine lies below the TeX language. Glue, boxes, numbers, etc. - belong to the TeX engine. The registers of the engine can be changed - by TeX's primitives. However, the latter seem to be quite unregular and - baroque. - -3.5. Extensions and Enhancements (Nov 94) - `Extensions' are basically new primitives which have no effect on the - semantics of existing TeX documents, except insofaras any document which - tests whether such a primitive is, in fact, undefined, will clearly obtain - opposite results under TeX and e-TeX; `enhancements' are more fundamental - changes to the TeX kernel which may affect the semantics of existing TeX - documents even if no new primitive is used or even tested. Such changes - may be, for example, differences in the construction of TeX's internal - lists, or perhaps different hyphenation or ligaturing behaviour. - -4. Deviations - -4.0. General - (empty) - -4.1. Automated Kerning (Oct 92) - Kindersley's "optical kerning": for the purposes of - kerning, each character is replaced by a circle centred on the centre of - gravity of that character; the radius of the circle is determined by the - fourth moment of the character (that is, the fourth root of the sum over - all black pixels of the fourth power of their distance from the centre). On - the UKTUG trip to Kindersley's studio, I tried to extract the reason why - the fourth, as opposed to third or fifth or whatever, moment is used; the - reason is apparently that it "looks right". - - We can construct elaborate schemes for kerning (Kindersley's fourth - moments, FontStudio's (convex?) envelopes, Calamus' eight widths, etc), but - the proof of the typographical pudding is in the eating of the resulting - words, so to speak. - -4.2 About Lout (June 1993) - In June 1993, the new system Basser Lout caused several questions and - suggestions on this list. The following is taken from a short review - of Lout by Bernd Raichle: - - `Lout' is a (yet another) document formatting system, released under - the terms of the GNU General Public License and available on some ftp - servers. - - IMHO it's more like a `troff' (with a better input language and some - newer concepts) than a `TeX'. - - A few citations from the documentation of lout: - - Lout is a high-level language for document formatting, designed and - implemented by the author. The implementation, known as Basser - Lout, is a fully operational production version written in C for the - Unix operating system, which translates Lout source code into - PostScript, a device-independent graphics rendering language - accepted by many high-resolution output devices, including most - laser printers. - [...] - When expert users can implement such applications quickly, - non-experts benefit. Although Lout itself provides only a small - kernel of carefully chosen primitives, - - Lout has 23 primitive operators... missing, for example, the simplest - arithmetical operators (there is only the operator "@Next" which - increases a number by one). - - packages written in Lout and distributed with Basser Lout provide an - unprecedented array of advanced features in a form accessible to - non-expert users. The features include rotation and scaling, fonts, - - These features are mostly based on the output language... Postscript - (if you are looking inside a Lout package, you find large portions of - embedded Postscript code). - - paragraph and page breaking, - - TeX does a better job for these two items, because Lout is missing - most of TeX's paragraph/page breaking parameters. (Note: Lout uses - TeX's hyphenation algorithm and the hyphenation patterns.) - - displays and lists, floating figures and tables, footnotes, chapters - and sections (automatically numbered), running page headers and - footers, odd-even page layouts, automatically generated tables of - contents, sorted indexes and reference lists, bibliographic and - other databases (including databases of formats for printing - references), equations, tables, diagrams, formatting of Pascal - programs, and automatically maintained cross references. - - TeX's math setting abilities are better. Lout uses a package named - `eq' derived from the `eqn' preprocessor used with `troff'. And there - are other packages named `tab' (for tabulars) and `fig' (drawing - figures). - - [...] - Lout is organized around four key concepts -- objects, definitions, - galleys, and cross references -- [...] - - The concept of `galleys' and the "expansion" of recursive defintions - are IMHO the only new concept in Lout: - - `galleys' are a way to describe a page, dividing it in certain regions - which can be filled from different sources (e.g. a footnote galley is - filled with footnote text, etc.). - - Recursive definitions are very simple, e.g. - def @Leaders { .. @Leaders } - defines the command (Lout calls it `object') to "expand" to a `..' and - if there is place for another "expansion" it is called again. - - For example - \hbox to 4in{Chapter 7 \dotfill 53} - is in Lout - 4i @Wide { Chapter 7 @Leaders 53 } - - With this recursive definitions, a whole document is defined as a - @PageList consisting of a @Page and a @PageList with an incremented - @PageNum. A @Page is defined as a set of `galleys' (header, text - body, footnotes, footer), which are also defined as a list of - text/footnotes/... and so on. - - Perhaps others can add more impressions, mine are based on the - documentation coming with the Lout package and some tests done in - 1-2 hours. - -5. Proposed changes to METAFONT - -5.O. General - Most of the General points in the discussion of TeX also apply to METAFONT. - -5.1. Writing to auxiliary files - METAFONT should be able to write to auxiliary files. Desparately needed - for packages which allow to draw figures in METAFONT and label them in TeX - (BoF session at EuroTeX '92, Prague). - - -6. Proposed changes to the tfm file format - -6.1. Vertical kerning (Jun 92) - This may sound exotic to you, but the AFM format can do - it. And I desperately need it for non-Latin alphabets (everytime I need - a character in a ligature raised or lowered, I have to reserve a position - in the font for it). - -6.2. Cross-font ligatures (Jun 92) - Ligatures pointing to other fonts!! Yes, imagine for example that your - 256 chars are full, you could still access characters by ligatures...but - they have to be in the same font. - -7. Proposed changes to the dvi file format - -7.0. General - A longer discussion about colour inclusion into the dvi-file occured in - Oct/Nov 93. The outcome was, that high-quality colour handling is a difficult - and device dependent task, better left to the printer driver. Colour can be - handled by the \special command which is sent directly to the driver. - - On comp.text.tex I saw a remark, that specials may occur on places in the - dvi-file, where TeX can't put them. Maybe eTeX should take care of this - point. - -7.1. Horizontal and Vertical Mirroring (Nov 94) - Allow a glyph to be mirrored in a vertical axis, placed centrally; - mirrored in a horizontal axis, placed at half the x(?)-height. - - It was noted, that the specification of the axes might cause problems. - It was also noted, that several drivers understand specials for the - requested action. - -7.2. Rotation of a glphy by 180 degrees (Nov 94) - This would greatly increase the power of vpl files (e.g. define schwa by - rotating e), and I hope that it would be possible for drivers to implement. - - It was noted, that this is fine, but rotation by 90 degrees cannot be - device independent, because there are printers with rectangular (non-square) - pixels. - -8. Additions to the TeX kit - -8.0. General - The TeX kit, meaning the bundle of programmes building up a complete TeX - installation, contains besides the major programmes TeX and METAFONT - additional programmes, traditionally divided into several groups: - - a) TeXware: dvitype, tftopl, pltotf, pooltype, pktype, patgen, vftovp, - vptovf, (outdated: pxtopk, pktopx) - b) MFware: mft, gftodvi, gftopk, gftype, (outdated: gftopxl) - c) webware: weave, tangle - - And, of course, drivers for the screens and printers. - - Other utility programmes more loosely associated with TeX are indexers - (makeindex, idxtex, glotex, ...) and bibliography tools (bibtex, - bibclean, ...). Makeindex and Bibtex are standard tools, because they - are described in the LaTeX manuals. - - Another group includes drawing programmes (TeXCAD, xfig, gnuplot, ...) to - create graphics to be imported to TeX documents and graphics converters - (ghostscript, xv, bmt2font, ...). - -8.1. dvicopy - Written in WEB by Peter Breitenlohner - Available from CTAN - Resolves all references to virtual fonts in a dvi file. Can be used to - create a dvi file without virtual fonts (e.g. for drivers which cannot - handle vf's). - -8.2. dv2dp and dp2dv - Written in C by Geoffrey Tobin - Available on request from the author - dv2dp makes a human readable file from a dvi file. The companion - programme dp2dv makes a dvi file frome a dvi property list file. - It allows you to change dvi files with a text editor. - -8.3. gftotxt - Written in C by Yannis Haralambous - Available ? - Extracts a certain kind of specials from the gf file into a text file. - Workaround for the famous non-ability of METAFONT to write auxiliary - files. - -8.4. qdtexvpl - Written by Eberhard Mattes - Available from the CTAN archives - Generates a virtual font from TeX macros. qd = quick and dirty. - -8.5. fontinst - Written in TeX by Alan Jeffrey - Available form CTAN - Makes virtual fonts from afm files (PostScript fonts). Used by the LaTeX - team to create virtual fonts and fd files for LaTeX2e. - -8.6. afmtotfm - Written in C by Thomas Rokicki - Available from CTAN (part of dvips distribution) - Makes tfm files from afm files. - -8.7. dvipaste - Part of LAMSTeX (Michael Spivak) - Allows to paste a dvi-file into another one. - -8.8. METAPOST - Written in Web by John Hobby - Now freely available from the CTAN - A tool to build graphics to be included in TeX documents, uses a METAFONT - style language. - -8.9. Tie - Written by Klaus Gunthermann - Available from CTAN - Allows to process multiple change files to a given Web source. A tool - of this kind is needed to build any eTeX distribution, since one has - tex.web, etex.ch, tex.ch-system, and etex.ch-system files to deal with. - -8.10. dvi2dvi - Available from CTAN - Postprocessor for dvi files, allowing e.g. 2-up or 4-up layout of full - pages. - -9. Existing extensions to TeX - -9.0 General - Here I include short description of existing extensions to TeX. This section - does not include commercial TeX implementations because of lack of solid - enough information on them. It also does not yet include ETeX, NTS, nor - Omega. - -9.1. TeX-XeT (Don Knuth and Pierre MacKay) - CTAN: tex-archive/systems/knuth - Adds new primitives \beginR, \endR, \beginL, and \endL for right to left - typesetting. Despite their names, the new primitives are insensitive to - TeX's grouping mechanism. Outputs a special file in dvi-ivd format, which - need be resolved by another programme or requires special drivers. - -9.2. TeX--XeT (Peter Breitenlohner) - Available from CTAN tex-archive/systems/knuth/tex--xet - Implements the same primitives as TeX-XeT, but outputs a normal dvi file. - Passes the trip test (as far as I know). - -9.3. MLTeX (Michael Ferguson) - Available from aldebaran.ee.mcgill.ca in pub/mltex - Adds a primitive \charsubdef, which allows the following: input of 8-bit - characters, participation of accented characters not present in the output - encoding in hyphenation, ligatures and kerning with accented letters. - Especially popular in francophone countries. - emTeX supports MLTeX via the /ml option. - -9.4. SiSiSi (Wilhelm Barth, Heinrich Nirschl, Heini Hofstaedter und Harald - Mueller) - Available from CTAN: tex-archive/systems/vms (sic!) - Implements another hyphenation algorithm (the name means SIchere - SInnentsprechende SIlbentrennung, which is translated `secure sensitive - hyphenation') specific to the german language (with Haupt- und - Nebentrennstellen). Fails the trip test, therefore not a legitimate TeX. - In use at TU Wien (Austria). - -9.5. Japanese TeX - [in preparation] - -The End. diff --git a/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/help/README-Books b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/help/README-Books deleted file mode 100644 index 93477950d76..00000000000 --- a/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/help/README-Books +++ /dev/null @@ -1,147 +0,0 @@ -$Id$ - -Bibliography entries for the various published books here. -The files here contain examples only, not the full text of the books, -with the exception of "Making TeX Work" and "TeX for the Impatient". - -BiBTeX entries taken from ./texmf/bibtex/bib/beebe/texbook3.bib. - -The complete sources to the following books are available on the web -(under varying licensing conditions, precluding republishing except -where noted). - - The TeXbook, by Donald Knuth - http://www.ctan.org/tex-archive/systems/knuth/tex/texbook.tex - (source only) - - The Metafontbook, by Donald Knuth - http://www.ctan.org/tex-archive/systems/knuth/mf/mfbook.tex - (source only) - - TeX by Topic, A TeXnician's reference, by Victor Eijkhout - http://www.eijkhout.net/tbt/ - (pdf only) - - TeX for the Impatient, by Paul Abrahams, Kathryn Hargreaves, Karl Berry - ftp://tug.org/tex/impatient/ - (freely available under the GNU Free Documentation License) - - Making TeX Work, by Norman Walsh - http://makingtexwork.sourceforge.net/mtw/ - (freely available under the GNU Free Documentation License) - -For a list of tutorials, references, and other assorted items available -on the web, see http://tug.org/interest.html. - - - -@Book{Mittelbach:2004:LC, - author = "Frank Mittelbach and Michel Goossens and Johannes - Braams and David Carlisle and Chris Rowley", - title = "The {\LaTeX} Companion", - publisher = pub-AW, - address = pub-AW:adr, - edition = "Second", - pages = "????", - year = "2004", - ISBN = "0-201-36299-6", - LCCN = "Z253.4.L38 G66 2004", - bibdate = "Sat Apr 10 14:19:47 2004", - series = "Tools and Techniques for Computer Typesetting", - acknowledgement = ack-nhfb, -} - -@Book{Kopka:2003:GLD, - author = "Helmut Kopka and Patrick W. Daly", - title = "A Guide to {\LaTeXe}: Document Preparation for - Beginners and Advanced Users", - publisher = pub-AW, - address = pub-AW:adr, - edition = "Fourth", - year = "2003", -} - -@Book{Kopka:1994:LBE, - author = "Helmut Kopka", - title = "{\LaTeX} Band 1: Einf{\"u}hrung", - publisher = pub-AWV, - address = pub-AWV:adr, - pages = "xix + 428", - year = "1994", - ISBN = "3-89319-664-1", - bibdate = "Tue Mar 1 14:25:32 MET 1994", - note = "Replaces the old series of two volumes.", - acknowledgement = ack-rz, -} - -@Book{Goossens:1997:LGC, - author = "Michel Goossens and Sebastian Rahtz and Frank - Mittelbach", - title = "The {\LaTeX} Graphics Companion: Illustrating - Documents with {\TeX} and {PostScript}", - publisher = pub-AW, - address = pub-AW:adr, - pages = "xxi + 554", - year = "1997", - ISBN = "0-201-85469-4", - LCCN = "Z253.4.L38G663 1997", - bibdate = "Fri Jul 11 07:51:47 1997", - price = "US\$39.75", - series = "Tools and Techniques for Computer Typesetting", - acknowledgement = ack-nhfb, - keywords = "LaTeX (Computer file); Computerized typesetting.; - PostScript (Computer program language); Scientific - illustration -- Computer programs.; Mathematics - printing -- Computer programs.; Technical publishing -- - Computer programs.", -} - -@Book{Goossens:1999:LWC, - author = "Michel Goossens and Sebastian Rahtz", - title = "The {\LaTeX} {Web} companion: integrating {\TeX}, - {HTML}, and {XML}", - publisher = pub-AW-LONGMAN, - address = pub-AW-LONGMAN:adr, - pages = "xxii + 522", - year = "1999", - ISBN = "0-201-43311-7", - LCCN = "QA76.76.H94G66 1999", - bibdate = "Thu Jun 03 09:32:08 1999", - note = "With Eitan M. Gurari and Ross Moore and Robert S. - Sutor.", - price = "US\$36.95", - series = "Tools and Techniques for Computer Typesetting", - acknowledgement = ack-nhfb, -} - -@Book{Walsh:1994:MTW, - author = "Norman Walsh", - title = "Making {\TeX} Work", - publisher = pub-ORA, - address = pub-ORA:adr, - pages = "xxxvi + 483", - year = "1994", - ISBN = "1-56592-051-1", - bibdate = "Thu May 12 08:24:59 1994", - price = "US\$29.95", - acknowledgement = ack-nhfb, -} - -@Book{Graetzer:2000:ML, - author = "George Gr{\"a}tzer", - title = "Math into {\LaTeX}", - publisher = pub-BIRKHAUSER # " and " # pub-SV, - address = pub-BIRKHAUSER:adr # " and " # pub-SV:adr, - edition = "Third", - pages = "xxv + 584", - year = "2000", - ISBN = "0-8176-4131-9, 3-7643-4131-9", - LCCN = "Z253.4.L38 G745 2000", - bibdate = "Thu Aug 23 10:53:02 2001", - price = "US\$49.95", - acknowledgement = ack-nhfb, - keywords = "AMS-LaTeX; AMS-LaTeX (Ficher d'ordinateur); - Mathematics printing -- Computer programs; Computerized - typesetting; Mathematiques -- Impression -- Logiciels; - Composition automatique (Industries graphiques)", -} diff --git a/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/help/TeX-index b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/help/TeX-index deleted file mode 100644 index ffef9e88d34..00000000000 --- a/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/help/TeX-index +++ /dev/null @@ -1,11553 +0,0 @@ -======================================================================= - @ASCII-file{ - filename = "TeX-index", - version = "1.06", - date = "22 December 1992", - time = "18:29:27 EST", - author = "David M. Jones", - address = "MIT Laboratory for Computer Science - Room NE43-316 - 545 Technology Square - Cambridge, MA 02139 - USA", - telephone = "(617) 253-5936", - FAX = "(617) 253-3480", - checksum = "10254 11553 46236 367136", - email = "dmjones@theory.lcs.mit.edu (Internet)", - codetable = "ISO/ASCII", - keywords = "TeX, LaTeX, AMS-TeX, AMS-LaTeX, etc., macros", - supported = "yes", - docstring = "This is a catalogue of TeX macros. The most recent - version is always available from theory.lcs.mit.edu in - the directory pub/tex/tex-styles-and-macros.txt. - - Copies can also be obtained from the following - locations: - - ftp.tex.ac.uk:pub/archive/help/tex-styles-and-macros.txt - ftp.th-darmstadt.de: - pub/tex/documentation/tex-styles-and-macros.txt[.Z] - ftp.uni-stuttgart.de:/soft/tex/documentation/TeX-index - ftp.SHSU.edu:[fileserv.tex-index]tex.index - ymir.claremont.edu:[anonymous.tex.documentation]tex-index.txt - - ftp.cs.ruu.nl:pub/TEX/DOC/TeX-index.Z - ftp.math.utah.edu:pub/tex/tex-index - ftp.diku.dk:pub/TeX/misc/TeX-Index.Z - - The Catalogue is also available on SPAN at node 39003 in - 39003::$1$dia1:[tex]0000tex-index - - The checksum field above contains a CRC-16 checksum as - the first value, followed by the equivalent of the - standard UNIX wc (word count) utility output of lines, - words, and characters. This is produced by Robert - Solovay's checksum utility.", - } -======================================================================== - A CATALOGUE OF TEX MACROS - -INTRODUCTION - -This is a catalogue of TeX macros. Its scope includes all macros that -are available via anonymous ftp or mail-server or some similar -mechanism. Commercial packages will be included only if a full -Catalogue entry is supplied to me by the vendor. - -In this, its first incarnation, the Catalogue is heavily slanted towards -the ymir and SHSU archives, in the sense that most of the entries have -been drawn from the packages at those sites. Although I have included a -significant amount of material from the Stuttgart archive, I've fallen -far short of exhausting its wealth of macros, and the excellent Aston -archive is hardly represented at all. I hope to remedy both of these -shortcomings in the near future. - -In addition to the archives just mentioned, a number of smaller, more -specialized archives are also represented. For example, e-math.ams.com -is the home of all the official AMS macro packages, including AMS-TeX, -AMS-LaTeX and the AMSFonts package. Similarly, dhdspri6.bitnet is the -home of all official Springer-Verlag macros. - -Since the Catalogue is devoted to macros, fonts and special-purpose -programs are mentioned only when they are necessary to explain the -purpose of a set of macros. For a list of fonts, I recommend Liam R. E. -Quin's list of metafonts [1]. For a list of TeX implementations and -other programs, see Bobby Bodenheimer's frequently-asked questions list -[2] and Guoying Chen's supplement [3]. - -Each entry is divided into a number of fields, with the following -functions: - -Name: The name of the macro package, usually the same as the name of the - file containing it. - -Description: A short (usually 1-3 line) description of what the package - does. - -Keywords: A list of keywords to facilitate searching for special-purpose - macros, as well as to help describe the macros. A glossary of - keywords can be found at the end of the file. - -Archives: A list of archives where the package can be found. Whenever - known, the primary distribution site is marked with an asterisk. - This list is not meant to be comprehensive. Instead, priority is - given to the ymir, Aston, SHSU, Stuttgart and Utrecht archives. - When the archive is well-known and has a significant collection of - macros, I refer to it by an abbreviated name and give complete - information about the archive in the "List of TeX Archives" at the - end of the Catalogue. In many cases, however, an ftp site serves as - the home of only one package, in which case I include the full name - of the archive in the "Archives" field and don't include a full - listing for it below. - -Author: The name and address (preferably electronic) of the author of - the package. All email addresses, including JANET addresses, have - been normalized to little-endian order. - -Bugs to: The address where bug reports should be sent, if this is - different from the address(es) listed in the Author field. - Currently (version 1.06 of the TeX Macro Index), this is only used - for files in the standard LaTeX distribution. These files are being - maintained by Frank Mittelbach and Rainer Sch\"opf, but all bug - reports should be sent to latex-help@cs.stanford.edu. - -Latest Version: The date and/or version number of the latest release of - the package. - -Supported: Whether or not the package is supported, that is, whether the - author wants to receive bug reports and/or comments on the package. - Note that in most cases the author of a "supported" package does not - promise to fix bugs or answer questions about the package. The only - promise is that the author won't get mad if you send a bug report. - In addition, it means that the author would like to hear about any - improvements or additions to the macros. In fact, some authors only - want to hear about improvements: they will accept bug fixes but will - not necessarily answer bug reports. - -See also: A list of other packages with similar features. - -Note: Any additional information which seems pertinent. - -Needless to say, the Catalogue is bound to contain numerous small errors -and omissions and, most likely, not a few large ones. I've tried to -indicate some of the larger gaps that I am aware of, and I'll be working -to close these gaps as time permits. However, I would appreciate -hearing about any errors or omissions in the information below. I would -especially appreciate it if authors of macros would send me full entries -for their packages. I'll continue creating entries on my own, but the -task will be greatly simplified if I receive ready-made entries, rather -than having to retrieve the files and process them by myself. I'll -attempt to answer all mail sent to me, but please keep in mind that it -might take me some time to do so. - -Whenever possible, I asked the authors these packages to verify the -information listed. I'm grateful to those who responded. In a few -cases I didn't have time to follow up on the information that authors -supplied me, but, again, I'll do this as soon as time permits. - -I'd like to thank the following people for reading a preliminary version -of the Catalogue and commenting on it: - -Ravinder Bhumbla -David Carlisle -Steve Fisk -Graham O'Neil -Eric Schenk -Dave Steiner -Dominik Wujastyk - -They provided me with numerous helpful comments and suggestions. -Unfortunately, lack of time once again prevented me from implementing -all of their ideas for this first release of the Catalogue, but I will -be working on them for future versions of the Catalogue. - -My thanks also goes out to George Greenwade and Nelson Beebe for helping -me get connected to the community of TeX archivers and for answering -numerous questions. - -Finally, I extend my special thanks to Barbara Beeton for her constant -support and encouragement. Without her always gentle nudges, this -project would probably have become moribund on a number of occasions. - -David. - -REFERENCES - -[1] Complete list of all metafont-format fonts in the world. Liam R. -E. Quin <lee@sq.sq.com>. Posted bi-monthly to comp.text.tex and -comp.fonts. - -[2] TeX, LaTeX, etc.: Frequently Asked Questions with Answers [Monthly]. -Bobby Bodenheimer. Posted monthly to comp.text.tex. Also available on -most of the major TeX archives. - -[3] Supplement to the Frequently Asked Questions. Guoying Chen. Posted -monthly to comp.text.tex. Also available by anonymous ftp from -cs.nyu.edu (128.122.140.24) in the pub/tex/tex.supplement. - -=========================================================================== -The Catalogue is divided into a rough hierarchy based on macro package. -I hope to refine the division in the future, but for now here is the -list of headings: - -%%Section 1: AMS-TEX -%%Section 1.1: Standard Distribution -%%Section 1.2: Other AMS-TeX Files -%%Section 1.2.1: AMS-TeX document styles -%%Section 1.2.2: Other AMS-TeX files -%%Section 2: AMS-LATEX -%%Section 3: EPLAIN -%%Section 4: FOILTEX -%%Section 4.1: Standard Distribution -%%Section 4.2: Other FoilTeX Files -%%Section 5: INRSTEX -%%Section 6: LATEX -%%Section 6.1: Standard Distribution -%%Section 6.1.1: Document styles -%%Section 6.1.2: Document-style options -%%Section 6.1.3: Other -%%Section 6.2: The Mainz LaTeX Files -%%Section 6.2.1: The New Font Selection Scheme -%%Section 6.2.2: Other Mainz files -%%Section 6.2.3: Mainz-compatible macros -%%Section 6.4: The BABEL project -%%Section 6.5: REVTeX -%%Section 6.6: LaTeX Document Styles -%%Section 6.7: LaTeX Document-style Options -%%Section 6.8: Other -%%Section 7: LAMS-TEX -%%Section 8: PLAIN TEX -%%Section 8.1: The New Font Selection Scheme for plain TeX -%%Section 8.2: Newsletter Macros -%%Section 8.3: ScriptTeX -%%Section 9: SLITEX -%%Section 9.1: Standard Distribution -%%Section 9.2: Other SliTeX Files -%%Section 10: PHYSE -%%Section 11: PHYZZX -%%Section 12: TEXT1 -%%Section 13: TEXSIS -%%Section 14: YTEX -%%Section 15: GENERIC MACROS -%%Section 15.1: Midnight Macros -%%Section 15.2: PicTeX -%%Section 16: HEBREW TEX -%%Section 17: HYPHENATION PATTERNS -%%Section 18: BIBTEX STYLES -%%Section 19: OTHER - -LIST OF TEX ARCHIVES - -GLOSSARY OF KEYWORDS - -APPENDIX: CONVERTING THE CATALOGUE TO A MORE STANDARD DATABASE FORMAT - -COMING ATTRACTIONS -*************************************************************************** - -%%Section 1: AMS-TEX - -%%Section 1.1: Standard Distribution - -Name: amstex.tex -Description: AMS-TeX is the American Mathematical Society's macros for - simplifying the typesetting of complex mathematical material. - AMS-TeX is meant to be used with plain TeX. For corresponding - support for LaTeX, see AMS-LaTeX. -Keywords: AMS-TeX, math -Author: American Mathematical Society <Tech-Support@math.ams.org> -Supported: yes -Latest Version: v2.1, 5 Apr 1991 -Archives: e-math*, ymir, utrecht, aston, stuttgart -Note: The AMS-TeX distribution includes a readme file, a user's guide - (amsguide.tex) and installation notes (amstinst.tex). -See also: AMS-LaTeX - -Name: amsppt.sty (.doc) -Description: AMS-TeX article preprint document style. -Keywords: AMS-TeX, journal, article, publisher style -Author: American Mathematical Society <Tech-Support@math.ams.org> -Supported: yes -Latest Version: v2.1a, 22 Jan 1992 -Archives: e-math*, ymir, utrecht, aston, stuttgart -See also: amsppt1.tex - -Name: amsppt1.tex -Description: AMS-TeX conversion file to provide compatibility between - amsppt.sty version 1 and amsppt.sty version 2. -Keywords: AMS-TeX, amsppt -Author: American Mathematical Society <Tech-Support@math.ams.org> -Supported: yes -Latest Version: v2.1b, 2 Aug 1991 -Archives: e-math*, ymir, utrecht, aston, stuttgart -See also: amsppt.sty - -Name: amssym.tex -Description: Defines names for all the math symbols in the AMS symbol - fonts (msam and msbm). If not used with AMS-TeX, amssym.tex must be - used with amssym.def (q.v.). -Keywords: AMS-TeX, amsfonts, mathfonts -Author: American Mathematical Society <Tech-Support@math.ams.org> -Supported: yes -Latest Version: v2.1, 31 May 1991 -Archives: e-math*, ymir, utrecht, aston, stuttgart -See also: amssym.def, msam.sty, msbm.sty, amssymbols.sty, amssymbl.sty, - amsfonts.sty, amssymb.sty - - -%%Section 1.2: Other AMS-TeX Files - -%%Section 1.2.1: AMS-TeX document styles - -Name: amamult.cmm -Description: Official Springer-Verlag AMS-TeX macros for typesetting - multi-author mathematics books. -Keywords: AMS-TeX, publisher style, camera-ready, Springer-Verlag, book, - multi-author, mathematics -Author: Springer-Verlag <springer@dhdspri6.bitnet> -Supported: yes -Latest Version: Jun 1991 -Archives: dhdspri6* -Note: The package comes with a documentation file, amamult.doc, an - example file, amamult.dem, and a readme file. -See also: lmamult.sty, mathmult.cmm, mathsing.cmm, mathsing.sty - -Name: amstexsiam.sty -Description: Unofficial AMS-TeX document style for producing papers for - SIAM journals. -Keywords: AMS-TeX, SIAM, journal, article -Author: Bradley J. Lucier <lucier@cs.purdue.edu> and Douglas N. Arnold - <dna@emmy.umd.edu> -Supported: ??? -Latest Version: v1.1, 31 Jan 1990 -Archives: research.att.com [192.20.225.2]* (in netlib/typesetting/amstex) -Note: The amstexsiam package includes a documentation file (siamdoc.tex) - and a sample file (sample.tex). This package does not work with - version 2.0 of AMS-TeX. -See also: siam.sty - -Name: imappt.sty -Description: AMS-TeX document style used by the Institute of Mathematics - and its Applications for typesetting its preprints. -Keywords: AMS-TeX, article, publisher style -Author: Bradley J. Lucier <lucier@cs.purdue.edu> and Douglas N. Arnold - <dna@emmy.umd.edu> -Supported: ??? -Latest Version: v1.2 -Archives: research.att.com [192.20.225.2]* -Note: The imappt package includes a documentation file (imapptdoc.tex) - and a sample file (sample.tex). This package does not work with - version 2.0 of AMS-TeX??? - -Name: jfpppt.sty -Description: AMS-TeX 2.1 document style which extends amsppt.sty to - mimic the style of The Journal of Functional Programming (JFP). -Keywords: AMS-TeX, journal, article, publisher style, amsppt -Author: Kristoffer H. Rose <kris@diku.dk> -Supported: yes -Latest Version: v2.1, 22 Mar 1992 -Archives: aston, ftp.diku.dk [129.142.96.1]* [/pub/TeX/misc] - -Name: jnsams.cmm -Description: Official Springer-Verlag AMS-TeX macros for typesetting - articles for the Journal of Nonlinear Science. -Keywords: AMS-TeX, publisher style, camera-ready, Springer-Verlag, - journal -Author: Springer-Verlag <springer@dhdspri6.bitnet> -Supported: yes -Latest Version: 16 July 1990 -Archives: dhdspri6* -Note: The package comes with a documentation file, jnsa.doc, an example - file, jnsa.dem, and a readme file. -See also: jns.sty, jns.cmm - -Name: lncs.sty -Description: AMS-TeX 2.1 document style for submissions to - Springer-Verlag's Lecture Notes in Computer Science series. -Keywords: AMS-TeX, Springer-Verlag, LNCS, article, publisher style, - camera-ready -Author: Kristoffer H. Rose <kris@diku.dk> -Supported: yes -Latest Version: 1.25, 25 Jan 1992 [beta] -Archives: aston, ftp.diku.dk [129.142.96.1]* [/pub/TeX/misc] - -Name: osudeG.sty -Description: Macros for formatting proceedings volumes of the Ohio - State University Math Research Institute series. Unlimited - distribution with few provisos. Provides editorial facilities - (for proofing), good pagebreaks near headings, quality typography - with Adobe Type1 fonts, sophisticated mathsurround. For Plain TeX - and AMS-TeX. -Keywords: plain TeX, AMS-TeX -Author: Laurent Siebenmann <lcs@matups.matups.fr> with numerous - contributions by Walter.D. Neumann. -Supported: yes -First Version: 1990 -Latest Version: July 1992 -Note: Includes user guide and several auxiliary files. -Archives: shape.mps.ohio-state.edu* [128.146.7.200], matups.matups.fr* - [192.54.146.4] - - -%%Section 1.2.2: Other AMS-TeX files - -Name: pptfixes.tex -Description: Bug fixes for the AMS-TeX 2.1 amsppt style. -Keywords: AMS-TeX, amsppt -Author: Kristoffer H. Rose <kris@diku.dk> -Supported: Kristoffer H. Rose <kris@diku.dk> -Latest Version: v1.23, 22 Jan 1992 -Archives: aston, ftp.diku.dk [129.142.96.1]* [/pub/TeX/misc/xppt*] - -Name: review.sty -Description: A set of macros for TeXing Mathematical Reviews text files. -Keywords: AMS-TeX -Author: -Supported: ??? -Latest Version: -Archives: ymir - -Name: xfixed.tex -Description: Fixed/verbatim format for AMS-TeX. -Keywords: AMS-TeX, verbatim -Author: Kristoffer H. Rose <kris@diku.dk> -Supported: yes -Latest Version: 1.25 28 Jan 1992 [beta] -Archives: aston, ftp.diku.dk [129.142.96.1]* [/pub/TeX/misc/xppt*] - -Name: xppt.sty -Description: Extensions to the AMS-TeX document style amsppt.sty. -Keywords: AMS-TeX, amsppt -Author: Kristoffer H. Rose <kris@diku.dk> -Supported: no [obsolete] -Latest Version: 1992 -Archives: aston -Note: Obsolete: Superseded by xppt.tex (q.v.) - -Name: xppt.tex -Description: Extensions to the AMS-TeX 2.1 amsppt style and compatible - styles: supports automatic table of contents, cross references, - BibTeX bibliographies, and automatic numbering of sections, theorems - and captions. -Keywords: AMS-TeX, amsppt -Author: Kristoffer H. Rose <kris@diku.dk> -Supported: yes -Latest Version: 1.25 28 Jan 1992 -Archives: aston, ftp.diku.dk [129.142.96.1]* [/pub/TeX/misc/xppt*] - - -%%Section 2: AMS-LATEX - -Name: AMS-LaTeX -Description: AMS-LaTeX is a synthesis of the LaTeX macro package and the - AMS-TeX macro package which combines the document structure of LaTeX - with the sophisticated math typesetting capabilities of AMS-TeX. It - is implemented as a set of document styles and style options for - LaTeX. -Keywords: LaTeX, AMS-TeX, AMS-LaTeX, NFSS -Author: American Mathematical Society <Tech-Support@math.ams.org> -Supported: yes -Latest Version: v1.1, 21 Jun 1991 -Archives: e-math*, ymir, utrecht, aston, stuttgart, shsu -Note: The AMS-LaTeX distribution includes a user's guide (amslatex.tex), - and two sets of test files (testbook.tex and testart.tex). -See also: AMS-TeX - -Name: amsart.sty -Description: AMS-LaTeX document style for papers submitted to AMS - journals. -Keywords: LaTeX, AMS-LaTeX, article, journal, NFSS, publisher style -Author: American Mathematical Society <Tech-Support@math.ams.org> -Supported: yes -Latest Version: v1.1b, 31 Jul 1991 -Archives: e-math*, ymir, utrecht, aston, stuttgart, shsu - -Name: amsbook.sty -Description: AMS-LaTeX document style for books submitted to the AMS. -Keywords: LaTeX, AMS-LaTeX, book, NFSS, publisher style -Author: American Mathematical Society <Tech-Support@math.ams.org> -Supported: yes -Latest Version: v1.1b, 2 Aug 1991 -Archives: e-math*, ymir, utrecht, aston, stuttgart, shsu - -Name: amsbsy.sty -Description: LaTeX document-style option for producing bold math - symbols, either by using the appropriate bold math font or by - simulating them with a "poor man's bold" macro. -Keywords: LaTeX, AMS-LaTeX, bold symbol, math symbol, pmb, NFSS -Author: American Mathematical Society <Tech-Support@math.ams.org> -Supported: yes -Latest Version: v1.1, 21 Jun 1991 -Archives: e-math*, ymir, utrecht, aston, stuttgart, shsu -Note: amsbsy.sty can be used independently of amstex.sty - -Name: amscd.sty -Description: LaTeX document-style option that adapts the commutative - diagram macros of AMS-TeX for use in LaTeX. -Keywords: LaTeX, AMS-LaTeX, commutative diagrams -Author: American Mathematical Society <Tech-Support@math.ams.org> -Supported: yes -Latest Version: v1.1, 21 Jun 1991 -Archives: e-math*, ymir, utrecht, aston, stuttgart, shsu -Note: amscd.sty can be used independently of amstex.sty - -Name: amsfonts.sty -Description: LaTeX document-style option which provides access to the - AMS math fonts (msam, msbm and eufm), but doesn't actually define - control sequences for all the individual characters (see - amssymb.sty). -Keywords: LaTeX, AMS-LaTeX, amsfonts, msam, msbm, eufm, blackboard bold, - NFSS -Author: American Mathematical Society <Tech-Support@math.ams.org> -Supported: yes -Latest Version: v1.1a, 3 Sep 1991 -Archives: e-math*, ymir, utrecht, aston, stuttgart, shsu -Note: amsfonts.sty can be used independently of amstex.sty -See also: amssymb.sty - -Name: amssymb.sty -Description: LaTeX document-style option which defines names for all the - symbols in the AMS math fonts (msam and msbm). -Keywords: LaTeX, AMS-LaTeX, math symbol, amsfonts, msam, msbm, NFSS -Author: American Mathematical Society <Tech-Support@math.ams.org> -Supported: yes -Latest Version: v1.1, 21 Jun 1991 -Archives: e-math*, ymir, utrecht, aston, stuttgart, shsu -Note: amssymb.sty can be used independently of amstex.sty -See also: amsfonts.sty - -Name: amstex.sty -Description: LaTeX document-style option which adapts most of the - mathematical macros of AMS-TeX for use with LaTeX. -Keywords: LaTeX, AMS-LaTeX, AMS-TeX, math, NFSS -Author: American Mathematical Society <Tech-Support@math.ams.org> -Supported: yes -Latest Version: v1.1, 21 Jun 1991 -Archives: e-math*, ymir, utrecht, aston, stuttgart, shsu - -Name: amstext.sty -Description: LaTeX document-style option which defines the AMS-LaTeX - \text command, which makes it easy to incorporate fragments of text - inside a displayed equation or a sub or superscript. Font sizes are - automatically scaled in sub/superscripts. -Keywords: LaTeX, AMS-LaTeX -Author: American Mathematical Society <Tech-Support@math.ams.org> -Supported: yes -Latest Version: v1.1, 21 Jun 1991 -Archives: e-math*, ymir, utrecht, aston, stuttgart, shsu -Note: amstext.sty can be used independently of amstex.sty - -Name: ctagsplt.sty -Description: AMS-LaTeX document-style option that allows the position of - equation numbers for the [AMS-TeX] `split' environment to be changed - from top left (or bottom right if the `righttag' option is in use) - to vertically centered on the total height of the split equation. -Keywords: LaTeX, AMS-LaTeX, equation number -Author: American Mathematical Society <Tech-Support@math.ams.org> -Supported: yes -Latest Version: v1.1, 12 Jun 1991 -Archives: e-math*, ymir, utrecht, aston, stuttgart, shsu - -Name: intlim.sty -Description: AMS-LaTeX option which changes the placement of `limits' on - integrals from `on the right side' to `above and below'. -Keywords: LaTeX, AMS-LaTeX, integral, limits -Author: American Mathematical Society <Tech-Support@math.ams.org> -Supported: yes -Latest Version: v1.1, 12 Jun 1991 -Archives: e-math*, ymir, utrecht, aston, stuttgart, shsu - -Name: nonamelm.sty -Description: AMS-LaTeX document-style option which switches sub and - superscripts for `operator names' from `above and below' to the - right side in a displayed equation. -Keywords: LaTeX, AMS-LaTeX, operatorname -Author: American Mathematical Society <Tech-Support@math.ams.org> -Supported: yes -Latest Version: v1.1, 12 Jun 1991 -Archives: e-math*, ymir, utrecht, aston, stuttgart, shsu - -Name: nosumlim.sty -Description: AMS-LaTeX document-style option which changes the placement - of limits for sums and other cumulative operators from above and - below to on the side. -Keywords: LaTeX, AMS-LaTeX, summation, sum, limits -Author: American Mathematical Society <Tech-Support@math.ams.org> -Supported: yes -Latest Version: v1.1, 12 Jun 1991 -Archives: e-math*, ymir, utrecht, aston, stuttgart, shsu - -Name: righttag.sty -Description: AMS-LaTeX document-style option which changes the placement - of equation numbers from the left margin to the right margin. -Keywords: LaTeX, AMS-LaTeX, equation number -Author: American Mathematical Society <Tech-Support@math.ams.org> -Supported: yes -Latest Version: v1.1, 12 Jun 1991 -Archives: e-math*, ymir, utrecht, aston, stuttgart, shsu - - -%%Section 3: EPLAIN - -Name: eplain.tex -Description: Macros to expand and extend the plain TeX macros by adding - support for bibliographies, tables of contents, enumerated lists, - verbatim input of files, numbered equations, tables, two-column - output, footnotes and commutative diagrams. -Keywords: plain TeX, bibliography, BibTeX, lists, verbatim, TOC, xrefs, - autonumbering, table, multi-column, footnotes, two-column -Author: Karl Berry et al. <karl@cs.umb.edu> -Supported: yes -Latest Version: v2.1, 25 March 1992 -Archives: umb* [pub/tex/eplain], ymir, stuttgart, utrecht, shsu -Note: eplain comes with extensive documentation and example files. -See also: btxmac.tex - -Name: arrow.tex -Description: Macros for arrow theoretic diagrams. -Keywords: plain TeX, eplain -Author: Steven T. Smith <smith@hrl.harvard.edu> -Supported: ??? -Latest Version: v1.0, 20 Jan 1992 -Archives: umb* - -Name: Card.tex -Description: Macros for creating greeting cards in TeX. -Keywords: plain TeX, eplain, card, dvips, rotate -Author: William McKeehan <mckeehan@utkux1.utk.edu> -Supported: yes -Latest Version: v1.0 -Archives: mathsun17.math.utk.edu:/pub/tex/card.tex* [128.169.200.117] -Note: Requires eplain.tex (q.v.), rotate.tex (q.v.) and dvips. - - -%%Section 4: FOILTEX - -Name: FoilTeX -Description: FoilTeX is a LaTeX-like macro package (and misc. other - files) for making transparencies (foils, slides, etc.). It is - fundamentally similar to SliTeX but has some major structural - differences. -Keywords: FoilTeX, LaTeX, dvips, slides -Author: James (Jim) Hafner, IBM Research Division, Almaden Research - Center <hafner@almaden.ibm.com> or <hafner@almaden.bitnet> -Supported: yes -Latest Version: v1.0.1, 25 Aug 1992 -Archives: ymir, aston, stuttgart -Note: Package includes a readme file (README.flt), a user's manual - (foildoc.tex (q.v.)), and sample file (sampfoil.tex (q.v.)). -See also: colordvi.tex, blackdvi.tex - -%%Section 4.1: Standard Distribution - -Name: fltplain.tex -Description: Primary file for building the FoilTeX format fltplain.fmt. -Keywords: FoilTeX, LaTeX, dvips, fmt, slides -Author: James (Jim) Hafner, IBM Research Division, Almaden Research - Center <hafner@almaden.ibm.com> or <hafner@almaden.bitnet> -Supported: yes -Latest Version: v1.0.1, 25 Aug 1992 -Archives: ymir, aston, stuttgart -See also: FoilTeX - -Name: fltfonts.tex -Description: Font selection for building the FoilTeX format - fltplain.fmt. -Keywords: FoilTeX, LaTeX, dvips, fonts. OFSS -Author: James (Jim) Hafner, IBM Research Division, Almaden Research - Center <hafner@almaden.ibm.com> or <hafner@almaden.bitnet> -Supported: yes -Latest Version: v1.0, 21 Aug 1992 -Archives: ymir, aston, stuttgart -See also: FoilTeX - -Name: foils.sty -Description: Main document style for use with the FoilTeX format - fltplain.fmt. -Keywords: FoilTeX, LaTeX, dvips -Author: James (Jim) Hafner, IBM Research Division, Almaden Research - Center <hafner@almaden.ibm.com> or <hafner@almaden.bitnet> -Supported: yes -Latest Version: v1.0.1, 25 Aug 92 -Archives: ymir, aston, stuttgart -See also: FoilTeX, foil17.sty, foil20.sty, foil25.sty, foil30.sty - -Name: foil17.sty -Description: 17 point document-style option for use with foils.sty - (q.v.). -Keywords: FoilTeX, LaTeX, dvips -Author: James (Jim) Hafner, IBM Research Division, Almaden Research - Center <hafner@almaden.ibm.com> or <hafner@almaden.bitnet> -Supported: yes -Latest Version: v1.0, 21 Aug 1992 -Archives: ymir, aston, stuttgart -See also: FoilTeX, foils.sty, foil20.sty, foil25.sty, foil30.sty - -Name: foil20.sty -Description: 20 point document-style option for use with foils.sty - (q.v.). -Keywords: FoilTeX, LaTeX, dvips -Author: James (Jim) Hafner, IBM Research Division, Almaden Research - Center <hafner@almaden.ibm.com> or <hafner@almaden.bitnet> -Supported: yes -Latest Version: v1.0, 21 Aug 1992 -Archives: ymir, aston, stuttgart -See also: FoilTeX, foils.sty, foil17.sty, foil25.sty, foil30.sty - -Name: foil25.sty -Description: 25 point document-style option for use with foils.sty - (q.v.). -Keywords: FoilTeX, LaTeX, dvips -Author: James (Jim) Hafner, IBM Research Division, Almaden Research - Center <hafner@almaden.ibm.com> or <hafner@almaden.bitnet> -Supported: yes -Latest Version: v1.0, 21 Aug 1992 -Archives: ymir, aston, stuttgart -See also: FoilTeX, foils.sty, foil17.sty, foil20.sty, foil30.sty - -Name: foil30.sty -Description: 30 point document-style option for use with foils.sty - (q.v.). -Keywords: FoilTeX, LaTeX, dvips -Author: James (Jim) Hafner, IBM Research Division, Almaden Research - Center <hafner@almaden.ibm.com> or <hafner@almaden.bitnet> -Supported: yes -Latest Version: v1.0, 21 Aug 1992 -Archives: ymir, aston, stuttgart -See also: FoilTeX, foils.sty, foil17.sty, foil20.sty, foil25.sty - -Name: foildoc.tex -Description: Documentation for FoilTeX in LaTeX form. -Keywords: FoilTeX, LaTeX, dvips -Author: James (Jim) Hafner, IBM Research Division, Almaden Research - Center <hafner@almaden.ibm.com> or <hafner@almaden.bitnet> -Supported: yes -Latest Version: v1.0, 21 Aug 1992 -Archives: ymir, aston, stuttgart -See also: FoilTeX - -Name: foilfont.tex -Description: Simple file to test font availability for using FoilTeX. -Keywords: FoilTeX, LaTeX, dvips -Author: James (Jim) Hafner, IBM Research Division, Almaden Research - Center <hafner@almaden.ibm.com> or <hafner@almaden.bitnet> -Supported: yes -Latest Version: v1.0, 21 Aug 1992 -Archives: ymir, aston, stuttgart -See also: FoilTeX - -Name: sampfoil.tex -Description: Large sample file for FoilTeX. -Keywords: FoilTeX, LaTeX, dvips -Author: James (Jim) Hafner, IBM Research Division, Almaden Research - Center <hafner@almaden.ibm.com> or <hafner@almaden.bitnet> -Supported: yes -Latest Version: v1.0, 21 Aug 1992 -Archives: ymir, aston, stuttgart -See also: FoilTeX, foil*.sty, colordvi.[tex,sty] (in this section) - -%%Section 4.2: Other FoilTeX Files - -Name: PSFonts.sty -Description: Document style option for using PostScript fonts in FoilTeX - and LaTeX under the Old Font Selection Scheme with dvips. -Keywords: FoilTeX, LaTeX, dvips, PostScript, OFSS -Author: James (Jim) Hafner, IBM Research Division, Almaden Research - Center <hafner@almaden.ibm.com> or <hafner@almaden.bitnet> -Supported: yes -Latest Version: v1.0, 21 Aug 1992 -Archives: ymir, aston, stuttgart -See also: FoilTeX -Note: These are revisions of the files by the same names as included - with Rokicki's dvips program. The are completely compatible with - Rokicki's versions in LaTeX with the old font selection scheme. Use - these version if you get FoilTeX and only if your LaTeX uses the - OFSS. Not compatible with NFSS in LaTeX. The files in this part of - the package include psfonts.sty, avantgarde.sty, bookman.sty, - chancery.sty, helvetica.sty, ncs.sty, palatino.sty, times.sty. - -Name: amssymbl.sty -Description: For using AMS-TeX fonts msam, msbm and eufm in FoilTeX or - LaTeX with the Old Font Selection Scheme. -Keywords: FoilTeX, LaTeX, AMS-TeX, msam, msbm, eufm, OFSS -Author: James (Jim) Hafner, IBM Research Division, Almaden Research - Center <hafner@almaden.ibm.com> or <hafner@almaden.bitnet> -Supported: yes -Latest Version: v1.0, 21 Aug 1992 -Archives: ymir, aston, stuttgart -See also: FoilTeX, amssym.def, amssym.tex, msam.sty, msbm.sty, - amsfonts.sty, amssymb.sty, amssymbl.sty -Note: Use this file if you get FoilTeX and only if your LaTeX uses the - OFSS. Not compatible with NFSS in LaTeX (also not necessary since - LaTeX-NFSS can use other files for the same purpose). - - -%%Section 5: INRSTEX - -Name: inrstex.tex -Description: INRSTeX is a complete document preparation package, - including graphics for document preparation. It was designed from - the beginning for use in a bilingual (French/English) environment. -Keywords: plain TeX, inrstex, EPSF, graphics, French -Author: Michael Ferguson <mike@inrs-telecom.uquebec.ca>, (514) 765-7834 -Supported: yes -Latest Version: Aug 1991 -Archives: aldebaran.insl.mcgill.ca* [132.206.94.5], shsu - /pub/inrstex/pc directory for the pc and - /pub/inrstex/unix for the unix version. - - -%%Section 6: LATEX - -%%Section 6.1: Standard Distribution - -%%Section 6.1.1: Document styles - -Name: article.sty (.doc) -Description: Standard LaTeX document style for typesetting articles. -Keywords: LaTeX, article -Author: Frank Mittelbach <mittelbach@mzdmza.zdv.uni-mainz.de> and R. - Sch\"opf <Schoepf@sc.ZIB-Berlin.dbp.de> -Bugs to: latex-help@cs.stanford.edu -Supported: yes -Latest Version: 14 Jan 1992 -Archives: stuttgart*, shsu -Note: The original version was written by Leslie Lamport. -See also: art10.sty, art11.sty, art12.sty, artikel1.sty, artikel2.sty, - artikel3.sty - -Name: book.sty (.doc) -Description: Standard LaTeX document style for typesetting books. -Keywords: LaTeX, book -Author: Leslie Lamport -Bugs to: latex-help@cs.stanford.edu -Supported: yes -Latest Version: 14 Jan 92 -Archives: stuttgart*, shsu -See also: bk10.sty, bk11.sty, bk12.sty, boek.sty - -Name: letter.sty (.doc) -Description: Standard LaTeX document style for typesetting letters. -Keywords: LaTeX, letter -Author: Leslie Lamport -Bugs to: latex-help@cs.stanford.edu -Supported: yes -Latest Version: 25 Mar 1992 -Archives: stuttgart*, shsu -See also: brief.sty - -Name: report.sty (.doc) -Description: Standard LaTeX document style for typesetting reports. -Keywords: LaTeX, report -Author: Leslie Lamport -Bugs to: latex-help@cs.stanford.edu -Supported: yes -Latest Version: 14 Jan 1992 -Archives: stuttgart*, shsu -See also: rep10.sty, rep11.sty, rep12.sty, rapport1.sty, rapport3.sty - - -%%Section 6.1.2: Document-style options - -Name: art10.sty (.doc) -Description: 10 point document-style option for standard LaTeX article - style. -Keywords: LaTeX, article -Author: Leslie Lamport -Bugs to: latex-help@cs.stanford.edu -Supported: yes -Latest Version: 14 Jan 1992 -Archives: stuttgart*, shsu -See also: article.sty, art11.sty, art12.sty - -Name: art11.sty (.doc) -Description: 11 point document-style option for standard LaTeX article - style. -Keywords: LaTeX, article -Author: Leslie Lamport -Bugs to: latex-help@cs.stanford.edu -Supported: yes -Latest Version: 14 Jan 1992 -Archives: stuttgart*, shsu -See also: article.sty, art10.sty, art12.sty - -Name: art12.sty (.doc) -Description: 12 point document-style option for standard LaTeX article - style. -Keywords: LaTeX, article -Author: Leslie Lamport -Bugs to: latex-help@cs.stanford.edu -Supported: yes -Latest Version: 14 Jan 1992 -Archives: stuttgart*, shsu -See also: article.sty, art10.sty, art11.sty - -Name: bezier.sty (.doc) -Description: LaTeX picture environment macro for plotting quadratic - Bezier curves. -Keywords: LaTeX, graphics, Bezier -Author: Leslie Lamport -Bugs to: latex-help@cs.stanford.edu -Supported: yes -Latest Version: 17 Dec 85 -Archives: stuttgart*, shsu - -Name: bk10.sty (.doc) -Description: 10 point style option for standard LaTeX book style. -Keywords: LaTeX, book -Author: Leslie Lamport -Bugs to: latex-help@cs.stanford.edu -Supported: yes -Latest Version: 14 Jan 1992 -Archives: stuttgart*, shsu -See also: book.sty, bk11.sty, bk12.sty - -Name: bk11.sty (.doc) -Description: 11 point style option for standard LaTeX book style. -Keywords: LaTeX, book -Author: Leslie Lamport -Bugs to: latex-help@cs.stanford.edu -Supported: yes -Latest Version: 14 Jan 1992 -Archives: stuttgart*, shsu -See also: book.sty, bk10.sty, bk12.sty - -Name: bk12.sty (.doc) -Description: 12 point style option for standard LaTeX book style. -Keywords: LaTeX, book -Author: Leslie Lamport -Bugs to: latex-help@cs.stanford.edu -Supported: yes -Latest Version: 14 Jan 1992 -Archives: stuttgart*, shsu -See also: book.sty, bk10.sty, bk11.sty - -Name: fleqn.sty (.doc) -Description: LaTeX document-style option for making displayed math - environments flush left. -Keywords: LaTeX, math, flushleft -Author: Leslie Lamport -Bugs to: latex-help@cs.stanford.edu -Supported: yes -Latest Version: 4 Nov 1991 -Archives: stuttgart*, shsu - -Name: ifthen.sty (.doc) -Description: Defines an \ifthenelse macro for LaTeX. -Keywords: LaTeX -Author: Leslie Lamport -Bugs to: latex-help@cs.stanford.edu -Supported: yes -Latest Version: 16 Jun 1991 -Archives: stuttgart*, shsu - -Name: leqno.sty (.doc) -Description: LaTeX document-style option to cause displayed equation - labels appear on the left. -Keywords: LaTeX, math -Author: Leslie Lamport -Bugs to: latex-help@cs.stanford.edu -Supported: yes -Latest Version: 29 Sep 1991 -Archives: stuttgart*, shsu - -Name: makeidx.sty (.doc) -Description: Defines \see and \printindex commands for producing an - index with LaTeX. -Keywords: LaTeX, index -Author: Leslie Lamport -Bugs to: latex-help@cs.stanford.edu -Supported: yes -Latest Version: 21 Oct 1991 -Archives: stuttgart*, shsu - -Name: openbib.sty (.doc) -Description: Produces the "open" bibliography style, in which each block - of a bibliography entry starts on a new line, and succeeding lines - in a block are indented by \bibindent. -Keywords: LaTeX, bibliography -Author: Leslie Lamport -Bugs to: latex-help@cs.stanford.edu -Supported: yes -Latest Version: 14 Jan 1992 -Archives: stuttgart*, shsu - -Name: proc.sty (.doc) -Description: LaTeX document-style option to be used with article.sty to - produce camera-ready conference proceedings. -Keywords: LaTeX, proceedings, camera-ready -Author: Leslie Lamport -Bugs to: latex-help@cs.stanford.edu -Supported: yes -Latest Version: 26 Feb 1992 -Archives: stuttgart*, shsu - -Name: rep10.sty (.doc) -Description: 10 point style option for standard LaTeX report style. -Keywords: LaTeX, report -Author: Leslie Lamport -Bugs to: latex-help@cs.stanford.edu -Supported: yes -Latest Version: 14 Jan 1992 -Archives: stuttgart*, shsu -See also: report.sty, rep11.sty, rep12.sty - -Name: rep11.sty (.doc) -Description: 11 point style option for standard LaTeX report style. -Keywords: LaTeX, report -Author: Leslie Lamport -Bugs to: latex-help@cs.stanford.edu -Supported: yes -Latest Version: 14 Jan 1992 -Archives: stuttgart*, shsu -See also: report.sty, rep10.sty, rep12.sty - -Name: rep12.sty (.doc) -Description: 12 point style option for standard LaTeX report style. -Keywords: LaTeX, report -Author: Leslie Lamport -Bugs to: latex-help@cs.stanford.edu -Supported: yes -Latest Version: 14 Jan 1992 -Archives: stuttgart*, shsu -See also: report.sty, rep10.sty, rep11.sty - -Name: showidx.sty (.doc) -Description: Prints \index entries in outer margin. For use with book or - report style. -Keywords: LaTeX, index -Author: Leslie Lamport -Bugs to: latex-help@cs.stanford.edu -Supported: yes -Latest Version: 16 Jun 1991 -Archives: stuttgart*, shsu - -Name: titlepag.sty (.doc) -Description: Causes the \maketitle command and the abstract environment - each to produce a separate page. For use with the article document - style only. -Keywords: LaTeX, article, titlepage -Author: Leslie Lamport -Bugs to: latex-help@cs.stanford.edu -Supported: yes -Latest Version: 16 Jun 1991 -Archives: stuttgart*, shsu - -Name: twocolum.sty (.doc) -Description: Produces two-column pages in LaTeX. -Keywords: LaTeX, multi-column, two-column -Author: Leslie Lamport -Bugs to: latex-help@cs.stanford.edu -Supported: yes -Latest Version: 27 Jan 1985 -Archives: stuttgart*, shsu - - -%%Section 6.1.3: Other - -Name: addendum.tex -Description: Errata and additions to the LaTeX manual. Includes all - errors and omissions reported by 31 October 1991. -Keywords: LaTeX, manual -Author: Leslie Lamport -Bugs to: latex-help@cs.stanford.edu -Supported: yes -Latest Version: 31 Oct 1990 -Archives: stuttgart*, shsu - -Name: idx.tex -Description: A LaTeX input file for printing .IDX files. -Keywords: LaTeX, index -Author: Leslie Lamport -Bugs to: latex-help@cs.stanford.edu -Supported: yes -Latest Version: 22 Jan 1985 -Archives: stuttgart*, shsu - -Name: lablst.tex -Description: A LaTeX input file for printing label definitions. -Keywords: LaTeX, xrefs -Author: Leslie Lamport -Bugs to: latex-help@cs.stanford.edu -Supported: yes -Latest Version: 24 Nov 1984 -Archives: stuttgart*, shsu - -Name: latex.tex -Description: The main body of LaTeX macros. -Keywords: LaTeX -Author: Leslie Lamport -Bugs to: latex-help@cs.stanford.edu -Supported: yes -Latest Version: v2.09, 25 Mar 1992 -Archives: stuttgart*, shsu - -Name: lfonts.tex -Description: The Old Font Selection Scheme for LaTeX. -Keywords: LaTeX, OFSS -Author: Leslie Lamport -Bugs to: latex-help@cs.stanford.edu -Supported: yes -Latest Version: 25 Nov 1991 -Archives: stuttgart*, shsu - -Name: lplain.tex -Description: A modified version of plain.tex for use with LaTeX. -Keywords: LaTeX -Author: Leslie Lamport -Bugs to: latex-help@cs.stanford.edu -Supported: yes -Latest Version: 25 Mar 1992 -Archives: stuttgart*, shsu - -Name: tryfonts.tex -Description: A LaTeX input file for trying out fonts in various sizes. -Keywords: LaTeX, fonts -Author: Leslie Lamport -Bugs to: latex-help@cs.stanford.edu -Supported: yes -Latest Version: 11 Nov 1986 -Archives: stuttgart*, shsu - - -%%Section 6.2: The Mainz LaTeX Files - -%%Section 6.2.1: The New Font Selection Scheme - -Name: New Font Selection Scheme (NFSS) -Description: The NFSS is an improved font selection scheme for LaTeX and - plain TeX (see plainfsl.tex). It implements a scheme that allows - changing the family, series, shape and size of the fonts - independently. It also vastly simplifies the task of adding support - for a new font. -Keywords: plain TeX, LaTeX, NFSS, font -Author: Frank Mittelbach <mittelbach@mzdmza.zdv.uni-mainz.de> and Rainer - Sch\"opf <Schoepf@sc.ZIB-Berlin.dbp.de> -Supported: yes -Latest Version: v1.3f, 7 Sep 1992 -Archives: stuttgart*, ymir, aston, utrecht, shsu -Note: The basic macros for the NFSS are found in the files lfonts.new, - basefont.tex, fontdef.max, fontdef.ori, preload.med, preload.min and - preload.ori. Documentation and installation notes are provided in - the files readme.mz, readme.mz3, nfss.bug, nfss.tex, nfssinst.tex - and nfssprob.tex. The New Font Selection Scheme and the LaTeX - interface were described in a pair of TUGboat articles: "A new font - selection scheme for TeX macro packages---the basic macros" by Frank - Mittelbach and Rainer Sch\"opf, TUGboat 10(2): 222--238, July 1989, - and "Reprint: The new font family selection---User interface to - standard LaTeX" by Frank Mittelbach and Rainer Sch{\"{o}}pf, TUGboat - 11(2): 297--305, June 1990. - -Name: concrete.sty (.doc) -Description: LaTeX style for for accessing the Concrete Roman fonts used - in "Concrete Mathematics" by Ronald Graham, Donald E. Knuth and Oren - Patashnik. -Keywords: LaTeX -Author: Frank Mittelbach <mittelbach@mzdmza.zdv.uni-mainz.de> and Rainer - Sch\"opf <Schoepf@sc.ZIB-Berlin.dbp.de> -Supported: yes -Latest Version: v1.0h, 20 Jun 1992 -Archives: stuttgart*, e-math, ymir, shsu - -Name: dclfont.sty -Description: LaTeX document-style option for using the DC fonts under - the New Font Selection Scheme. -Keywords: LaTeX, NFSS, EC/DC -Author: Frank Mittelbach <mittelbach@mzdmza.zdv.uni-mainz.de> and Rainer - Sch\"opf <Schoepf@sc.ZIB-Berlin.dbp.de> -Supported: yes -Latest Version: v1.4b, 20 Aug 1992 -Archives: stuttgart*, aston - -Name: euscript.sty (.doc) -Description: LaTeX document-style option for using the Euler script - fonts (eusm and eusb). -Keywords: LaTeX, NFSS, amsfonts -Author: Frank Mittelbach <mittelbach@mzdmza.zdv.uni-mainz.de> and Rainer - Sch\"opf <Schoepf@sc.ZIB-Berlin.dbp.de> -Supported: yes -Latest Version: v1.0g, 20 Jun 1992 -Archives: stuttgart*, e-math, ymir, shsu - -Name: excale.sty (.doc) -Description: LaTeX document-style option that implements scaling of the - math extension font `cmex' under the New Font Selection Scheme. -Keywords: LaTeX, NFSS, math, cmex -Author: Frank Mittelbach <mittelbach@mzdmza.zdv.uni-mainz.de> and Rainer - Sch\"opf <Schoepf@sc.ZIB-Berlin.dbp.de> -Supported: yes -Latest Version: v1.0c, 20 Jun 1992 -Archives: stuttgart*, e-math, ymir, shsu - -Name: lfonts.new -Description: The basic macros for the New Font Selection Scheme for - LaTeX. This is a replacement for lfonts.tex. -Keywords: LaTeX, NFSS -Author: Frank Mittelbach <mittelbach@mzdmza.zdv.uni-mainz.de> and Rainer - Sch\"opf <Schoepf@sc.ZIB-Berlin.dbp.de> -Supported: yes -Latest Version: v1.3f, 7 Sep 1992 -Archives: stuttgart*, e-math, ymir, utrecht, aston, shsu - -Name: margid.sty (.doc) -Description: LaTeX document-style option for use with the New Font - Selection Scheme. It defines all <math alphabet identifiers> (such - as \bf, \rm, etc.) to take one argument. E.g., $\rm text$ would - produce a roman "t" and math italics "ext", while $\rm{text}$ would - produce an all-roman "text". -Keywords: LaTeX, NFSS, math -Author: Frank Mittelbach <mittelbach@mzdmza.zdv.uni-mainz.de> and Rainer - Sch\"opf <Schoepf@sc.ZIB-Berlin.dbp.de> -Supported: yes -Latest Version: v1.0c, 19 Aug 1991 -Archives: stuttgart*, e-math, ymir, utrecht, aston, shsu -See also: nomargid.sty - -Name: newlfont.sty -Description: LaTeX document-style option to implement the new font - selection conventions of the New Font Selection Scheme. -Keywords: LaTeX, NFSS -Author: Frank Mittelbach <mittelbach@mzdmza.zdv.uni-mainz.de> and Rainer - Sch\"opf <Schoepf@sc.ZIB-Berlin.dbp.de> -Supported: yes -Latest Version: v1.4b, 20 Aug 1992 -Archives: stuttgart*, ymir, shsu -See also: lfonts.new, oldlfont.sty - -Name: nomargid.sty -Description: LaTeX document-style option which defines all <math - alphabet identifiers> (such as \bf, \rm, etc.) to switch fonts - rather than taking an argument. This provides compability with the - old LaTeX syntax, rather than the default syntax of the New Font - Selection Scheme (see margid.sty). -Keywords: LaTeX, NFSS, math -Author: Frank Mittelbach <mittelbach@mzdmza.zdv.uni-mainz.de> and Rainer - Sch\"opf <Schoepf@sc.ZIB-Berlin.dbp.de> -Supported: yes -Latest Version: v1.0c, 19 Aug 1991 -Archives: stuttgart*, e-math, ymir, utrecht, aston, shsu -See also: margid.sty - -Name: oldlfont.sty -Description: LaTeX document-style option to implement the old font - selection conventions of the New Font Selection Scheme. -Keywords: LaTeX, NFSS -Author: Frank Mittelbach <mittelbach@mzdmza.zdv.uni-mainz.de> and Rainer - Sch\"opf <Schoepf@sc.ZIB-Berlin.dbp.de> -Supported: yes -Latest Version: v1.3f, 7 Sep 1992 -Archives: stuttgart*, ymir, shsu -See also: lfonts.new, oldlfont.sty - -Name: scripts.sty (.doc) -Description: LaTeX document-style that implements \ssp and \ssb macros - for typesetting simple superscripts and subscripts in text mode. - Requires the NFSS. -Keywords: LaTeX, NFSS, superscript, subscript -Author: Wayne G. Sullivan <wsulivan@irlearn.bitnet> -Supported: yes -Latest Version: v0.02, 14 Aug 1991 -Archives: stuttgart, aston, shsu, ymir, utrecht - -Name: syntonly.sty -Description: LaTeX document-style option which defines the \syntaxonly - macro for suppressing all output and providing quick syntax checking - of a document. -Keywords: LaTeX, NFSS, syntax checking -Author: Frank Mittelbach <mittelbach@mzdmza.zdv.uni-mainz.de> and Rainer - Sch\"opf <Schoepf@sc.ZIB-Berlin.dbp.de> -Supported: yes -Latest Version: v1.0e, 5 Apr 1990 -Archives: stuttgart*, e-math, ymir, utrecht, aston, shsu - -Name: tracefnt.sty -Description: LaTeX document-style option which defines a \tracingfonts - macro to trace font usage with the New Font Selection Scheme. -Keywords: LaTeX, NFSS -Author: Frank Mittelbach <mittelbach@mzdmza.zdv.uni-mainz.de> and Rainer - Sch\"opf <Schoepf@sc.ZIB-Berlin.dbp.de> -Supported: yes -Latest Version: v1.0r, 27 Aug 1990 -Archives: stuttgart, ymir, aston, shsu - - -%%Section 6.2.2: Other Mainz files - -Name: array.sty (.doc) -Description: LaTeX document-style option which reimplements the array - and tabular environments. -Keywords: LaTeX, array -Author: Frank Mittelbach <mittelbach@mzdmza.zdv.uni-mainz.de> -Supported: yes -Latest Version: v2.1b, 06 July 1992 -Archives: stuttgart*, shsu, aston -Note: Version 2.1 includes most of the now defunct newarray.sty. - -Name: doc.sty (.doc) -Description: LaTeX document-style option for mixing documentation with - code in LaTeX style files. -Keywords: LaTeX, documentation -Author: Frank Mittelbach <mittelbach@mzdmza.zdv.uni-mainz.de> -Supported: yes -Latest Version: v1.7k, 24 Aug 1992 -Archives: stuttgart*, ymir, shsu -See also: docstrip.tex, newdoc.sty - -Name: ftnright.sty (.doc) -Description: LaTeX document-style option to position footnotes at the - bottom of the right-hand column in a multiple-column document. For - use with multicol.sty. -Keywords: LaTeX, output, footnotes -Author: Frank Mittelbach <mittelbach@mzdmza.zdv.uni-mainz.de> -Supported: yes -Latest Version: v1.0d, 19 Jun 1992 -Archives: stuttgart*, ymir, shsu -See also: multicol.sty - -Name: multicol.sty (.doc) -Description: LaTeX document-style option for typesetting in multiple - columns, including the ability to change the number of columns in - the middle of a page. -Keywords: LaTeX, multi-column, output -Author: Frank Mittelbach <mittelbach@mzdmza.zdv.uni-mainz.de> -Supported: yes -Latest Version: v1.4m, 4 Sep 1992 -Archives: stuttgart*, ymir, shsu - -Name: newdoc.sty (.doc) -Description: Updates or test modifications to the LaTeX document-style - option doc.sty. This is currently identical to doc.doc. -Keywords: LaTeX, documentation -Author: Frank Mittelbach <mittelbach@mzdmza.zdv.uni-mainz.de> -Supported: yes -Latest Version: 24 Aug 1992 -Archives: stuttgart*, ymir, shsu -See also: doc.sty - -Name: thb.sty (.doc) -Description: "Break" document-style option for use with theorem.sty. - Causes the theorem header to be followed by a line break. -Keywords: LaTeX, theorem -Author: Frank Mittelbach <mittelbach@mzdmza.zdv.uni-mainz.de> -Supported: yes -Latest Version: v2.1b, 28 Nov 1989 -Archives: stuttgart*, ymir, utrecht, aston, shsu -See also: theorem.sty - -Name: thc.sty (.doc) -Description: "Change" document-style option for use with theorem.sty. - Causes the header number to appear before the header text, i.e., "3 - Theorem" instead of "Theorem 3." -Keywords: LaTeX, theorem -Author: Frank Mittelbach <mittelbach@mzdmza.zdv.uni-mainz.de> -Supported: yes -Latest Version: v1.1b, 28 Nov 1989 -Archives: stuttgart*, ymir, utrecht, aston, shsu -See also: theorem.sty - -Name: thcb.sty (.doc) -Description: "Change-break" document-style option for use with - theorem.sty. This is a combination of the "break" (thb.sty) and - "change" (thc.sty) options (q.v.) -Keywords: LaTeX, theorem -Author: Frank Mittelbach <mittelbach@mzdmza.zdv.uni-mainz.de> -Supported: yes -Latest Version: v2.1b, 28 Nov 1989 -Archives: stuttgart*, ymir, utrecht, aston, shsu -See also: theorem.sty - -Name: theorem.sty (.doc) -Description: A reimplementation of the LaTeX \newtheorem command to - provide greater flexibility in specifying the format of theorem-like - environments. -Keywords: LaTeX, theorem, math -Author: Frank Mittelbach <mittelbach@mzdmza.zdv.uni-mainz.de> -Supported: yes -Latest Version: v2.1c, 22 Jun 1992 -Archives: stuttgart*, ymir, utrecht, aston, shsu -Note: Also distributed with AMS-LaTeX. -See also: thb.sty, thc.sty, thcb.sty, thm.sty, thmb.sty, thp.sty - -Name: thm.sty (.doc) -Description: "Margin" document-style option for use with theorem.sty. - Causes the number to be set in the left margin. -Keywords: LaTeX, theorem -Author: Frank Mittelbach <mittelbach@mzdmza.zdv.uni-mainz.de> -Supported: yes -Latest Version: v2.1b, 28 Nov 1989 -Archives: stuttgart*, ymir, utrecht, aston, shsu -See also: theorem.sty - -Name: thmb.sty (.doc) -Description: "Margin-break" document-style option for use with - theorem.sty. Combination of the "margin" (thm.sty) and "break" - (thb.sty) theorem styles. -Keywords: LaTeX, theorem -Author: Frank Mittelbach <mittelbach@mzdmza.zdv.uni-mainz.de> -Supported: yes -Latest Version: v2.1c, 17 Feb 1990 -Archives: stuttgart*, ymir, utrecht, aston, shsu -See also: theorem.sty - -Name: thp.sty (.doc) -Description: "Plain" document-style option for use with theorem.sty. - This emulates the original LaTeX theorem environments. -Keywords: LaTeX, theorem -Author: Frank Mittelbach <mittelbach@mzdmza.zdv.uni-mainz.de> -Supported: yes -Latest Version: v2.1b, 28 Nov 1989 -Archives: stuttgart*, ymir, utrecht, aston, shsu -See also: theorem.sty - -Name: verbatim.sty -Description: A reimplementation of the LaTeX verbatim and verbatim* - environments. Also defines a robust comment environment for - ignoring large sections of a document. -Keywords: LaTeX, verbatim, comment -Author: Rainer Sch\"opf <schoepf@sc.zib-berlin.dbp.de> -Supported: yes -Latest Version: v1.4i, 20 Jan 1992 -Archives: stuttgart*, aston, ymir, shsu - - -%%Section 6.2.3: Mainz-compatible macros - -Name: psnfss -Description: LaTeX support for using PostScript fonts under the New Font - Selection Scheme. The font names used are those widely promulgated - by Karl Berry and found in dvips; the package depends upon virtual - fonts to map between the default Computer Modern layout and the - standard PostScript layout. Optional support is provided for - scaling the PostScript fonts so that their x-heights match the - x-heights of the corresponding CM fonts. Support is provided for - building new formats based on PostScript fonts, but you can also use - most of the style files without building a new format file, as long - as you are using the New Font Selection Scheme. -Keywords: LaTeX, NFSS, PostScript, dvips, virtual fonts -Author: Sebastian Rahtz <spqr@minster.york.ac.uk> -Supported: yes -Latest Version: v2.2, 12 April 1992 -Note: Style files are provided for using the following PostScript fonts - as the main text font: AvantGarde, Baskerville, Bembo, Bookman, - Garamond, Helvetica, lucida, NewCenturySchoolbook, Optima, Palatino, - Times-Roman. Style files are also provided for loading the Zapf - Chancery and Zapf Dingbat fonts, as well as for using the Lucida - math fonts in place of the Computer Modern math fonts. A - documentation file, psnfss.tex, is included. There are also - numerous supporting files. -Archives: aston*, stuttgart - - -%%Section 6.4: The BABEL project - -Name: Babel -Description: Babel is a multilingual style-option for adapting the - standard LaTeX document styles for use with non-English languages. - It consists of a collection of common macros and a series of - language-specific document-style options. The standard distribution - includes the following common files and documentation: babel.doc - (the documentation for the whole system), babel.bug (a list of bug - reports and fixes) babel.com, babel.readme (which contains - installation notes), babel.hyphen, babel.switch, babel22.switch, - babel32.switch, hyphen.doc, language.dat, latexhax.com, - latexhax.doc. -Keywords: plain TeX, LaTeX, Babel -Author: Johannes Braams <J.L.Braams@research.ptt.nl> -Supported: yes -Latest Version: v3.0c, 15 Jul 1991 -Archives: tex-nl*, stuttgart, aston, utrecht -Note: A description of the Babel system was published in TUGboat - 12(2):291--301, June 1991. - -Name: catalan.sty (.doc) -Description: Babel document-style option which provides support for - typesetting in Catalan. -Keywords: plain TeX, LaTeX, Babel, Catalan -Author: Gon\c{c}al Badenes <goncal@cnm.uab.es>, <goncal@ssws1.cnm.es> -Supported: Yes? -Latest Version: v1.0, Nov 1991 -Archives: goya.uu.es* [138.4.2.2]:info/src/TeX/babel - -Name: croatian.sty (.doc) -Description: Babel document-style option which provides support for - typesetting in Croatian. -Keywords: plain TeX, LaTeX, Babel, Croatian -Author: Johannes Braams <J.L.Braams@research.ptt.nl> -Supported: yes -Latest Version: v1.0a, 15 Jul 1991 -Archives: tex-nl*, stuttgart, aston, utrecht - -Name: cyrillic.sty (.doc) -Description: Babel document-style option for use in conjunction with - russian.sty to provide support for typesetting in Russian. This is - meant for use with the cmcyr fonts. -Keywords: plain TeX, LaTeX, Babel, Russian, Cyrillic, cmcyr, NFSS -Author: Johannes Braams <J.L.Braams@research.ptt.nl> and Werenfried Spit - <Spit@vm.ci.uv.es>, <Spit@ific.uv.es> -Supported: yes -Latest Version: v3.0, 27 May 1991 -Archives: tex-nl*, stuttgart, aston, utrecht - -Name: czech.sty (.doc) -Description: Babel document-style option which provides support for - typesetting in the Czech language. -Keywords: plain TeX, LaTeX, Babel, Czech -Author: Johannes Braams <J.L.Braams@research.ptt.nl> -Supported: yes -Latest Version: v1.0a, 15 Jul 1991 -Archives: tex-nl*, stuttgart, aston, utrecht - -Name: danish.sty (.doc) -Description: Babel document-style option which provides support for - typesetting in Danish. -Keywords: plain TeX, LaTeX, Babel, Danish -Author: Johannes Braams <J.L.Braams@research.ptt.nl> -Supported: yes -Latest Version: v1.0a, 2 Jul 1991 -Archives: tex-nl*, stuttgart, aston, utrecht - -Name: dutch.sty (.doc) -Description: Babel document-style option which provides support for - typesetting in Dutch. -Keywords: plain TeX, LaTeX, Babel, Dutch -Author: Johannes Braams <J.L.Braams@research.ptt.nl> -Supported: yes -Latest Version: v3.2b, 16 Jul 1991 -Archives: tex-nl*, stuttgart, aston, utrecht - -Name: english.sty (.doc) -Description: Babel document-style option which provides support for - typesetting in American or British English. -Keywords: plain TeX, LaTeX, Babel, English -Author: Johannes Braams <J.L.Braams@research.ptt.nl> -Supported: yes -Latest Version: v3.0c, 15 Jul 1991 -Archives: tex-nl*, stuttgart, aston, utrecht - -Name: esperanto.sty (.doc) -Description: Babel document-style option which provides support for - typesetting in Esperanto. -Keywords: plain TeX, LaTeX, Babel, Esperanto -Author: Johannes Braams <J.L.Braams@research.ptt.nl> -Supported: yes -Latest Version: v1.0a, 15 Jul 1991 -Archives: tex-nl*, stuttgart, aston, utrecht - -Name: finnish.sty (.doc) -Description: Babel document-style option which provides support for - typesetting in Finnish. -Keywords: plain TeX, LaTeX, Babel, Finnish -Author: Johannes Braams <J.L.Braams@research.ptt.nl> -Supported: yes -Latest Version: v1.0a, 15 Jul 1991 -Archives: tex-nl*, stuttgart, aston, utrecht - -Name: francais.sty (.doc) -Description: Babel document-style option which provides support for - typesetting in French. -Keywords: plain TeX, LaTeX, Babel, French -Author: Johannes Braams <J.L.Braams@research.ptt.nl> -Supported: yes -Latest Version: v4.2d, 20 Sep 1991 -Archives: tex-nl*, stuttgart, aston, utrecht - -Name: germanb.sty (.doc) -Description: Babel document-style option which provides support for - typesetting in German and the Austrian dialect of German. -Keywords: plain TeX, LaTeX, Babel, German, Austrian -Author: Johannes Braams <J.L.Braams@research.ptt.nl> -Supported: yes -Latest Version: v2.2c, 26 Jul 1991 -Archives: tex-nl*, stuttgart, aston, utrecht -Note: germanb.sty is based on Hubert Partl's german.sty. - -Name: italian.sty (.doc) -Description: Babel document-style option which provides support for - typesetting in Italian. -Keywords: plain TeX, LaTeX, Babel -Author: Johannes Braams <J.L.Braams@research.ptt.nl> -Supported: yes -Latest Version: v1.0e, 15 Jul 1991 -Archives: tex-nl*, stuttgart, aston, utrecht -Note: The original version of this file was written by Maurizio Codogno, - <urcm@ur785.cselt.stet.it>. - -Name: magyar.sty (.doc) -Description: Babel document-style option which provides support for - typesetting in Hungarian. -Keywords: plain TeX, LaTeX, Babel, Hungarian -Author: Johannes Braams <J.L.Braams@research.ptt.nl> -Supported: yes -Latest Version: v1.0a, 15 Jul 1991 -Archives: tex-nl*, stuttgart, aston, utrecht - -Name: norsk.sty (.doc) -Description: Babel document-style option which provides support for - typesetting in Norwegian. Support is also provided for the new - spelling variant `nynorsk' of Norwegian. -Keywords: plain TeX, LaTeX, Babel, Norwegian -Author: Johannes Braams <J.L.Braams@research.ptt.nl> -Supported: yes -Latest Version: v1.0b, 15 Jul 1991 -Archives: tex-nl*, stuttgart, aston, utrecht - -Name: portuges.sty (.doc) -Description: Babel document-style option which provides support for - typesetting in Portuguese, including the Brasilian dialect. -Keywords: plain TeX, LaTeX, Babel, Portuguese -Author: Johannes Braams <J.L.Braams@research.ptt.nl> -Supported: yes -Latest Version: v1.0a, 15 Jul 1991 -Archives: tex-nl*, stuttgart, aston, utrecht - -Name: romanian.sty (.doc) -Description: Babel document-style option which provides support for - typesetting in Romanian. -Keywords: plain TeX, LaTeX, Babel, Romanian -Author: Johannes Braams <J.L.Braams@research.ptt.nl> -Supported: yes -Latest Version: v1.0a, 15 Jul 1991 -Archives: tex-nl*, stuttgart, aston, utrecht - -Name: russian.sty (.doc) -Description: Babel document-style option which provides support for - typesetting in Russian. Meant to be used with cyrillic.sty (q.v.) - and the cmcyr fonts. -Keywords: plain TeX, LaTeX, Babel, Russian, Cyrillic -Author: Johannes Braams <J.L.Braams@research.ptt.nl> -Supported: yes -Latest Version: v3.1b, 22 Jul 1991 -Archives: tex-nl*, stuttgart, aston, utrecht - -Name: slovene.sty (.doc) -Description: Babel document-style option which provides support for - typesetting in Slovenian. -Keywords: plain TeX, LaTeX, Babel, Slovenian -Author: Johannes Braams <J.L.Braams@research.ptt.nl> -Supported: yes -Latest Version: v1.0a, 15 Jul 1991 -Archives: tex-nl*, stuttgart, aston, utrecht - -Name: spanish.sty (.doc) -Description: Babel document-style option which provides support for - typesetting in Spanish. -Keywords: plain TeX, LaTeX, Babel, Spanish -Author: Julio Sanchez <jsanchez@gmv.es> -Supported: yes -Latest Version: v3.0a, 26 Nov 1991 -Archives: goya.uu.es* [138.4.2.2]:info/src/TeX/babel, tex-nl, stuttgart, - aston, utrecht - -Name: swedish.sty (.doc) -Description: Babel document-style option which provides support for - typesetting in Swedish. -Keywords: plain TeX, LaTeX, Babel, Swedish -Author: Johannes Braams <J.L.Braams@research.ptt.nl> -Supported: yes -Latest Version: v1.0b, 15 Jul 1991 -Archives: tex-nl*, stuttgart, aston, utrecht - - -%%Section 6.5: REVTeX - -Name: revtex.sty -Description: REVTeX is the official LaTeX macro package for preparing - manuscripts for producing manuscripts for the American Physical - Society's Physical Review A, B, C and D, as well as Physical Review - Letters. (Many AIP journals also accept REVTEX manuscripts.) -Keywords: LaTeX, REVTeX, Physical Review, physics, journal, publisher - style -Author: American Physical Society <mis@aps.org>, <mis@apsedoff.bitnet> -Supported: yes -Latest Version: v3.0, 27 Oct 1992 -Archives: shsu*, stuttgart*, labrea*, ymir, utrecht, aston -Note: The REVTeX package includes a README file, a users manual - (apguide.tex) and three sample files (smplea.tex, smpleb.tex and - smplec.tex). -See also: aps.sty, aps10.sty, aps12.sty, eqsecnum.sty, preprint.sty - -Name: aps.sty -Description: The American Physical Society document style for use with - REVTeX to produce papers for Physical Review. -Keywords: LaTeX, REVTeX, Physical Review, physics, journal, publisher - style -Author: American Physical Society <mis@aps.org>, <mis@apsedoff.bitnet> -Supported: yes -Latest Version: v3.0, 28 Oct 1992 -Archives: shsu*, stuttgart*, labrea*, ymir, utrecht, aston - -Name: aps10.sty -Description: The 10 point document-style option for use with aps.sty to - produce galley output for papers submitted to Physical Review. -Keywords: LaTeX, REVTeX, Physical Review, physics, journal, publisher - style -Author: American Physical Society <mis@aps.org>, <mis@apsedoff.bitnet> -Supported: yes -Latest Version: v3.0, 2 Oct 1992 -Archives: shsu*, stuttgart*, labrea*, ymir, utrecht, aston - -Name: aps12.sty -Description: The 12 point document-style option for use with aps.sty to - produce galley output for papers submitted to Physical Review. -Keywords: LaTeX, REVTeX, Physical Review, physics, journal, publisher - style -Author: American Physical Society <mis@aps.org>, <mis@apsedoff.bitnet> -Supported: yes -Latest Version: v3.0, 2 Oct 1992 -Archives: shsu*, stuttgart*, labrea*, ymir, utrecht, aston - -Name: osa.sty -Description: REVTeX Document-style option for typeseting papers for - Optical Society of America (OSA) journals. -Keywords: LaTeX, REVTeX, OSA, physics, journal, publisher style -Author: American Physical Society <mis@aps.org>, <mis@apsedoff.bitnet> -Supported: yes -Latest Version: v3.0, 10 Nov 1992 -Archives: shsu*, stuttgart*, labrea*, ymir, utrecht, aston - -Name: osa10.sty -Description: The 10 point document-style option for use with osa.sty. -Keywords: LaTeX, REVTeX, physics, journal, publisher style -Author: American Physical Society <mis@aps.org>, <mis@apsedoff.bitnet> -Supported: yes -Latest Version: v3.0, 10 Nov 1992 -Archives: shsu*, stuttgart*, labrea*, ymir, utrecht, aston - -Name: osa12.sty -Description: The 12 point document-style option for use with osa.sty. -Keywords: LaTeX, REVTeX, physics, journal, publisher style -Author: American Physical Society <mis@aps.org>, <mis@apsedoff.bitnet> -Supported: yes -Latest Version: v3.0, 10 Nov 1992 -Archives: shsu*, stuttgart*, labrea*, ymir, utrecht, aston - -Name: osabib.sty -Description: REVTeX bibliography style to produce bibliographies in the - format required by Optical Society of America journals. -Keywords: LaTeX, REVTeX, physics, journal, publisher style -Author: American Physical Society <mis@aps.org>, <mis@apsedoff.bitnet> -Supported: yes -Latest Version: v3.0, 10 Nov 1992 -Archives: shsu*, stuttgart*, labrea*, ymir, utrecht, aston - -Name: prabib.sty -Description: -Keywords: LaTeX, REVTeX, physics, journal, publisher style -Author: American Physical Society <mis@aps.org>, <mis@apsedoff.bitnet> -Supported: yes -Latest Version: v3.0, 14 Sep 1992 -Archives: shsu*, stuttgart*, labrea*, ymir, utrecht, aston - -Name: prbbib.sty -Description: -Keywords: LaTeX, REVTeX, physics, journal, publisher style -Author: American Physical Society <mis@aps.org>, <mis@apsedoff.bitnet> -Supported: yes -Latest Version: v3.0, 29 Sep 1992 -Archives: shsu*, stuttgart*, labrea*, ymir, utrecht, aston - -Name: prsty.bst -Description: -Keywords: LaTeX, REVTeX, physics, journal, publisher style -Author: American Physical Society <mis@aps.org>, <mis@apsedoff.bitnet> -Supported: yes -Latest Version: v3.0, 10 Nov 1992 -Archives: shsu*, stuttgart*, labrea*, ymir, utrecht, aston - -Name: version2.sty -Description: -Keywords: LaTeX, REVTeX, physics, journal, publisher style -Author: American Physical Society <mis@aps.org>, <mis@apsedoff.bitnet> -Supported: yes -Latest Version: v3.0, 17 Sep 1992 -Archives: shsu*, stuttgart*, labrea*, ymir, utrecht, aston - -%%Section 6.6: LaTeX Document Styles - -Name: aaai.sty -Description: LaTeX document style for preparing papers for the - Proceedings of AAAI-88. -Keywords: LaTeX, proceedings, camera-ready -Author: Peter F. Patel-Schneider <pfps@research.att.com> -Supported: yes -Latest Version: 5 Apr 1988 -Archives: ymir -Note: The AAAI package includes a documentation file, aaai-doc.tex. The - most recent version of this file can be obtained by sending mail to - macros@aaai.org with subject "macros request". - -Name: abstr_collect.sty -Description: LaTeX document style that allows multiple articles to be - collected together in one document. -Keywords: LaTeX, article -Author: Silvano Balemi <balemi@aut.ethz.ch> -Supported: yes -Latest Version: 15 Aug 1991 -Archives: ifa.ethz.ch* [129.132.1.183], stuttgart -Note: abstr_collect.tex - -Name: accarticle.sty -Description: LaTeX document style for the proceedings of the IEEE - American Control Conference. -Keywords: LaTeX, article, journal -Author: Silvano Balemi balemi@aut.ethz.ch -Supported: yes -Latest Version: 6 Feb 1992 -Archives: ifa.ethz.ch* [129.132.1.183], stuttgart - -Name: acm.sty -Description: LaTeX document style for ACM conference proceedings papers. -Keywords: LaTeX, proceedings, ACM, camera-ready -Author: Jerry Leichter <leichter@cs.rutgers.edu> -Supported: yes -Latest Version: 23 Apr 89 -Archives: -See also: acmconf.sty, acmproc.sty, acm.bst - -Name: acmconf.sty -Description: LaTeX document style for producing two-column camera-ready - papers for ACM conferences, according to ACM specifications. -Keywords: LaTeX, proceedings, ACM, camera-ready, two-column -Author: Ken Traub -Supported: ??? -Latest Version: 16 Mar 1988 -Archives: -See also: acm.sty, acmproc.sty - -Name: acsarticle.sty -Description: LaTeX document style for preparing manuscripts in - accordance with the formatting instructions of the journal Advances - in Control Systems. -Keywords: LaTeX, journal, article -Author: Silvano Balemi <balemi@aut.ethz.ch> -Supported: yes -Latest Version: 22 May 1991 -Archives: ifa.ethz.ch* [129.132.1.183], stuttgart -See also: acs.bst - -%% Name: aimemo.sty - -Name: artikel1.sty (.doc) -Description: LaTeX document style for producing an article compatible - with Dutch typesetting conventions, design 1. Compatible with - article.sty. -Keywords: LaTeX, article, Dutch, NTG -Author: Victor Eijkhout <eijkhout@cs.utk.edu> -Supported: yes -Latest Version: v1.18, 3 Dec 1991 -Archives: tex-nl*, ymir -Note: Part of the Dutch national LaTeX effort. Requires ntg10.sty, - ntg11.sty, ntg12.sty (q.v.). -See also: artikel2.sty, artikel3.sty, boek.sty, brief.sty, rapport1.sty, - rapport3.sty - -Name: artikel2.sty -Description: LaTeX document style for producing an article compatible - with Dutch typesetting conventions, design 2. Compatible with - article.sty. -Keywords: LaTeX, article, Dutch, NTG -Author: Victor Eijkhout <eijkhout@cs.utk.edu> -Supported: yes -Latest Version: v1.14, 21 Dec 1991 -Archives: tex-nl*, ymir -Note: Part of the Dutch national LaTeX effort. Requires ntg10.sty, - ntg11.sty, ntg12.sty (q.v.). -See also: artikel1.sty, artikel3.sty, boek.sty, brief.sty, rapport1.sty, - rapport3.sty - -Name: artikel3.sty -Description: LaTeX document style for producing an article compatible - with Dutch typesetting conventions, design 3 (has non-zero parskip - and zero parindent). Compatible with article.sty. -Keywords: LaTeX, article, Dutch, NTG -Author: Victor Eijkhout <eijkhout@cs.utk.edu> -Supported: yes -Latest Version: v1.18, 3 Dec 1991 -Archives: tex-nl*, ymir -Note: Part of the Dutch national LaTeX effort. Requires ntg10.sty, - ntg11.sty, ntg12.sty (q.v.). -See also: artikel1.sty, artikel2.sty, boek.sty, brief.sty, rapport1.sty, - rapport3.sty - -Name: asaetr.sty -Description: LaTeX document style for Am. Soc. of Agricultural Engineers -Keywords: LaTeX, journal, article -Author: Darrell McCauley <jdm5548@diamond.tamu.edu> -Supported: yes -Latest Version: v1.0, 12 Feb 1992 -Archives: shsu* -Note: part of asaetr package (for TRANSACTIONS OF ASAE) -See also: asaesub.sty, asaetr.tex, asaetr.bst, cmcscsl10.mf - -Name: automatica.sty -Description: LaTeX document style for Automatica, the Journal of the - International Federation of Automatic Control (IFAC). To be used - with ifac9.sty (q.v.). -Keywords: LaTeX, journal, article, publisher style -Author: Silvano Balemi <balemi@aut.ethz.ch> -Supported: yes -Latest Version: v1.1, 24 Jun 1992 -Archives: ifa.ethz.ch* [129.132.1.183] -Note: Comes with a sample file, automatica.tex. - -Name: boek.sty -Description: LaTeX document style for producing a book compatible with - Dutch typesetting conventions. Compatible with book.sty. -Keywords: LaTeX, book, Dutch, NTG -Author: Victor Eijkhout <eijkhout@cs.utk.edu> -Supported: yes -Latest Version: v1.03, 19 Feb 1991 -Archives: tex-nl*, ymir -Note: Part of the Dutch national LaTeX effort. Requires ntg10.sty, - ntg11.sty, ntg12.sty (q.v.). -See also: artikel1.sty, artikel2.sty, artikel3.sty, brief.sty, - rapport1.sty, rapport3.sty - -Name: bookform.sty -Description: MIL-STD-490 bookform document style for LaTeX. -Keywords: LaTeX, book, milstd -Author: Kent McPherson -Supported: ??? -Latest Version: 27 Feb 1986 -Archives: ymir -See also: bf10.sty, bf11.sty, bf12.sty, extradefs.tex, milstd.sty -Note: extradefs.sty is required. Comes with a sample file, - bookform.tex. - -Name: brief.sty -Description: LaTeX document style for Dutch letters. -Keywords: LaTeX, letter, Dutch, NTG -Author: Victor Eijkhout <eijkhout@cs.utk.edu> -Supported: yes -Latest Version: v1.06, 24 Mar 1991 -Archives: tex-nl*, ymir -Note: Includes sample file (brief.tex) and documentation (briefdoc.tex), - both in Dutch. -See also: artikel1.sty, artikel2.sty, artikel3.sty, rapport1.sty, - rapport3.sty, bellmac.tex, label.tex, labels.tex, letter.mac, - letter.tex, lettermac.tex, letter.sty, make-env.tex, merge.sty - -Name: cea.sty -Description: LaTeX document style for Computers and Electronics in - Agriculture Submissions. -Keywords: LaTeX, journal, article -Author: James Darrell McCauley <jdm5548@diamond.tamu.edu> -Supported: ??? -Latest Version: v0.1, 13 Mar 1992 -Archives: shsu -Note: This is a hack and not official by Elsevier Sci Pub. This - requires doublespace.sty and endfloat.sty from ftp.shsu.edu. -See also: cea.bst, doublespace.sty, endfloat.sty - -Name: deproc.sty -Description: LaTeX document style for formatting DECUS proceedings - articles. -Keywords: LaTeX, proceedings, DECUS, camera-ready, two-column -Author: Barbara N. Beeton <bnb@math.ams.org> -Supported: yes -Latest Version: 24 Apr 86 -Archives: ymir -Note: documentation in deprocldc.tex - -Name: elsevier.sty -Description: LaTeX document style for producing camera-ready articles - according to instructions of the ELSEVIER SCIENCE PUBLISHERS B.V. -Keywords: LaTeX, article, EUROSIM proceedings, camera ready, publisher - style -Author: Silvano Balemi <balemi@aut.ethz.ch> -Supported: yes -Latest Version: v1.0-, 29 Jun 1992 -Archives: ifa.ethz.ch* [129.132.1.183] - -Name: fac.sty -Description: LaTeX document style for submissions to the Springer-Verlag - journal Formal Aspects of Computing. -Keywords: LaTeX, journal, publisher style -Author: Christiane Notarmarco and Rod Mulvey -Supported: ??? -Latest Version: v1.00, 27 Sep 1991 -Archives: shsu, stuttgart -Note: Includes documentation, facguide.sty. - -Name: farticle.sty -Description: French version of article.sty. -Keywords: LaTeX, french, article -Author: -Supported: ??? -Latest Version: 15 May 1988 -Archives: ymir -Note: Obsolete. Use Babel system or most recent version of latex.tex - instead. - -Name: ifacarticle.sty -Description: LaTeX document style for typesetting papers for the - Proceedings of the International Federation of Automatic Control - (IFAC) published by Pergamon press. -Keywords: LaTeX, proceedings, camera-ready, publisher style -Author: Silvano Balemi <balemi@aut.ethz.ch> -Supported: yes -Latest Version: v1.2, 2 Dec 1991 -Archives: ifa.ethz.ch* [129.132.1.183], stuttgart -Note: The IFAC package includes two sample files, ifacsample.tex and - sample.bib. -See also: ifac.bst, ifac9.sty, ifac10.sty, ifac12.sty - -Name: ijcarticle.sty -Description: LaTeX document style for producing articles according to - the formatting instructions of the International Journal of Control. -Keywords: LaTeX, journal, article -Author: Silvano Balemi balemi@aut.ethz.ch -Supported: yes -Latest Version: 6 Jun 91 -Archives: ifa.ethz.ch* [129.132.1.183], stuttgart -See also: ijc10.sty, ijc.bst - -Name: iso.sty -Description: LaTeX document style for typesetting ISO standards. -Keywords: LaTeX, ISO, standards documents -Author: Nicholas North <ndn@seg.npl.co.uk> -Supported: ??? -Latest Version: v2.6, 2 May 1991 -Archives: ymir -Note: Includes documentation file iso-doc.sty. -See also: iso9.sty, iso10.sty - -Name: jns.sty -Description: Official Springer-Verlag LaTeX document-style for producing - camera-ready copy for the Journal of Nonlinear Science. -Keywords: LaTeX, publisher style, camera-ready, Springer-Verlag, journal -Author: Springer-Verlag <springer@dhdspri6.bitnet> -Supported: yes -Latest Version: 16 Jul 1990 -Archives: dhdspri6* -Note: The package comes with a documentation file, jnsl.doc, and an - example file, jnsl.dem. -See also: jnsams.cmm - -Name: laa.sty -Description: Official Springer-Verlag LaTeX document style for producing - articles for the journal Astronomy and Astrophysics. -Keywords: LaTeX, publisher style, Springer-Verlag, journal, physics, - multi-column, two-column -Author: Springer-Verlag <springer@dhdspri6.bitnet> -Supported: yes -Latest Version: 25 Feb 1991 -Archives: dhdspri6* -Note: The package comes with a documentation file, laa.doc, and an - example file, laa.dem, and a readme file. The package also includes - a copy of laa.the, the thesaurus list for Astronomy and - Astrophysics. There is also a variant, laamt.sty, of the macros for - typesetting with the Monotype Times fonts. - -Name: laletter.sty (.doc) -Description: LaTeX document style used at the Los Alamos National - Laboratory to format letters according to the rules established in - the LANL "Office Procedures Manual." Features include support for - form letters, choice of Computer Modern or PostScript fonts, choice - of Roman or typewriter typefaces, support for multiple addresses on - a single letter, and support for a salutation, a subject line, a - reference line, a complimentary close, a signature line, an - enclosures list, an attachments list, a copy list, or a distribution - list. -Keywords: LaTeX, letter, PostScript, formletter -Author: Steve Sydoriak <sxs@lanl.gov> -Supported: yes -Latest Version: 18 Sep 1989 -Archives: stuttgart -Note: Package includes a README file (laletter.README), a users' manual - (laletter.ref), and a sample file (lettest.tex). These macros were - described in "LaTeX Memos and Letters," TUGboat 10(4):715--726, - December 1989 (1989 Conference Proceedings). -See also: memo.sty - -Name: llncs.sty -Description: Official Springer-Verlag LaTeX document style for producing - camera-ready copy for the Lecture Notes in Computer Science series. -Keywords: LaTeX, publisher style, camera-ready, Springer-Verlag, LNCS, - multi-author, book -Author: Springer-Verlag <springer@dhdspri6.bitnet> -Supported: yes -Latest Version: v1.1 -Archives: dhdspri6* -Note: The package comes with a documentation file, llncs.doc, an - example file, llncs.dem, and a readme file. - -Name: lmamult.sty -Description: Official Springer-Verlag LaTeX document style for - typesetting multi-author mathematics books. -Keywords: LaTeX, publisher style, camera-ready, Springer-Verlag, - multi-author, book, mathematics -Author: Springer-Verlag <springer@dhdspri6.bitnet> -Supported: yes -Latest Version: 29 Dec 89 -Archives: dhdspri6* -Note: The package comes with a documentation file, lmamult.doc, and an - example file, lmamult.dem, and a readme file. -See also: amamult.cmm, mathmult.cmm, mathsing.cmm, mathsing.sty - -Name: ltugboat.sty -Description: LaTeX document style for preparation of TUGboat, the - Communications of the TeX Users Group. -Keywords: LaTeX, TUGboat, TeX Users Group, two-column -Author: TeX Users Group <TUGboat@math.ams.org> -Supported: yes -Latest Version: v1.14, 8 Mar 1992 -Archives: labrea, stuttgart, shsu -See also: tugboat.sty, tugproc.sty, ltugproc.sty, tugboat.cmn -Note: requires article.sty, tugboat.cmn - -Name: ltugproc.sty -Description: LaTeX document style for the Proceedings issues of TUGboat, - the Communications of the TeX Users Group. -Keywords: LaTeX, TUGboat, TeX Users Group, proceedings, two-column -Author: TeX Users Group <TUGboat@math.ams.org> -Supported: yes -Latest Version: v1.04, 8 Mar 1992 -Archives: labrea, stuttgart, shsu -See also: tugboat.sty, tugproc.sty, ltugboat.sty, tugboat.cmn -Note: ltugboat.sty, article.sty, tugboat.cmn required. - -Name: manual.sty -Description: A LaTeX document style based on book.sty, which supports - page numbering by chapter, LaTeXing only selected pages, and always - produces right-handed odd-numbered pages (chapters start on - right-hand pages). -Keywords: LaTeX, book, manual -Author: M. Edward Nieland <ted@nieland.dayton.oh.us> -Supported: ??? -Latest Version: 4 Apr 1988 -Archives: ymir - -Name: memo.sty (.doc) -Description: LaTeX document style used at the Los Alamos National - Laboratory to format memos according to the rules established in the - LANL "Office Procedures Manual." Features include choice of - Computer Modern or PostScript fonts, choice of Roman or typewriter - typefaces, support for "THRU" or "THRULESS" headers, and support for - a subject line, a reference line, a signature line, an approval - line, an enclosures list, an attachments list, a copy list, or a - distribution list. -Keywords: LaTeX, memo, PostScript -Author: Steve Sydoriak <sxs@lanl.gov> -Supported: yes -Latest Version: 28 Mar 1990 -Archives: stuttgart -Note: Package includes a README file (memo.README), a user's manual - (memo.ref), and a sample file (memotest.tex). These macros were - described in "LaTeX Memos and Letters," TUGboat 10(4):715--726, - December 1989 (1989 Conference Proceedings). -See also: laletter.sty - -Name: memo.sty -Description: LaTeX document style for memos. -Keywords: LaTeX, memo -Author: Kent McPherson -Supported: ??? -Latest Version: 30 May 1985 -Archives: ymir -See also: extradefs.tex, memo10.sty, memo11.sty, memo12.sty -Note: extradefs.tex required - -Name: MEParticle.sty -Description: LaTeX document style for proceedings of Mechanical - Engineering Publications Limited. -Keywords: LaTeX, proceedings, conference, article -Author: Silvano Balemi <balemi@aut.ethz.ch> -Supported: yes -Latest Version: 26 Mar 92 -Archives: ifa.ethz.ch* [129.132.1.183] - -Name: milstd.sty -Description: MIL-STD-490 document style for LaTeX. -Keywords: LaTeX, milstd -Author: Kent McPherson -Supported: ??? -Latest Version: 27 Feb 1986 -Archives: ymir, shsu -See also: bookform.sty, extradefs.tex -Note: extradefs.tex required - -Name: mit-press-book.sty -Description: LaTeX MIT Press book document style. -Keywords: LaTeX, book, MIT Press, publisher style -Author: <eb@oz> (Ed Barton <eb@oz.ai.mit.edu>???) -Supported: ??? -Latest Version: 23 Oct 86 -Archives: ymir - -Name: mtnsarticle.sty -Description: LaTeX document style for papers in the proceedings of - Mathematical Theory of Network and Systems. -Keywords: LaTeX, article, proceedings -Author: Silvano Balemi balemi@aut.ethz.ch -Supported: yes -Latest Version: 1 Apr 1991 -Archives: ifa.ethz.ch* [129.132.1.183], stuttgart -Note: mtnssample.bib, mtnssample.tex - -Name: nar.sty -Description: Modified article.sty. -Keywords: LaTeX, article -Author: Tom Schneider -Supported: ??? -Latest Version: v2.01, 13 Aug 1990 -Archives: ymir - -Name: paper.sty -Description: Double-spaced LaTeX document style suitable for producing - college papers. -Keywords: LaTeX, article -Author: Don Hosek <dhosek@ymir.claremont.edu> -Supported: no -Latest Version: 28 Nov 89 -Archives: ymir* -Note: Requires doublespace.sty and smaller.sty. - -Name: rapport1.sty -Description: LaTeX document style for producing a report compatible with - Dutch typesetting conventions, design 1. Compatible with - report.sty. -Keywords: LaTeX, report, Dutch, NTG -Author: Victor Eijkhout <eijkhout@cs.utk.edu> -Supported: yes -Latest Version: v1.14, 19 March 1991 -Archives: tex-nl*, ymir -Note: Part of the Dutch national LaTeX effort. Requires ntg10.sty, - ntg11.sty, ntg12.sty (q.v.). -See also: voorwerk.sty - -Name: rapport3.sty (.doc) -Description: LaTeX document style for producing a report compatible with - Dutch typesetting conventions, design 3 (has non-zero parskip and - zero parindent). Compatible with report.sty. -Keywords: LaTeX, report, Dutch, NTG -Author: Victor Eijkhout <eijkhout@cs.utk.edu> -Supported: yes -Latest Version: v1.16, 7 Jan 1992 -Archives: tex-nl*, ymir -Note: Part of the Dutch national LaTeX effort. Requires ntg10.sty, - ntg11.sty, ntg12.sty (q.v.). -See also: voorwerk.sty - -Name: res.sty -Description: Resume document style for LaTeX. -Keywords: LaTeX, resume -Author: Michael DeCorte <mrd@sun.soe.clarkson.edu, mrd@clutx.bitnet> -Supported: ??? -Latest Version: 26 Sep 89 -Archives: ymir - -Name: siam.sty -Description: LaTeX document style for producing articles for SIAM - journals. -Keywords: LaTeX, article, journal, publisher style -Author: Howard Trickey <trickey@research.att.com> -Supported: yes -Latest Version: 5 Nov 1991 -Archives: research.att.com* [192.20.225.2] (in - netlib/typesetting/siamltex.all), ymir -See also: amstexsiam.sty, siam10.sty, siam11.sty, siam12.sty, siam.bst, - fixup.sty, numinsec.sty - -Name: spie.sty -Description: Enhanced version of Rick Zaccone's document style for - producing camera-ready copy for SPIE proceedings. -Keywords: LaTeX, proceedings, SPIE, camera-ready -Author: Adrian F. Clark <alien@essex.ac.uk> -Supported: no -Latest Version: 11 Jan 1992 -Archives: aston* - -Name: svlncs.sty -Description: LaTeX document style for conference proceedings printed in - Springer-Verlag's Lecture Notes in Computer Science. -Keywords: LaTeX, proceedings, Springer-Verlag, LNCS, publisher style -Author: Marc Shapiro <shapiro@sor.inria.fr> -Supported: no [obsolete] -Latest Version: 23 Mar 1989 -Note: Obsolete: See llncs.sty. - -Name: USCthesis.sty -Description: LaTeX document-style for typesetting Theses or - Dissertations in accordance with the University of Southern - California Regulations for Format and Presentation of Theses and - Dissertations. It provides some alternative ``bells and whistles'' - such as support for multi-volume documents. -Keywords: LaTeX, thesis, dissertation -Author: Steven Douglas Cochran <sdc+@cs.cmu.edu> -Supported: yes -Latest Version: v2.2, 29 Jun 1992 -Archives: shsu* -Note: Requires Stephen Page's `doublespace' style option (or equivalent) - in addition to the standard LaTeX `report' style. -See also: techreport.sty - -Name: ucthesis.sty -Description: LaTeX document style for University of California theses. -Keywords: LaTeX, thesis -Author: Rusty C. Wright -Supported: ??? -Latest Version: 20 Jun 1988 -Archives: ymir, shsu -Note: Comes with a readme file, ucthesis.doc. - -Name: unixman.sty -Description: LaTeX document style for producing UNIX manual pages. -Keywords: LaTeX, manpage -Author: Paul Barton-Davis <pauld@cs.washington.edu> -Supported: yes -Latest Version: v1.4, November 9th 1991 -Archives: ymir -See also: manpage.sty - -Name: utdiss.sty -Description: LaTeX/AMS-LaTeX document style for typeseting - dissertation for the University of Texas at Austin. -Keywords: LaTeX, AMS-LaTeX, thesis, dissertation -Author: Young U. Ryu <ryoung@utdallas.edu> -Supported: yes -Latest Version: v2.1, Mar 1992 -Archives: ftp.cc.utexas.edu [192.12.26.23]:pub/young/ -Note: Comes with a documentation file (utdiss.doc) and a sample file - (sampdiss.tex). - -Name: uw-thesis.sty -Description: LaTeX document style for University of Washington theses. -Keywords: LaTeX, thesis -Author: Jim Fox -Supported: ??? -Latest Version: v1.5, 30 May 1990 -Archives: ymir - -Name: xarticle.sty -Description: Modified version of article.sty for use with art7.sty, - art8.sty, and art9.sty. -Keywords: LaTeX, article -Author: -Supported: ??? -Latest Version: 16 Mar 88 -Archives: ymir -See also: art7.sty, art8.sty, art9.sty - - -%%Section 6.7: LaTeX Document-style Options - -Name: 9pt.sty -Description: 9 point document-style option for LaTeX article.sty. -Keywords: LaTeX, article -Author: Patrick van der Smagt -Supported: ??? -Latest Version: 17 Apr 90 -Archives: ymir - -Name: 10pt.sty -Description: LaTeX document-style option for producing papers at 10pt. - Its use is optional. But since 11pt works as a style option, it is - is useful that 10pt works too. -Keywords: LaTeX, fonts -Author: Charles Karney <karney@princeton.edu> -Supported: yes -Latest Version: 29 May 1992 -Archives: lyman.pppl.gov [192.55.106.129]* - -Name: a4.sty (.doc) -Description: LaTeX document-style option to modify the page layout used - by the standard LaTeX document styles to conform to the European A4 - standard. -Keywords: LaTeX, A4, page layout -Author: Johannes Braams <J.L.Braams@research.ptt.nl> and N.A.F.M. - Poppelier <N.Poppelier@elsevier.nl> -Supported: yes -Latest Version: v1.2a, 30 Nov 90 -Archives: tex-nl*, ymir, shsu -Note: Documented with doc.sty. -See also: a5.sty, a5comb.sty - -Name: a4wide.sty -Description: LaTeX document-style option to increase line width of - standard LaTeX document styles. (Obsolete: use a4.sty (q.v.) - instead.) -Keywords: LaTeX, A4, page layout -Author: Jean-Francois Lamy <lamy@sobeco.com>, <lamy@sobeco.ca> -Supported: no -Latest Version: Jul 1986 -Archives: ymir, shsu - -Name: a5.sty -Description: Sets page layout to A5 size, with equal spaces to left, - middle and right and top:side:bottom space = 2:3:4. -Keywords: LaTeX, A5, page layout -Author: Mario Wolczko <mario@cs.man.ac.uk> -Latest Version: May 1992 -Archives: Aston* -Supported: yes -See also: a4.sty, a5comb.sty - -Name: a5comb.sty -Description: Sets page layout to A5 size, with equal spaces to left and - right, and twice the amount of centre space (for comb-bound - documents) and top:side:bottom space = 2:2:4. -Keywords: LaTeX, A5, page layout -Author: Mario Wolczko <mario@cs.man.ac.uk> -Latest Version: May 1992 -Archives: Aston* -Supported: yes -See also: a4.sty, a5.sty - -Name: acmproc.sty -Description: LaTeX document-style option to be used with article.sty to - produce ACM conference proceedings papers. -Keywords: LaTeX, proceedings, ACM -Author: -Supported: ??? -Latest Version: -Archives: ymir -See also: acm.sty, acmconf.sty - -Name: acronym.sty -Description: Defines macros for defining and using acronyms, including - use of footnote and parenthesised initial usage. -Keywords: LaTeX, acronym, footnotes -Author: John Kewley <jk@fiveg.icl.co.uk>, <jk@cs.man.ac.uk> -Supported: yes -Latest Version: 19 Jun 1992 -Archives: ymir - -Name: add-wes.sty -Description: A "book" style conforming (just!) to the Addison-Wesley - house style. -Keywords: LaTeX, publisher style, book, camera-ready -Author: Paul Barton-Davis <pauld@cs.washington.edu> -Supported: yes -Latest Version: v1.05, 29 Jun 1989 -Archives: shsu - -Name: algorithm.sty -Description: Defines a theorem-like environment for typesetting - algorithms. -Keywords: LaTeX, algorithm, theorm -Author: Jose Alberto Fernandez <alberto@cs.umd.edu> -Supported: ??? -Latest Version: ??? -Archives: shsu - -Name: answers.sty -Description: Defines \newrtheorem, and commands \Solution and \Hint - which cause all text up to first line starting \end{Exercise} to be - output to \jobname.sol. -Keywords: LaTeX, solutions -Author: M. J. Piff <MPiff@pa.shef.ac.uk>, <MPiff@ibm.shef.ac.uk> -Supported: ??? -Latest Version: -Archives: shsu - -Name: agugrl.sty -Description: LaTeX document style option to be used with article.sty to - typeset papers for the American Geophysical Union Geophysical - Research Letters. -Keywords: LaTeX, article, journal -Author: Stephen Gildea <gildea@erl.mit.edu> -Supported: yes -Latest Version: 20 Jul 87 -Note: Comes with a sample file, agugrl-sample.tex. -Archives: ymir* - -Name: agujgr.sty -Description: LaTeX document style option to be used with article.sty to - typeset papers for the American Geophysical Union Journal of - Geophysical Research. -Keywords: LaTeX, article, journal -Author: Stephen Gildea <gildea@erl.mit.edu> -Supported: yes -Latest Version: 9 Jul 87 -Note: Comes with a sample file, agujgr-sample.tex. -Archives: ymir* - -Name: aip.sty -Description: LaTeX document-style option for producing papers for - American Institute of Physics journals. For use with article.sty. -Keywords: LaTeX, article, journal -Author: Charles Karney <karney@princeton.edu> -Supported: yes -Latest Version: 13 Apr 1990 -Archives: lyman.pppl.gov [192.55.106.129]* - -Name: alleqno.sty -Description: LaTeX document-style option to make all displayed equations - numbered by default. -Keywords: LaTeX, math, autonumbering -Author: Jonathan Thornburg <thornburg@mtsg.ubc.ca> -Supported: ??? -Latest Version: 25 Sep 1988 -Archives: ymir, shsu - -Name: alltt.sty -Description: LaTeX document-style which defines the `alltt' environment, - which is like the `verbatim' environment except that `\', `\{', and - `\}' have their usual meanings. -Keywords: LaTeX, verbatim -Author: Leslie Lamport -Supported: ??? -Latest Version: 17 Dec 1987 -Archives: ymir, shsu -See also: astyped.sty - -Name: alltt2.sty -Description: Modification of the alltt style to indent alltt - environments by \allttindent parameter -Keywords: LaTeX, verbatim -Author: Mario Wolczko <mario@cs.man.ac.uk> -Supported: no -Latest Version: May 1992 -Note: Based on the original alltt.sty (q.v.) by Leslie Lamport. -Archives: Aston* -See also: alltt.sty - -Name: amssymbols.sty -Description: Document-style option which makes the AMS symbol fonts - (msam and msbm) available to LaTeX. -Keywords: LaTeX, amsfonts, mathfonts -Author: Charles Karney <karney@princeton.edu> -Supported: yes -Latest Version: 29 May 1992 -Archives: lyman.pppl.gov [192.55.106.129]* -See also: amssym.def, amssym.tex, msam.sty, msbm.sty, - amsfonts.sty, amssymb.sty, amssymbl.sty - -Name: apalike.sty (.doc) -Description: LaTeX document-style option to be used in conjunction with - apalike.bst to produce an APA-like bibliography. -Keywords: LaTeX, bibliography, BibTeX -Author: Susan King and Oren Patashnik <opbibtex@cs.stanford.edu> -Supported: yes -Latest Version: 13 Oct 87 -Archives: labrea*, ymir -See also: apalike.bst, apalike.tex - -Name: apeqnum.sty -Description: LaTeX document-style option for numbering equations A1, A2, - A3, etc., within appendices. For use with article.sty. -Keywords: LaTeX, article, math, autonumbering -Author: Don Hosek <dhosek@ymir.claremont.edu> -Supported: no -Latest Version: 8 Nov 1990 -Archives: ymir* - -Name: apl.sty -Description: LaTeX document-style option for typesetting APL symbols - with standard LaTeX fonts. -Keywords: LaTeX, APL -Author: Andreas Geyer-Schulz <andreas@awiwuw11.bitnet> and Josef Matulka - <matulka@awiwuw11.bitnet> -Supported: yes -Latest Version: v2.3, 11 Mar 1991 -Archives: watserv1.waterloo.edu* [129.97.129.140], ymir, - ftp.wu-wien.ac.at [137.208.3.5] -Note: These macros, as well as a preprocessor to convert from APL to - LaTeX, are described in "A LaTeX Document Style Option for - Typesetting APL," TUGboat 11(4):644-651, November 1990. - -Name: apsabstract.sty -Description: LaTeX document-style option for abstracts submitted to - American Physical Society conferences. For use with article.sty. -Keywords: LaTeX, article, proceedings -Author: Charles Karney <karney@princeton.edu> -Supported: yes -Latest Version: 24 Jun 1992 -Archives: lyman.pppl.gov [192.55.106.129]* -Note: requires an additional file giving APS meeting name, location, etc. - -Name: art7.sty -Description: 7 point document style option for use with xarticle.sty. -Keywords: LaTeX, article, font -Author: -Supported: ??? -Latest Version: 22 Dec 87 -Archives: ymir -See also: art8.sty, art9.sty - -Name: art8.sty -Description: 8 point document style option for use with xarticle.sty. -Keywords: LaTeX, article, font -Author: -Supported: ??? -Latest Version: 22 Sep 90 -Archives: ymir -See also: art7.sty, art9.sty - -Name: art9.sty -Description: 9 point document style option for use with xarticle.sty. -Keywords: LaTeX, article, font -Author: -Supported: ??? -Latest Version: 22 Sep 90 -Archives: ymir -See also: art7.sty, art8.sty - -Name: asaesub.sty -Description: style option for asaetr.sty (q.v.) to meet submission - requirements. -Keywords: LaTeX, journal, article -Author: Darrell McCauley <jdm5548@diamond.tamu.edu> -Supported: yes -Latest Version: v1.0, 12 Feb 1992 -Archives: shsu -Note: part of asaetr package (for TRANSACTIONS OF ASAE) -See also: asaetr.sty, asaetr.tex, asaetr.bst, cmcscsl10.mf - -Name: askinclude.sty -Description: LaTeX document-style option that prompts the user for a - list of files to be \include'd. -Keywords: LaTeX, include -Author: Pablo A. Straub <straub@ing.puc.cl> -Supported: yes -Latest Version: v1.1, 13 Dec 1991 -Archives: stuttgart - -Name: astyped.sty -Description: Defines the `astyped' environment, which is like the - `verbatim' environment except most of the special characters have - their usual meanings. -Keywords: LaTeX, verbatim -Author: -Supported: ??? -Latest Version: v1.3, 30 Jun 1988 -Archives: shsu -See also: alltt.sty - -Name: balanced.sty -Description: Defines a two-column environment that can be used anywhere - in a one-column document. The twocolumns environment may extend for - an unlimited number of pages, and start and finish mid-page. -Keywords: LaTeX, multi-column, output -Author: -Supported: ??? -Latest Version: -Archives: shsu -See also: multicol.sty - -Name: bbold.sty -Description: LaTeX document-style option for using Alan Jeffrey's bbold - (blackboard bold) fonts. -Keywords: LaTeX, mathfonts, blackboard bold, NFSS -Author: J"org Knappen <knappen@vkpmzd.kph.uni-mainz.de> -Supported: yes -Latest Version: v1.1b, 10 Sep 1992 -Archives: stuttgart*, ymir, shsu -Note: Alan Jeffrey's bbold fonts are different from the blackbord bold - provided by AMSTeX or AMSLaTeX. They contain a complete blackbord - bold alphabet with lowers, greek, and digitals in a sans serif-type - style. - -Name: bf10.sty -Description: 10 point LaTeX document-style option for bookform.sty. -Keywords: LaTeX, bookform -Author: Kent McPherson -Supported: ??? -Latest Version: 25 Feb 1986 -Archives: ymir -Note: This is the default point size. -See also: bookform.sty, bf11.sty, bf12.sty - -Name: bf11.sty -Description: 11 point LaTeX document-style option for bookform.sty. -Keywords: LaTeX, bookform -Author: Kent McPherson -Supported: ??? -Latest Version: 25 Feb 1986 -Archives: ymir -See also: bookform.sty, bf10.sty, bf12.sty - -Name: bf12.sty -Description: 12 point LaTeX document-style option for bookform.sty. -Keywords: LaTeX, bookform -Author: Kent McPherson -Supported: ??? -Latest Version: 25 Feb 1986 -Archives: ymir -See also: bookform.sty, bf10.sty, bf11.sty - -Name: biblist.sty -Description: LaTeX style option for typesetting large bibliography - listings. Outputs also annotations and ISBN fields. -Keywords: LaTeX, bibliography, BibTeX -Author: Joachim Schrod <schrod@iti.informatik.th-darmstadt.de> -Supported: yes -Latest Version: v1.2, 13 Jan 1992 -Archives: darmstadt*, stuttgart - -Name: bibperinclude.sty -Description: Allows multiple \bibliography tags in one document. -Keywords: LaTeX, BibTeX, bibliography -Author: Joachim Schrod <schrod@iti.informatik.th-darmstadt.de> -Supported: no [obsolete] -Latest Version: 25 Jun 1991 -Note: This style option is obsolete -- use chapterbib.sty instead. It - should be deleted on all archives. -See also: chapterbib.sty - -Name: bibunits.sty -Description: BIBUNITS is a style to generate separate bibliographies for - different units (parts) of the text (currently only one of chapters, - sections or bibunit-environments). -Keywords: LaTeX, BibTeX, bibliography -Author: Jose Alberto Fernandez <alberto@cs.umd.edu> -Supported: ??? -Latest Version: 7 Sep 91 -Archives: shsu - -Name: bigtabular.sty -Description: LaTeX environment for typesetting large tables that can be - split across multiple pages. -Keywords: LaTeX, tables, tabular, array, multi-page -Author: Denys Duchier <duchier-denys@cs.yale.edu> -Supported: ??? -Latest Version: Jul 1990 -Archives: shsu, stuttgart -See also: longtable.sty, supertab.sty - -Name: biihead.sty -Description: LaTeX document-style option for defining an underlined - heading style for the LaTeX report style. -Keywords: LaTeX, pagestyle, report -Author: Ted Shapin -Supported: ??? -Latest Version: 17 Dec 1986 -Archives: ymir, shsu -See also: fancyheadings.sty, headerfooter.sty - -Name: birk.sty -Description: LaTeX document-style option for use with article.sty to - produce Birkhaeuser conference proceedings papers. -Keywords: LaTeX, proceedings, Birkhaeuser, camera-ready -Author: Bengt Martensson <bengt@mathematik.uni-Bremen.de> -Supported: no -Latest Version: 10 June 1989 -Archives: stuttgart* -Note: Requires remark.sty (q.v.). Package includes a sample file, - birksample.tex, which requires the sample bibliography - birksample.bib. - -Name: birkhaus.sty -Description: LaTeX document-style option for use with article.sty to - format papers for Birk\"auser Verlag conference/workshop - proceedings. -Keywords: LaTeX, article, conference, proceedings, publisher style -Author: Silvano Balemi <balemi@aut.ethz.ch> -Supported: yes -Latest Version: v1.0, 11 Feb 1992 -Archives: ifa.ethz.ch* [129.132.1.183] -Note: Comes with a sample article (birkhaus.tex) and bibliography - (birkhaus.bib). - -Name: blackdvi.sty -Description: See entry for blackdvi.tex. - -Name: bnf.sty -Description: LaTeX macros for typesetting BNF -Keywords: LaTeX, BNF -Author: -Supported: ??? -Latest Version: -Archives: shsu -See also: bnf.sty, bnf.tex, ebnf.sty - -Name: boxedminipage.sty -Description: LaTeX document-style option which defines the boxedminipage - environment -- just like minipage, but with a box around it. -Keywords: LaTeX, minipage, framebox -Author: Mario Wolczko <mario@cs.man.ac.uk>, mods by Jerry Leichter - <leichter@cs.rutgers.edu> -Latest Version: May 1992 -Supported: yes -Archives: Aston* -See also: boxit.sty - -Name: boxit.sty -Description: Defines an environment that draws lines arounds its - contents (which can include verbatim text). -Keywords: LaTeX, framebox -Author: Marcel van der Goot <marcel@cs.caltech.edu> -Supported: yes -Latest Version: 27 Feb 1992 -Archives: csvax.cs.caltech.edu* [131.215.131.131], shsu -See also: boxedminipage.sty - -%% Name: brandeis-letter.sty - -Name: breakcites.sty -Description: LaTeX document-style option to allow citations to be broken - across lines. -Keywords: LaTeX, citation, bibliography -Author: Don Hosek <dhosek@ymir.claremont.edu> -Supported: no -Latest Version: 14 Mar 1989 -Archives: ymir* - -Name: bruggink.sty -Description: LaTeX document-style option to provide for independent - formatting of table and figure (and other float) captions. -Keywords: LaTeX, caption, floats -Author: -Supported: ??? -Latest Version: -Archives: ymir -Note: Virtually identical to zaccone.sty (q.v.). Comes with a sample - file, bruggink.tex. - -Name: bsf.sty -Description: LaTeX document-style option for providing access to bold - sans serif fonts in LaTeX. -Keywords: LaTeX, font, OFSS -Author: Jerry Leichter <leichter@cs.rutgers.edu> -Supported: yes -Latest Version: 2 Dec 91 -Archives: ymir -See also: bsl.sty, isf.sty - -Name: bsl.sty -Description: Provide access to the boldface slanted type style for LaTeX - under the Old Font Selection Scheme. -Keywords: LaTeX, OFSS, font -Author: George D. Greenwade <bed_gdg@shsu.edu> -Supported: ??? -Latest Version: 5 Apr 1990 -Archives: shsu* -See also: bsf.sty, isf.sty - -Name: calendar.sty -Description: LaTeX document-style option for typesetting a calendar. -Keywords: LaTeX, calendar -Author: J"urgen Stuber and W. J. Metzger <u632111@hnykun11.bitnet> -Supported: ??? -Latest Version: 29 Nov 1991 -Archives: shsu -See also: calendar.tex, yearcal.tex - -Name: captcont.sty -Description: LaTeX document-style option to permit the use of captions - in continuations of floats -- defines a \captcont macro that is like - \caption except it doesn't update the counter or add an entry to the - list of figures or tables. -Keywords: LaTeX, floats, caption -Author: -Supported: ??? -Latest Version: -Archives: ymir, shsu - -Name: card.sty -Description: LaTeX document-style option for printing text formatted for - cardfile cards. -Keywords: LaTeX, plain TeX, card -Author: R. Potu\v{c}ek jr. <potucek@winx06.informatik.uni-wuerzburg.de> -Supported: yes -Latest Version: v2.04, 6 Mar 1992 -Archives: stuttgart* - -Name: catmac.sty -Description: LaTeX macros for drawing commutative diagrams. -Keywords: LaTeX, commutative diagrams -Author: Michael Barr <barr@triples.math.mcgill.ca> -Supported: no [obsolete] -Latest Version: 12 Nov 1989 -Archives: ymir -Note: OBSOLETE: superseded by diagram.tex (q.v.) - -Name: cd.sty -Description: Commutative diagram macros modified from AmSTeX for use as - LaTeX style option. -Keywords: LaTeX, commutative diagrams -Author: Darrel Hankerson <hank@auducvax.bitnet> -Supported: no [obsolete] -Latest Version: 3 Mar 89 -Archives: ymir -Note: OBSOLETE: Use amscd.sty, xypic.sty, diagram.tex or diagrams.tex - instead. - -Name: changebars.sty (.doc) -Description: LaTeX document-style option for producing changebars. -Keywords: LaTeX, changebars, dvi2ln3, dvitops, dvips, dvidrv -Author: Michael Fine and Neil Winton <nwinton@axion.bt.co.uk> and - Johannes Braams <J.L.Braams@research.ptt.nl> -Supported: yes -Latest Version: v3.0, 16 Nov 1991 -Archives: tex-nl*, aston, ymir -Note: Documented with doc.sty. Comes with a bug list, changbar.bug. - -Name: chappg.sty -Description: Define \thepage to output chapter-page (such as 1-3, 5-2, - etc.) and have each chapter's page number begin on 1. -Keywords: LaTeX, pagestyle, pagenumbering -Author: Max Hailperin <max@nic.gac.edu> -Supported: yes -Latest Version: -Archives: shsu - -Name: chapterbib.sty -Description: Document-style option for allowing multiple bibliographies - in a LaTeX document. -Keywords: LaTeX, bibliography, BibTeX -Author: Niel Kempson <rmcs-tex@cdvc.cranfield.ac.uk> -Supported: ??? -Latest Version: v1.0, 23 Nov 1988 -Archives: ymir - -Name: chemtex.sty -Description: LaTeX document-style option for typesetting chemistry - equations. -Keywords: LaTeX, chemistry -Author: Roswitha Haas -Supported: ??? -Latest Version: -Archives: ymir -Note: Documentation in chemdoc.tex. - -Name: chess.sty -Description: (La)TeX document-style option for writing about chess - games. -Keywords: LaTeX, plain TeX, chess -Author: Piet Tutelaers <rcpt@urc.tue.nl> -Supported: yes -Latest Version: v1.2, Feb 1992 -Archives: utrecht*, tue -Note: These macros are described in "A Font and a Style for Typesetting - Chess using LaTeX or TeX," TUGboat 13(1):85--89, April 1992. - -Name: chicago.sty -Description: LaTeX document-style option for use with the Chicago BibTeX - styles chicago.bst and chicagoa.bst. -Keywords: LaTeX, BibTeX, bibliography -Author: Glenn Paulley <gnpaulle@bluebox.uwaterloo.ca> -Supported: yes -Latest Version: v4, 31 August 1992 -Archives: shsu*, utah -See also: chicago.bst, chicagoa.bst - -Name: chomsky.sty -Description: LaTeX document style-option for typesetting parse trees. -Keywords: LaTeX, parse trees, tree -Author: Michael Barr <barr@triples.math.mcgill.ca> -Supported: no -Latest Version: 22 May 1989 -Archives: ymir - -Name: cite.sty -Description: LaTeX document-style option for compressing lists of three - or more consecutive numbers into one number range. E.g., - [4,5,6,7,9,8,Einstein,6] becomes [4-7,9,8,Einstein,6]. -Keywords: LaTeX, citation, bibliography -Author: Donald Arseneau <asnd@jack.triumf.ca>, <asnd@triumfcl.bitnet> -Supported: yes -Latest Version: v3.0, Oct 1992 -Archives: shsu*, ymir -See also: citesort.sty, drftcite.sty, overcite.sty, rangecite.sty - -Name: citesort.sty -Description: LaTeX document-style option for sorting and compressing - lists of three or more consecutive numbers into one number range. - E.g., [4,5,6,7,9,8,6] becomes [4-9]. -Keywords: LaTeX, citation, bibliography -Author: Ian Green <img@eng.cam.ac.uk> -Supported: ??? -Latest Version: v1, 10 Dec 1991 -Archives: ymir -See also: cite.sty - -Name: code.sty -Description: LaTeX document-style option for producing verbatim displays - of program code using verbatim.sty (q.v.). -Keywords: LaTeX, verbatim -Author: George Ferguson <ferguson@cs.rochester.edu> -Supported: no -Latest Version: 3 Jul 1991 -Archives: stuttgart -Note: Includes a sample file, foo.tex. -See also: verbatim.sty - -Name: colordvi.sty -Description: See entry for colordvi.tex. - -Name: colors.sty -Description: LaTeX document-style option which adds greyscale and color - support for PostScript devices. -Keywords: LaTeX, PostScript, color -Author: Fred Knight <knight@ll.mit.edu> -Supported: ??? -Latest Version: 15 Apr 92 -Archives: shsu -Note: The style file is distributed with a file rgb.txt, which defines - the RGB values for various colors. - -Name: cprog.sty -Description: LaTeX document style option which allows C programs to be - typeset directly by TeX. -Keywords: LaTeX, plain TeX, verbatim -Author: \'Eamonn McManus <emcmanus@gr.osf.org> -Supported: yes -Latest Version: v1.4, 12 Sep 1990 -Archives: ymir, shsu - -Name: cropmark.sty -Description: LaTeX document-style option which prints crop marks (corner - rules) at the four corners of the page.) -Keywords: LaTeX, cropmark, output -Author: Dominik Wujastyk <ucgadkw@ucl.ac.uk> -Supported: no -Latest Version: v1, 11 Jan 1990 -Archives: ymir, shsu -Note: This is considered obsolete by the author, who suggests - pageframe.sty or quire.tex instead. -See also: pageframe.sty, cropmark.tex, quire.tex - -Name: crossword.sty -Description: LaTeX macros for drawing crossword puzzles. -Keywords: LaTeX, crosswords -Author: B Hamilton Kelly <rm001a@cdvc.cranfield.ac.uk> (Marked "To the - attention of B Hamilton Kelly.") -Supported: ??? -Latest Version: -Archives: ymir -Note: documentation in crosswords.readme and examples in - crosswords_0.tex and crosswords_1.tex. - -Name: currency.sty -Description: Useful hacks to include currency symbols other than the - standard \$ and \pounds of LaTeX (currently includes only Japanese - Yen and British Pounds Sterling). -Keywords: LaTeX, currency -Author: George D. Greenwade <bed_gdg@shsu.edu> -Supported: yes -Latest Version: 17 Apr 1991 -Archives: shsu*, stuttgart - -Name: custombib.sty -Description: LaTeX document-style option to make it easier to customize - the section head that is inserted before the bibliography. -Keywords: LaTeX, bibliography, sectioning -Author: Pablo A. Straub <straub@ing.puc.cl> -Supported: yes -Latest Version: 10 Nov 1991 -Archives: stuttgart - -Name: cyrillic.sty -Description: Document-style option which makes the Washington Cyrillic - fonts (wncyr10 etc) available to LaTeX. -Keywords: LaTeX, cyrillic, AMS -Author: Charles Karney <karney@princeton.edu> -Supported: yes -Latest Version: 29 May 1992 -Archives: lyman.pppl.gov [192.55.106.129]* -See also: cyracc.def -Note: requires cyracc.def. Transliteration scheme is described by - Barbara Beeton in cyrmemo.tex (which also needs cyrmemo.def). - -Name: dates.sty -Description: LaTeX document-style option to provide support for the - production of dates. Can be easily tailored to output dates in a - variety of formats, including the day of the week, and is intended - to be simple to use in conjunction with non-English languages. -Keywords: LaTeX, date, dow -Author: Adrian F. Clark <alien@essex.ac.uk> -Supported: yes -Latest Version: v1.01--0 -Archives: aston* -See also: dow.tex, dayofweek.tex - -Name: dcolumn.sty (.doc) -Description: LaTeX style option for producing tabular entries aligned on - a decimal point. -Keywords: LaTeX, tabular, array, decimal -Author: David Carlisle <carlisle@cs.man.ac.uk> -Latest Version: 1.01, 12 June 1992 -Archives: stuttgart*, shsu, aston -Supported: yes -Note: Requires array.sty. Documentation requires Mittelbach's doc.sty. -See also: decalign.sty, dectab.sty - -Name: decalign.sty -Description: LaTeX document-style option for aligning columns in a table - on decimal point (or other character). -Keywords: LaTeX, tabular, array, decimal -Author: Stephen Meatheringham -Supported: ??? -Latest Version: 1 Oct 1987 -Archives: ymir, shsu -See also: dcolumn.sty, dectab.sty - -Name: dectab.sty -Description: LaTeX document-style option for decimail alignment of - numbers in a table. -Keywords: LaTeX, tabular, array, decimal -Author: Charles Franklin <c38871cf@wuvmd.wustl.edu>, - <C38871CF@WUVMD.Bitnet> -Supported: no -Latest Version: 27 Apr 1991 -Archives: shsu, stuttgart -See Also: decalign.sty, dcolumn.sty - -Name: delarray.sty (.doc) -Description: LaTeX style option extending array.sty. - Defines implicit \left and \right delimiters. For example: - \begin{array}({cc}) ... \end{array} - is equivalent to: - \left(\begin{array}{cc} ... \end{array}\right) -Keywords: LaTeX, array, delimiters -Author: David Carlisle <carlisle@cs.man.ac.uk> -Latest Version: Version 1.00, 06 July 1992 -Archives: stuttgart*, shsu, aston -Supported: yes -Note: Requires array.sty. Documentation requires Mittelbach's doc.sty. - This feature was previously provided by the now defunct newarray.sty -See also: tabularx.sty, dcolumn.sty - -Name: diagram.tex -Description: LaTeX macros for drawing commutative diagrams. -Keywords: LaTeX, commutative diagrams -Author: Michael Barr <barr@triples.math.mcgill.ca> -Supported: yes -Latest Version: 26 Mar 1992 -Archives: triples.math.mcgill.ca* [132.206.150.30], shsu -Note: Includes documentation file, diagdoc.tex. -See also: xypic.tex - -Name: diagramf.sty -Description: LaTeX document-style option for including diagrams created - in Metafont. -Keywords: LaTeX, metafont -Author: Alan Jeffrey <alanje@cogs.sussex.ac.uk> -Supported: by Jeremy Gibbons <jeremy@cs.aukuni.ac.nz> -Latest Version: v1.1, 02 Jun 1992 -Archives: -Note: Package comes with documentation (diagramf.tex) and requires - diagramf.mf to work. - -Name: doublespace.sty -Description: LaTeX doucment-style option for producing a double-spaced - document. -Keywords: LaTeX, NFSS, doublespace -Author: Stephen Page <sdpage@andersen.co.uk> and Jean-Francois Lamy - <lamy@sobeco.com>, <lamy@sobeco.ca> and Don Hosek - <dhosek@ymir.claremont.edu> -Supported: no -Latest Version: 28 Jun 1990 -Archives: ymir*, shsu - -Name: dpccyr.sty -Description: LaTeX style option to make the AMS/University of Washington - Cyrillic fonts available under the NFSS. -Keywords: LaTeX, NFSS, cyrillic, AMSFonts -Author: David Carlisle <carlisle@cs.man.ac.uk> -Latest Version: 1.00, 09 December 1991 -Archives: shsu*, aston -Supported: yes -Note: Documentation requires Mittelbach's doc.sty. - -Name: draft.sty -Description: LaTeX document-style option which implements an enhanced - draft mode, which marks \label, \cite, \ref, \index and \glossary - commands where they occur in the text. -Keywords: LaTeX, draft, xrefs -Author: Joe Baker <jeb@risc.com>, <jbaker@ee.ucla.edu> -Supported: yes -Latest Version: -Archives: ymir, stuttgart (under draft1.sty) -See also: drafthead.sty - -Name: drafthead.sty -Description: LaTeX document-style option which puts "DRAFT" with date - and time at top of each page. -Keywords: LaTeX, draft -Author: Stephen Page <sdpage@andersen.co.uk> -Supported: no -Latest Version: 23 Jun 1986 -Archives: ymir, shsu -See also: draft.sty - -Name: drftcite.sty -Description: Modifies \cite to print the bibliography tags instead of - numbers. -Keywords: LaTeX, citation, bibliography -Author: Donald Arseneau <asnd@jack.triumf.ca>, <asnd@triumfcl.bitnet> -Supported: yes -Latest Version: 1991 -Archives: shsu*, stuttgart -See also: cite.sty, citesort.sty, overcite.sty, rangecite.sty - -Name: drop.sty -Description: LaTeX macros for dropping and enlarging the first letter(s) - of a paragraph. -Keywords: LaTeX, dropcaps -Author: David G. Cantor <dgc@math.ucla.edu> -Supported: ??? -Latest Version: 17 Feb 1988 -Archives: ymir, shsu - -Name: ebnf.sty -Description: Simple LaTeX macros for typesetting EBNF grammars. -Keywords: LaTeX, BNF -Author: Damian Cugley <damian.cugley@prg.oxford.ac.uk> -Supported: no -Latest Version: 11 Jul 90 -Archives: ymir -See also: bnf.sty, bnf.tex - -Name: eclbip.sty -Description: LaTeX macros for drawing bipartite graphs with epic.sty. -Keywords: LaTeX, graphics -Author: Hideki Isozaki -Supported: ??? -Latest Version: 24 Nov 1990 -Archives: ymir -See also: epic.sty, eepic.sty -Note: Sample file eclbipsample.tex - -Name: ecltree.sty -Description: LaTeX macros for drawing tree graphs with epic.sty. -Keywords: LaTeX, graphics -Author: Hideki Isozaki -Supported: ??? -Latest Version: 12 Nov 1990 -Archives: ymir -See also: epic.sty, eepic.sty -Note: Sample file eclbiptree.tex - -Name: eepic.sty -Description: Enhancements to the epic.sty macros through the use of tpic - \special's. -Keywords: LaTeX, graphics, picture, tpic, dvips -Author: Conrad Kwok <kwok@iris.ucdavis.edu> -Supported: ??? -Latest Version: v1.1b, 7 Feb 1988 -Archives: ymir, shsu -See also: eepicemu.sty, epic.sty -Note: Comes with documentation, eepic.tex. - -Name: eepicemu.sty -Description: LaTeX macros to emulate the eepic macros using only the - epic macros. -Keywords: LaTeX, graphics, picture -Author: Conrad Kwok <kwok@iris.ucdavis.edu> -Supported: ??? -Latest Version: v1.1a, 1 Feb 1988 -Archives: ymir, shsu -See also: eepic.sty, epic.sty - -Name: endfloat.sty -Description: LaTeX style to put figures and tables at end of article. -Keywords: LaTeX, style-option, float, figure, table -Author: James Darrell McCauley <jdm5548@diamond.tamu.edu> -Latest Version: v2.0, 02 Jun 1992 -Archives: shsu* -See also: comment.sty, endnotes.sty - -Name: endnote.sty -Description: LaTeX macros for producing endnotes instead of footnotes. -Keywords: LaTeX, endnotes -Author: -Supported: ??? -Latest Version: -Archives: shsu, stuttgart -See also: endnotes.sty - -Name: endnotes.sty -Description: LaTeX document-style option which implements a series of - endnote macros, parallel to the normal footnote macros except that - the text goes to the end of the document rather than the bottom of - the page. -Keywords: LaTeX, endnotes -Author: John Lavagnino <lav@binah.cc.brandeis.edu>, <lav@brandeis.bitnet> -Supported: ??? -Latest Version: 24 Sept 1991 -Archives: shsu, ymir -See also: endnote.sty - -Name: enumerate.sty -Description: LaTeX style option giving the enumerate environment an - optional argument controlling the printing of the counter. -Keywords: LaTeX, enumerate -Author: David Carlisle <carlisle@cs.man.ac.uk> -Latest Version: Version 2.01, 26 June 1992 -Archives: shsu*, aston -Supported: yes -Note: Documentation requires Mittelbach's doc.sty. - -Name: enumspec.sty -Description: LaTeX document-style option to allow for a leading - character on labels in the enumerate environment. -Keywords: LaTeX, enumerate -Author: George D. Greenwade <bed_gdg@shsu.edu> -Supported: ??? -Latest Version: 13 Jan 1988 -Archives: shsu* - -Name: env.sty -Description: LaTeX document-style option for typesetting envelopes with - bar codes. -Keywords: LaTeX, envelope, barcode -Author: Dimitri Vulis <dlv@dm.com> -Supported: yes -Latest Version: 1991 -Archives: ymir, shsu -See also: zip.tex -Note: These macros were described in detail in "TeX and Envelopes," - TUGboat 12(2):279--284, June 1991. - -Name: envelope.sty -Description: LaTeX document-style option to print addresses onto a - business envelope fed through the manual paper feed on an Apple - LaserWriter II NT. -Keywords: LaTeX, envelope -Author: Heather Sherman -Supported: ??? -Latest Version: 10 Mar 1989 -Archives: ymir -Note: Includes sample file env-sample.tex. - -Name: epac.sty -Description: Official LaTeX document-style option for the European - Particle Accelerator Conference. -Keywords: LaTeX, proceedings -Author: Christine Petit-Jean-Genaz <christin@cernvm.cern.ch> -Supported: ??? -Latest Version: 23 Oct 1991 -Archives: ymir, aston - -Name: epic.sty -Description: Enhancements to the LaTeX picture environment. -Keywords: LaTeX, picture, graphics -Author: Sunil Podar <podar@sbcs.csnet> -Supported: ??? -Latest Version: v1.2, 1 Jun 1986 -Archives: ymir, shsu -See also: eepic.sty -Note: Package includes documentation (picman.tex). - -Name: epsf.sty -Description: Same file as epsf.tex (q.v.). - -Name: eqnarray.sty -Description: Redefines the LaTeX eqnarray environment to (a) reduce the - amount of space around the second column and (b) allow \@eqnsel to - work as documented in latex.tex. -Keywords: LaTeX, eqnarray, math -Author: David M. Jones <dmjones@theory.lcs.mit.edu> -Supported: yes -Latest Version: v1.0, 06 May 1992 -Archives: theory.lcs.mit.edu* - -Name: equationarray.sty -Description: LaTeX document-style option which combines the capabilities - of the eqnarray and array environments. In particular, it allows - equation arrays with more than 3 columns. -Keywords: LaTeX, math, array, eqnarray -Author: Tony Li <tli@cisco.com> -Supported: no -Latest Version: 15 Jun 1988 -Archives: ymir -See also: AMS-LaTeX, hackarray.sty - -Name: equations.sty -Description: A collection of macros to aid in constructing displayed - equations in LaTeX. -Keywords: LaTeX, math -Author: Charles Karney <karney@princeton.edu> -Supported: yes -Latest Version: 26 Jul 1990 -Archives: lyman.pppl.gov [192.55.106.129]*, shsu -See also: AMS-LaTeX -Note: Includes subeqn.sty (q.v.) - -Name: eslides.sty -Description: Macros for converting a paper written with article.sty into - slides. -Keywords: LaTeX, slides -Author: Georg Denk <denk@mathematik.tu-muenchen.de>, - <Georg.Denk@Mathematik.TU-Muenchen.dbp.de (X.400)> -Supported: yes -Latest Version: 5 Feb 1990 -Archives: ymir, shsu, stuttgart -Note: TUGboat, vol. 11, No. 2 (1990), pp. 280-283. The package includes - a documentation file eslides.tex and sample file - eslides-example.tex. -See also: lslide.sty, seminar.sty - -Name: espo.sty -Description: LaTeX document-style option for typesetting in Esperanto. -Keywords: LaTeX -Author: -Supported: ??? -Latest Version: -Archives: ymir - -Name: esperant.sty -Description: LaTeX document-style option for typesetting Esperanto. -Keywords: plain TeX, LaTeX, language, Esperanto -Author: J"org Knappen <knappen@vkpmzd.kph.uni-mainz.de> -Supported: yes -Latest Version: v1.1.a, 10 Dec 1991 -Archives: stuttgart*, shsu -Note: This file is different from esperanto.sty (q.v.) by J. Braams. - esperant.sty does not support the babel system. - -%% Name: etcetera.tex - -Name: exam.sty -Description: LaTeX document style for typesetting examinations. - Includes support for multiple choice, true-false, fill-in-the-blank - and essay questions. -Keywords: LaTeX, examination -Author: George D. Greenwade <bed_gdg@shsu.edu> -Supported: ??? -Latest Version: 21 Jul 1989 -Archives: shsu* - -Name: example.sty -Description: LaTeX style option to print TeX examples both verbatim and - typeset. -Keywords: LaTeX, TeX examples, TeX tutorials -Author: Joachim Schrod <schrod@iti.informatik.th-darmstadt.de> -Supported: yes -Latest Version: 20 May 1991 -Archives: darmstadt*, stuttgart - -Name: exercise.sty (.doc) -Description: This style option implements a LaTeX style option for - typesetting exercises. The exercise environment is modelled along - the lines of the exercise macros in The TeXbook, i.e., the answer - can be given right after the exercise. Answers are collected in a - file that can be included afterwards. The appearance of exercises - and answers may be customized. Rainer Sch\"opf's verbatim style is - a prerequisite for this style option. -Keywords: LaTeX, exercise -Author: Anselm Lingnau <lingnau@math.uni-frankfurt.de> -Supported: yes -Latest Version: v1.0d, 2 Jul 1992 -Archives: euler.math.uni-frankfurt.de* [141.2.90.2], stuttgart -Note: Documentation requires Mittelbach's doc.sty (q.v.). Package - includes a driver file for the documentation (exercise.tex), a driver - file for the docstrip (q.v.) program, an example file (extest.tex) - and a README file. - -Name: exercise.sty (.tex) -Description: LaTeX document-style option to adapt the \exercise and - \answer macros from page 422 of the TeXbook for use with LaTeX. -Keywords: LaTeX, exercise -Author: Alan R. Rogers <rogers@anthro.utah.edu> -Supported: ??? -Latest Version: 23 Nov 1988 -Archives: ymir, shsu, stuttgart (as exercise.mac) - -Name: extradefs.tex -Description: A collection of macros which are required by the bookform, - memo and milstd document styles. -Keywords: LaTeX, milstd -Author: Kent McPherson -Supported: ??? -Latest Version: -Archives: ymir -See also: bookform.sty, memo.sty, milstd.sty - -Name: fancybox.sty -Description: Tips and tricks for LR-boxes, plus shadow, oval, and double - boxes. Also contains macros that allow material to be typeset - verbatim inside of boxes. -Keywords: LaTeX, box, LR-box, framebox, shadowbox, ovalbox, rotate, - verbatim, framebox -Author: Timothy Van Zandt <tvz@Princeton.EDU> -Supported: yes -Latest Version: v0.91, 25 Nov 1992 -Archives: princeton.edu* [128.112.128.1], ymir, shsu, utrecht, - stuttgart, aston -Note: Comes with an excellent documentation and tutorial file, - fancybox.doc, which may be appended to the end of fancybox.sty on - some archives. - -Name: fancyheadings.sty -Description: LaTeX document-style option which allows easy customization - of page headers and footers. -Keywords: LaTeX, pagestyle -Author: Piet van Oostrum <piet@cs.ruu.nl> -Supported: yes -Latest Version: v1.0, Mar 1989 -Archives: utrecht*, ymir, shsu -See also: biihead.sty, headerfooter.sty -Note: Contains documentation in fancyheadings.doc. - -Name: finder.sty -Description: LaTeX document-style option to automatically search an - address file for a specified letter recipient. -Keywords: LaTeX, letter, addresses -Author: Steffen Steinh\"auser <steffen_steinhaeuser@mz.maus.de>, - <steinhaeuser@ddagsi5.bitnet> -Supported: yes -Latest Version: v2.1, 1992 -Archives: stuttgart* -Note: Package includes a documentation file (finder.txt, in German), a - sample file (finder.tex) and a sample address file (adressen.tex). - Support and any help is available, just send an email (address see above). - More german information in an article in c't 3/92. - -Name: fixup.sty -Description: LaTeX document-style option that modifies various LaTeX - macros. -Keywords: LaTeX -Author: John Hobby <hobby@research.att.com> -Supported: no -Latest Version: 25 Jan 1988 -Archives: ymir - -Name: floatnohead.sty -Description: LaTeX document-style option to cause pages containing only - floats to be typeset without page headers or footers. -Keywords: LaTeX, output, floats -Author: Sebastian Rahtz <spqr@minster.york.ac.uk> and Don Hosek - <dhosek@ymir.claremont.edu> -Supported: ??? -Latest Version: -Archives: ymir* - -Name: float.sty (.doc) -Description: This style option improves the interface for defining - floating objects such as figures and tables in LaTeX. It adds the - notion of a `float style' that governs appearance of floats. New - kinds of floats may be defined using a \newfloat command analogous - to \newtheorem. -Keywords: LaTeX, float -Author: Anselm Lingnau <lingnau@math.uni-frankfurt.de> -Supported: yes -Latest Version: v1.0c, 25 Feb 1992 -Archives: stuttgart, shsu -Note: Documentation requires Mittelbach's doc.sty (q.v.). Package - includes a driver file for the documentation (float.tex), a driver - file for the docstrip (q.v.) program, an example file (fltest.tex) - and a README file. - -Name: flowchart.sty -Description: LaTeX document-style option which might be useful for - drawing flow charts. -Keywords: LaTeX -Author: David Chase <dchase@eng.sun.com> -Supported: ??? -Latest Version: 24 Oct 1988 -Archives: ymir - -Name: fnpara.sty -Description: LaTeX document-style option to typeset footnotes in run-on - paragraphs. -Keywords: LaTeX, footnotes, output -Author: Chris Rowley <ca_rowley@vax.acs.open.ac.uk> and Dominik Wujastyk - <ucgadkw@ucl.ac.uk> -Supported: yes -Latest Version: 3 Oct 1988 -Archives: ymir, shsu -See also: fnpara.tex - -Name: font-nostalgia.sty -Description: For New Font Selection Scheme users -- provides commands - with the pre-NFSS meanings of \rm, \bf, etc. -Keywords: LaTeX, NFSS, fonts -Author: Mario Wolczko <mario@cs.man.ac.uk> -Supported: yes -Latest Version: May 1992 -Archives: Aston* - -Name: footnpag.sty -Description: LaTeX style option to enumerate footnotes anew on each - page. -Keywords: LaTeX, footnote numbering -Author: Joachim Schrod <schrod@iti.informatik.th-darmstadt.de> -Supported: yes -Latest Version: 2.1 (07 Nov 1991) -Archives: darmstadt*, stuttgart - -Name: format.sty -Description: LaTeX document-style option for printing floating point - numbers in a fixed format. -Keywords: LaTeX -Author: Charles Karney <karney@princeton.edu> -Supported: yes -Latest Version: 29 May 1992 -Archives: lyman.pppl.gov [192.55.106.129]* - -Name: frontiers.sty -Description: LaTeX document-style option for the proceedings of the - Frontiers'88 symposium. For use with article.sty and proc.sty. -Keywords: LaTeX, proceedings, camera-ready -Author: Max Hailperin <max@nic.gac.edu> -Supported: yes -Latest Version: 27 Sep 1988 -Archives: ymir -See also: article.sty, proc.sty - -Name: ftn.sty -Description: LaTeX document-style option to make footnotes available in - any environment, except inside floats. -Keywords: LaTeX, footnotes -Author: Kresten Krab Thorup <krab@iesd.auc.dk> -Supported: yes -Latest Version: 2 Jan 92 -Archives: shsu, stuttgart - -Name: fullpage.sty -Description: LaTeX document-style option to increase the textheight and - textwidth. -Keywords: LaTeX, page layout -Author: Hubert Partl, TU Wien -Supported: ??? -Latest Version: v2, 15 Dec 1988 -Archives: ymir, shsu - -Name: geophysics.sty -Description: LaTeX document-style option for the journal Geophysics, a - publication of the Society of Exploration Geophysicists. For use - with article.sty. -Keywords: LaTeX, article, journal, publisher style -Author: Stephen Gildea <gildea@erl.mit.edu> -Supported: yes -Latest Version: 16 Jan 87 -Archives: ymir* -See also: article.sty -Note: requires article.sty - -Name: german.sty (.tex) -Description: LaTeX document-style option and plain TeX input file for - writing german texts. -Keywords: plain TeX, LaTeX, german -Author: Hubert Partl and Bernd Raichle et al. - <raichle@azu.Informatik.Uni-Stuttgart.DE> -Supported: yes -Latest Version: v2.4a, 12 Apr 1992 -Archives: stuttgart*, listserv@dhdurz1 -Note: The macro file can be used with LaTeX and plain TeX. - -Name: go.sty -Description: LaTeX document-style option to create diagrams for Go board - positions (Go is a board game from the Orient). Requires special Go - font. -Keywords: LaTeX, game of Go, fonts -Author: Hanna Ko{\l}odzieska, MacroSoft Ltd., ul. Chro\'scickiego 49, - 02-414 Warsaw, Poland. (no E-mail) -Supported: ??? -Latest Version: Nov 1991 -Archives: tue, milton.u.washington.edu:public/go/latex.tar.Z -Note: The package contains the macros, documentation, and mf (MetaFont) - sources for the Go fonts. The TUE site also contains pre-generated - fonts in go.gf.tar.Z, go.pk.tar.Z, go.tfm.tar.Z. See go.README for - more information. - -Name: greekctr.sty -Description: LaTeX document-style option which defines a numbering macro - \greek, analogous to \alpha, for printing the values of counters out - as greek letters. -Keywords: LaTeX, counter -Author: J"org Knappen <knappen@vkpmzd.kph.uni-mainz.de> -Supported: yes -Latest Version: 15 Jun 1990 -Archives: stuttgart*, shsu - -Name: hackalloc.sty -Description: LaTeX document-style option which redefines the allocation - primitive so that all allocations (\newdimen, \newcount, etc.) - become block local. -Keywords: LaTeX, allocation -Author: -Supported: ??? -Latest Version: -Archives: ymir - -Name: hackarray.sty -Description: LaTeX document-style option which defines the hackarray - environment, which is a mixture of the equation and array - environments. In particular, it allows equation arrays with more - than 3 columns. -Keywords: LaTeX, math, array, eqnarray -Author: Brian Wylie <bjnw@castle.ed.ac.uk> -Supported: ??? -Latest Version: -Archives: ymir -See also: AMS-LaTeX, equationarray.sty - -Name: hangcaption.sty -Description: Defines a variant of the caption command to produce - captions with hanging indentation. -Keywords: LaTeX, float, caption -Author: David M. Jones <dmjones@theory.lcs.mit.edu> -Supported: no -Latest Version: v2.00, 27 August 1992 -Archives: shsu, stuttgart -Note: The original author of this file is unknown. David Jones fixed a - typo in the file and Rainer Schoepf made some enhancements to the - code. - -Name: harvard.sty -Description: LaTeX document-style option which provides support for the - Harvard family of bibliography styles. -Keywords: BibTeX, bibliography -Author: Peter Williams <peterw@archsci.arch.su.oz.au> -Supported: ??? -Latest Version: 0.99a -Archives: archsci.arch.su.oz.au* [129.78.66.1], shsu -Note: This is part of the Harvard family of bibliography styles. The - family is described in "The Harvard Family of Bibliography Styles," - distributed with the package in the file harvard.tex. -See also: agsm.bst, dcu.bst, kluwer.bst, nederlands.bst - -Name: headerfooter.sty -Description: LaTeX document-style option to simplify the definition of - three-part page headers and footers. -Keywords: LaTeX, pagestyle -Author: Stephen Gildea <gildea@erl.mit.edu> -Supported: yes -Latest Version: 13 Apr 89 -Archives: ymir*, shsu -See also: biihead.sty, fancyheadings.sty - -Name: here.sty -Description: LaTeX style option giving floats a [H] option, meaning `do - not float'. -Keywords: LaTeX, figure, table, floats -Author: David Carlisle <carlisle@cs.man.ac.uk> -Latest Version: 1.01, 12 June 1992 -Archives: shsu*, aston -Supported: yes -Note: Documentation requires Mittelbach's doc.sty. - -Name: hex.sty -Description: Defines a numbering macro \hex for representing counters in - hexadecimal notation. -Keywords: LaTeX, counter -Author: Eric Domenjoud <domen@euler.crin.fr> -Supported: ??? -Latest Version: 7 Oct 91 -Archives: shsu - -Name: hhline.sty (.doc) -Description: LaTeX style option defining an alternative to \hline - for producing horizontal lines in tables. -Keywords: LaTeX, array, tabular, hline -Author: David Carlisle <carlisle@cs.man.ac.uk> -Latest Version: Version 2.01, 26 June 1992 -Archives: stuttgart*, shsu, aston -Supported: yes -Note: Documentation requires Mittelbach's doc.sty. - -Name: icassp.sty -Description: LaTeX document-style option for producing camera-ready copy - for the ICASSP'89 conference. For use with article.sty and - proc.sty. -Keywords: LaTeX, proceedings, camera-ready -Author: John Vlontzos -Supported: ??? -Latest Version: 13 Dec 1988 -Archives: ymir -Note: Based on frontiers.sty. -See also: article.sty, proc.sty - -Name: ieee9.sty -Description: 9 point document-style option for with ieeetran.sty (q.v.) -Keywords: LaTeX, journal, article, IEEE -Author: Silvano Balemi <balemi@aut.ethz.ch> -Supported: yes -Latest Version: 9 Feb 1988 -Archives: ifa.ethz.ch* [129.132.1.183], stuttgart -See also: ieeetran.sty, ieee10.sty, ieee11.sty, ieee12.sty - -Name: ieee10.sty -Description: 10 point document-style option for with ieeetran.sty (q.v.) -Keywords: LaTeX, journal, article, IEEE -Author: Silvano Balemi <balemi@aut.ethz.ch> -Supported: yes -Latest Version: 9 Feb 1988 -Archives: ifa.ethz.ch* [129.132.1.183], stuttgart -See also: ieeetran.sty, ieee9.sty, ieee11.sty, ieee12.sty - -Name: ieee11.sty -Description: 11 point document-style option for with ieeetran.sty (q.v.) -Keywords: LaTeX, journal, article, IEEE -Author: Silvano Balemi <balemi@aut.ethz.ch> -Supported: yes -Latest Version: 15 Jul 1989 -Archives: ifa.ethz.ch* [129.132.1.183], stuttgart -See also: ieeetran.sty, ieee9.sty, ieee10.sty, ieee12.sty - -Name: ieee12.sty -Description: 12 point document-style option for with ieeetran.sty (q.v.) -Keywords: LaTeX, journal, article, IEEE -Author: Silvano Balemi <balemi@aut.ethz.ch> -Supported: yes -Latest Version: 9 Feb 1988 -Archives: ifa.ethz.ch* [129.132.1.183], stuttgart -See also: ieeetran.sty, ieee9.sty, ieee10.sty, ieee11.sty - -Name: ieeconf.sty -Description: LaTeX document-style option for producing camera-ready copy - for IEE conference proceedings -Keywords: LaTeX, proceedings, IEE, camera-ready -Author: Adrian F. Clark <alien@essex.ac.uk> -Supported: yes -Latest Version: v1.00--0, 20 Aug 1991 -Archives: aston* - -Name: ieeeconf.sty -Description: LaTeX document-style option for producing camera-ready copy - for IEEE conference proceedings; can also be used for the - International Conference on Pattern Recognition (or the 11th one, - anyway). Based on the template written by Matthew Ward of Worcester - Polytechnic Institute which is distributed by the IEEE. -Keywords: LaTeX, proceedings, IEEE, ICPR, camera-ready -Author: Adrian F. Clark <alien@essex.ac.uk> -Supported: yes -Latest Version: v1.00--0, 17 Apr 1992 -Archives: aston* - -Name: ieeetr.sty -Description: LaTeX document-style option which implements the guidelines - for submissions to Information for IEEE Transactions and Journal - Authors as of September 1989. For use with article.sty. -Keywords: LaTeX, journal, IEEE -Author: Terry Bohning <bohning@acc.fau.edu>, <71036.1066@compuserve.com> -Supported: no -Latest Version: 9 Apr 1991 -Archives: ymir -See also: article.sty, ieeetr.bst - -Name: ieeetran.sty -Description: LaTeX document-style option for preparing articles for IEEE - journals. -Keywords: LaTeX, journal, article, IEEE -Author: Silvano Balemi <balemi@aut.ethz.ch> -Supported: yes -Latest Version: 7 Feb 92 -Archives: ifa.ethz.ch* [129.132.1.183], stuttgart -See also: ieee.bst, ieee9.sty, ieee10.sty, ieee11.sty, ieee12.sty - -Name: ifac10.sty -Description: 10 point document-style option for with ifacarticle.sty - (q.v.) -Keywords: LaTeX, proceedings, camera-ready, publisher style -Author: Silvano Balemi <balemi@aut.ethz.ch> -Supported: yes -Latest Version: v1.0, 8 Aug 1991 -Archives: ifa.ethz.ch* [129.132.1.183], stuttgart -See also: ifacarticle.sty - -Name: ifac12.sty -Description: 12 point document-style option for with ifacarticle.sty - (q.v.) -Keywords: LaTeX, proceedings, camera-ready, publisher style -Author: Silvano Balemi <balemi@aut.ethz.ch> -Supported: yes -Latest Version: v1.0, 11 Jun 1992 -Archives: ifa.ethz.ch* [129.132.1.183], stuttgart -See also: ifacarticle.sty - -Name: ifac9.sty -Description: 9 point document-style option for with ifacarticle.sty - (q.v.) -Keywords: LaTeX, proceedings, camera-ready, publisher style -Author: Silvano Balemi <balemi@aut.ethz.ch> -Supported: yes -Latest Version: v1.0, 8 Aug 1991 -Archives: ifa.ethz.ch* [129.132.1.183], stuttgart -See also: ifacarticle.sty - -Name: ijc10.sty -Description: 10 point document-style option for with ijcarticle.sty - (q.v.). -Keywords: LaTeX, journal, article -Author: Silvano Balemi balemi@aut.ethz.ch -Supported: yes -Latest Version: -Archives: ifa.ethz.ch* [129.132.1.183], stuttgart -See also: ijcarticle.sty - -Name: ijcai89.sty -Description: LaTeX document-style the proceedings of IJCAI'89. For use - with article.sty. -Keywords: LaTeX, proceedings, camera-ready -Author: Peter F. Patel-Schneider <pfps@research.att.com> -Supported: yes -Latest Version: 22 Feb 1989 -Archives: ymir -Note: Should be used in conjunction with the "named" bibliography style. - The most recent version of this file can be obtained by sending mail - to macros@aaai.org with subject "macros request". -See also: named.bst - -Name: indentfirst.sty -Description: LaTeX style option to indent the first paragraph of a section. -Keywords: LaTeX, indentation, section -Author: David Carlisle <carlisle@cs.man.ac.uk> -Latest Version: 1.01, 26 June 1992 -Archives: shsu*, aston -Supported: yes -Note: Documentation requires Mittelbach's doc.sty. - -Name: inputfile.sty -Description: LaTeX document-style option for keeping track of the - current \input file. -Keywords: LaTeX -Author: R. Tucci, Ciba-Geigy AG Basle -Supported: ??? -Latest Version: v1.1, 21 Feb 1991 -Archives: ymir - -Name: insertplot.sty -Description: Macro for use with the ArborText DVIPS PostScript driver to - insert PostScript files or graphics output from the DI-3000/PICSURE - PostScript driver. -Keywords: LaTeX, ArborText dvips -Author: C. E. Higgs <higgs@cageir5a.bitnet> -Supported: ??? -Latest Version: 15 Jul 1988 -Archives: ymir -Note: insertplot.readme - -Name: isf.sty -Description: LaTeX document-style option for providing access to italic - san serif fonts in LaTeX. -Keywords: LaTeX, OFSS, font -Author: George D. Greenwade <bed_gdg@shsu.edu> -Supported: ??? -Latest Version: 25 August 1989 -Archives: shsu -See also: bsf.sty, bsl.sty - -Name: iso9.sty -Description: Nine point LaTeX document-style option for use with - iso.sty. -Keywords: LaTeX, ISO, standards documents -Author: Nicolas North <ndn@seg.npl.co.uk> -Supported: ??? -Latest Version: v2.6, 2 May 1991 -Archives: aston, ymir -See also: iso.sty, iso10.sty - -Name: iso10.sty -Description: Ten point LaTeX document-style option for use with iso.sty. -Keywords: LaTeX, ISO, standards documents -Author: Nicolas North <ndn@seg.npl.co.uk> -Supported: ??? -Latest Version: v2.6, 2 May 1991 -Archives: aston, ymir -See also: iso.sty, iso9.sty - -Name: ist21.sty -Description: LaTeX document-style option which provides a title - appropriate for BSI IST/21 documents and general memos. -Keywords: LaTeX, standards documents -Author: -Supported: ??? -Latest Version: 20 May 1987 -Archives: ymir - -Name: italic.sty -Description: See entry for italic.tex. - -Description: LaTeX document-style option for the Journal of Business - Strategies. For use with article.sty. -Keywords: LaTeX, journal, article, publisher style -Author: George D. Greenwade <bed_gdg@shsu.edu> -Supported: ??? -Latest Version: 3 Jul 1988 -Archives: shsu*, ymir - -Name: jeep.sty -Description: A collection of customizations and modifications to the - article and report styles. -Keywords: LaTeX -Author: G. W. Stewart <stewart@cs.umd.edu> -Supported: ??? -Latest Version: 3 Feb 1989 -Archives: ymir, shsu -Note: Modifications are described in jeep.tex. - -Name: jmb.sty -Description: Identical to apalike.sty. -See also: apalike.sty - -Name: labels.sty -Description: LaTeX document-style option which redefines the \label - command so that it prints label names in the margin (except when - used in a \caption, when the name appears in the text). -Keywords: LaTeX, xrefs, labels -Author: Norman Gray <N.O.Gray@open.ac.uk> -Supported: yes -Latest Version: v1.0, 17 July 1992 -Archives: shsu, aston - -Name: labels.sty -Description: LaTeX document-style option for printing mailing labels in - various configurations. Can also be used with the letter style. -Keywords: LaTeX, letter -Author: Charles Karney <karney@princeton.edu> -Supported: yes -Latest Version: 4 May 1990 -Archives: lyman.pppl.gov [192.55.106.129]* - -Name: lablst.sty -Description: LaTeX document-style option for printing label definitions - at the end of a document. -Keywords: LaTeX, xrefs -Author: Charles Karney <karney@princeton.edu> -Supported: yes -Latest Version: 14 Jun 1990 -Archives: lyman.pppl.gov [192.55.106.129]* -Note: Based on Leslie Lamport's lablst.tex. -See also: lablst.tex - -Name: landscape.sty -Description: LaTeX document-style option to change the textwidth and - textheight to landscape values. -Keywords: LaTeX, page layout, landscape -Author: Don Hosek <dhosek@ymir.claremont.edu> -Supported: no -Latest Version: 5 Feb 1988 -Archives: ymir - -Name: listoftheorem.sty -Description: LaTeX document-style option for generating a list of - theorems similar to the list of figures or list of tables. -Keywords: LaTeX, TOC -Author: Art Mulder <art@cs.ualberta.ca> -Supported: no -Latest Version: Jul 1990 -Archives: stuttgart, utrecht - -Name: loggates.sty -Description: (La)TeX macros for typesetting digital circuit diagrams. -Keywords: LaTeX, plain TeX, logical gates, symbols -Author: Nico Verwer <nico@cs.ruu.nl> -Supported: yes -Latest Version: v1.1, 8 Apr 1992 -Note: Requires the font loggates.mf. -Archives: utrecht* - -Name: longtable.sty (.doc) -Description: LaTeX style option defining a multi-page version of - tabular. -Keywords: LaTeX, array, tabular, page -Author: David Carlisle <carlisle@cs.man.ac.uk> -Latest Version: Version 3.04, 12 Oct 1992 -Archives: stuttgart*, shsu, aston -Supported: yes -Note: Documentation requires Mittelbach's doc.sty. -See Also: supertab.sty, bigtabular.sty - -Name: losymbol.sty -Description: LaTeX document-style option for creating list of symbols, - analagous to the usual list of tables or list of figures. -Keywords: LaTeX, symbols, toc -Author: Gerry van Dooren <elecgd@urc.tue.nl> -Supported: yes -Latest Version: Aug 1992 -Archives: shsu - -Name: lscape.sty -Description: LaTeX style defining a landscape option, which rotates the - pages in its scope through 90 degrees. The page head and foot are - NOT affected. -Keywords: LaTeX, landscape, rotation -Author: David Carlisle <carlisle@cs.man.ac.uk> -Latest Version: 2.00, 18 November 1992 -Archives: shsu*, aston -Supported: yes -Note: Requires Rokicki's rotate.sty, and his dvips driver. - Documentation requires Mittelbach's doc.sty. -See also: side.sty, portland.sty, landscape.sty - -Name: lslide.sty -Description: LaTeX/AMS-LaTeX document-style option for typesetting - slides. -Keywords: LaTeX, AMS-LaTeX, slides -Author: Young U. Ryu <ryoung@utdallas.edu> -Supported: yes -Latest Version: v2.0.1, Apr 1992 -Archives: shsu -Note: Comes with a sample/documentation file, lslide.tex. - -Name: ltgtsim.sty -Description: LaTeX document-style option which defines the commands to - combine the symbols "<", "~" and ">", "~". -Keywords: LaTeX, symbol -Author: Bill Thompson <thompson@stars.gsfc.nasa.gov> -Supported: ??? -Latest Version: 29 Jul 91 -Archives: shsu - -Name: ltugbot.sty -Description: LaTeX document-style option to implement a rudimentary - pseudo-TUGboat format. -Keywords: LaTeX, journal -Author: TeX Users Group <TUGboat@math.ams.org> -Supported: no [obsolete] -Latest Version: 1 Mar 89 -Archives: -See also: tugboat.sty, ltugboat.sty, tugproc.sty, ltugproc.sty, - tugboat.cmn -Note: Obsolete, see ltugboat.sty - -Name: makerobust.sty -Description: LaTeX style option defining \makerobust. This command - allows you to make commands robust, so they to not need \protect. -Keywords: LaTeX, fragile, robust -Author: David Carlisle <carlisle@cs.man.ac.uk> -Latest Version: Version 1.00, 19 May 1991 -Archives: shsu*, aston -Supported: yes -Note: Documentation requires Mittelbach's doc.sty. - -Name: man10.sty -Description: 10 point document-style option for manual.sty. -Keywords: LaTeX, book, manual -Author: M. Edward Nieland <ted@nieland.dayton.oh.us> -Supported: ??? -Latest Version: 11 Aug 87 -Archives: ymir -Note: This is the default. -See also: manual.sty, man11.sty, man12.sty - -Name: man11.sty -Description: 11 point document-style option for manual.sty. -Keywords: LaTeX, book, manual -Author: M. Edward Nieland <ted@nieland.dayton.oh.us> -Supported: ??? -Latest Version: 11 Aug 87 -Archives: ymir -See also: manual.sty, man10.sty, man12.sty - -Name: man12.sty -Description: 12 point document-style option for manual.sty. -Keywords: LaTeX, book, manual -Author: M. Edward Nieland <ted@nieland.dayton.oh.us> -Supported: ??? -Latest Version: 11 Aug 87 -Archives: ymir -See also: manual.sty, man10.sty, man11.sty - -Name: manpage.sty -Description: LaTeX document-style option for producing UNIX manual - pages. -Keywords: LaTeX, manpage -Author: Rong Chen <rchen@cs.uiuc.edu> -Supported: yes -Latest Version: v1.03, 11 Jun 1992 -Archives: shsu*, ymir -Note: Includes a sample file appended to the end of the style file. -See also: unixman.sty - -Name: marginote.sty -Description: LaTeX document-style option for using marginal notes - numbered like footnotes. -Keywords: LaTeX, margin notes -Author: George D. Greenwade <bed_gdg@shsu.edu> -Supported: ??? -Latest Version: 12 Sep 1989 -Archives: shsu*, stuttgart - -Name: marnote.sty -Description: Macros to print a short note vertically in left or right - margin on all pages. -Keywords: LaTeX, dvips -Author: James Darrell McCauley <jdm5548@diamond.tamu.edu> -Supported: ??? -Latest Version: v0.1, 3 Jan 92 -Archives: shsu, stuttgart -Note: Requires psfig (q.v.) and dvips - -Name: mathsing.sty -Description: Official Springer-Verlag LaTeX document-style option for - typesetting single-author mathematics books. -Keywords: LaTeX, publisher style, camera-ready, Springer-Verlag, - single-author, book, mathematics -Author: Springer-Verlag <springer@dhdspri6.bitnet> -Supported: yes -Latest Version: v1.1, 3 Dec 1991 -Archives: dhdspri6* -Note: The package comes with a documentation file, mathsing.doc, and an - example file, mathsing.dem, and a readme file. -See also: amamult.cmm, lmamult.sty, mathmult.cmm, mathsing.cmm - -Name: mathtext.sty -Description: LaTeX document-style option which defines the macro \text - for inserting fragments of text in math mode. -Keywords: LaTeX, math -Author: George D. Greenwade <bed_gdg@shsu.edu> -Supported: ??? -Latest Version: 14 Jan 1989 -Archives: shsu*, stuttgart - -Name: memo10.sty -Description: 10 point document-style option for memo.sty. -Keywords: LaTeX, memo -Author: Kent McPherson -Supported: ??? -Latest Version: 30 May 1985 -Archives: ymir -Note: Requires extradefs.tex. -See also: extradefs.tex, memo.sty, memo10.sty, memo11.sty, memo12.sty - -Name: memo11.sty -Description: 11 point document-style option for memo.sty. -Keywords: LaTeX, memo -Author: Kent McPherson -Supported: ??? -Latest Version: 30 May 1985 -Archives: ymir -Note: Requires extradefs.tex -See also: extradefs.tex, memo.sty, memo10.sty, memo12.sty - -Name: memo12.sty -Description: 12 point document-style option for memo.sty. -Keywords: LaTeX, memo -Author: Kent McPherson -Supported: ??? -Latest Version: 30 May 1985 -Archives: ymir -Note: Requires extradefs.tex. -See also: extradefs.tex, memo.sty, memo10.sty, memo11.sty - -Name: merge.sty -Description: LaTeX document-style option for producing form letters. -Keywords: LaTeX, letter -Author: Graeme McKinstry <graeme%otago.ac.nz@relay.cs.net> -Supported: ??? -Latest Version: v2.0, 4 Feb 1990 -Archives: ymir -See also: address.tex, bellmac.tex, letter.mac, letter.tex, - lettermac.tex, letter.sty - -Name: mf.sty -Description: Document style option to define Metafont logo in all sizes. -Keywords: LaTeX, METAFONT, NFSS -Author: Don Hosek <dhosek@ymir.claremont.edu> -Supported: no -Latest Version: 24 Jun 1990 -Archives: ymir* - -%% Name: mfr.sty -%% Description: -%% Keywords: -%% Author: -%% Latest Version: -%% Archives: - -Name: misc.sty -Description: LaTeX style file which contains definitions of the - following macros: \pmb (poor man's bold), \timeofday, \verbfile (for - verbatim listings of files) and \listing (same as \verbfile, but - with automatic line numbers). -Keywords: LaTeX, pmb, verbatim -Author: Sunil Podar <podar@sbcs.csnet> -Supported: ??? -Latest Version: 14 Jul 1986 -Archives: ymir - -Name: mitpress.sty -Description: Rudimentary LaTeX document-style option for the MIT Press - format. -Keywords: LaTeX, book, publisher style -Author: -Supported: ??? -Latest Version: -Archives: ymir - -Name: mitthesis.sty -Description: LaTeX document-style option for MIT theses. For use with - report.sty. -Keywords: LaTeX, report, thesis -Author: Stephen Gildea <gildea@erl.mit.edu> -Supported: yes -Latest Version: 12 Sep 89 -Archives: ymir*, shsu - -Name: module.sty -Description: LaTeX document-style option for modularizing definitions, - i.e., for allowing for conditional definition of definitions within - a macro file. -Keywords: LaTeX, macro, modularity -Author: Alan Jeffrey <alanje@cogs.sussex.ac.uk> -Supported: yes -Latest Version: v1.1, 02 Jun 1992 -Archives: -See also: styledef.tex - -Name: morefloats.sty -Description: LaTeX document-style option to increase the number of - floats from 18 to 36. -Keywords: LaTeX, floats -Author: Don Hosek <dhosek@ymir.claremont.edu> -Supported: no -Latest Version: 27 Jul 1990 -Archives: ymir*, shsu - -Name: ms10.sty -Description: 10 point document-style option for milstd.sty. -Keywords: LaTeX, milstd -Author: Kent McPherson -Supported: ??? -Latest Version: 27 Feb 1986 -Archives: ymir, shsu -See also: milstd.sty, ms11.sty, ms12.sty - -Name: ms11.sty -Description: 11 point document-style option for milstd.sty. -Keywords: LaTeX, milstd -Author: Kent McPherson -Supported: ??? -Latest Version: 27 Feb 1986 -Archives: ymir, shsu -See also: milstd.sty, ms10.sty, ms12.sty - -Name: ms12.sty -Description: 12 point document-style option for milstd.sty. -Keywords: LaTeX, milstd -Author: Kent McPherson -Supported: ??? -Latest Version: 27 Feb 1986 -Note: This is the default. -Archives: ymir, shsu -See also: milstd.sty, ms11.sty, ms11.sty - -Name: msam.sty -Description: LaTeX document-style option for accessing the AMS A symbol - font (msam). -Keywords: LaTeX, amsfonts, mathfonts -Author: Alan Jeffrey <alanje@cogs.sussex.ac.uk> -Supported: yes -Latest Version: v1.1, 02 Jun 1992 -Archives: -See also: msbm.sty, amssym.def, amssym.tex, amssymbols.sty, - amsfonts.sty, amssymb.sty, amssymbl.sty - -Name: msbm.sty -Description: LaTeX document-style option for accessing the AMS B symbol - font (msbm). -Keywords: LaTeX, amsfonts, mathfonts -Author: Alan Jeffrey <alanje@cogs.sussex.ac.uk> -Supported: yes -Latest Version: v1.1, 02 Jun 1992 -Archives: -See also: msam.sty, amssym.def, amssym.tex, amssymbols.sty, - amsfonts.sty, amssymb.sty, amssymbl.sty - -Name: mtns12.sty -Description: 12 point document-style option for use with - mtnsarticle.sty. -Keywords: LaTeX, article, proceedings -Author: Silvano Balemi balemi@aut.ethz.ch -Supported: yes -Latest Version: 6 May 1991 -Archives: ifa.ethz.ch* [129.132.1.183], stuttgart - -Name: multibox.sty -Description: LaTeX document-style option to provide multiple boxes in - pictures, similar to the \multiput command. -Keywords: LaTeX, picture -Author: Brian Hamilton Kelly, Royal Military College of Science, - Shrivenham, SWINDON, SN6 8LA, United Kingdom -Supported: ??? -Latest Version: 13 Oct 1988 -Archives: ymir - -Name: multicolpar.sty -Description: LaTeX document-style option for typesetting paragraphs in - multiple columns, which corresponding paragraphs in the two columns - aligned. This format is useful for translated articles, in which - there is the original language in the first column and the - translated version in the second. -Keywords: LaTeX, multi-column -Author: Mauro Orlandini <orlandini@heasrc.gsfc.nasa.gov> and Max - Hailperin <max@nic.gac.edu> -Supported: yes -Latest Version: -Archives: shsu - -Name: multirow.sty -Description: LaTeX document-style option which defines the \multirow - command for making tabular entries that span multiple rows. -Keywords: LaTeX, table -Author: -Supported: ??? -Latest Version: -Note: This doesn't seem to be self-contained. -Archives: ymir - -Name: named.sty -Description: LaTeX document-style option which implements citations for - the ``named'' bibliography style. -Keywords: LaTeX, BibTeX -Author: Peter F. Patel-Schneider <pfps@research.att.com> -Supported: yes -Latest Version: -Archives: ymir -Note: The most recent version of this file can be obtained by sending - mail to macros@aaai.org with subject "macros request". -See also: named.bst - -Name: natsci.sty -Description: LaTeX document-style option which formats citations for the - NATSCI bibliography style. -Keywords: LaTeX, BibTeX -Author: Stephen Gildea <gildea@erl.mit.edu> -Supported: yes -Latest Version: 28 feb 91 -Archives: ymir* -See also: natsci.bst - -Name: newarray.sty -Description: Prints an informative message, and then generates an error. - All the features of previous releases of this style are now in - array.sty or delarray.sty. -Keywords: LaTeX, array, tabular, newcolumn, delimiters -Author: David Carlisle <carlisle@cs.man.ac.uk> -Supported: no -Latest Version: 06 July 1992 -Archives: stuttgart*, shsu, aston -See also: array.sty delarray.sty -Note: Obsolete: Use array.sty. - -Name: newequation.sty -Description: LaTeX document-style option which defined the \newequation - command, which is analogous to the standard \newtheorem command. -Keywords: LaTeX, equation, math -Author: Richard Clayton <clayton@thumper.bellcore.com> -Supported: ??? -Latest Version: 12 Jan 91 -Archives: shsu - -Name: nextslide.sty -Description: Adds \newslide command to SliTeX, allowing some other - environments to span multiple slides. -Keywords: SliTeX, page control -Author: Mario Wolczko <mario@cs.man.ac.uk> -Supported: yes -Latest Version: May 1992 -Archives: Aston* - -Name: nf.sty -Description: LaTeX document-style option for producing papers for - Nuclear Fusion (and other IAEA journals?). For use with - article.sty. -Keywords: LaTeX, article, journal -Author: Charles Karney <karney@princeton.edu> -Supported: yes -Latest Version: 25 Jun 1992 -Archives: lyman.pppl.gov [192.55.106.129]* - -Name: nfsslint.sty -Description: For New Font Selection Scheme users -- warns of possible - font problems in pre-NFSS files. -Keywords: LaTeX, NFSS, fonts -Author: Mario Wolczko <mario@cs.man.ac.uk> -Supported: yes -Latest Version: May 1992 -Archives: Aston* - -Name: nofm.sty -Description: LaTeX document-style option to produce page headers with - page numbers of the form "n of m." -Keywords: LaTeX, pagestyle -Author: Max Hailperin <max@nic.gac.edu> -Supported: yes -Latest Version: 27 Sep 1988 -Archives: ymir, shsu - -Name: nosecnum.sty -Description: LaTeX document-style option to suppress section numbers, - but still put the section titles in page headings. -Keywords: LaTeX, sectioning, pagestyle -Author: Michael Lemke <michael@crown.as.utexas.edu> -Supported: ??? -Latest Version: 6 Dec 1991 -Archives: shsu - -Name: nosecnumbers.sty -Description: Suppresses section numbers in \sections, \subsections, - etc., (but still writes entries for a table of contents). -Keywords: LaTeX, section numbers -Author: Mario Wolczko <mario@cs.man.ac.uk> -Supported: yes -Latest Version: May 1992 -Archives: Aston* - -Name: npsfont.sty -Description: LaTeX macros for defining new PostScript fonts with NFSS. -Keywords: LaTeX, NFSS, PostScript fonts -Author: Timothy Van Zandt <tvz@Princeton.EDU> -Supported: yes -Latest Version: v1.0, 20 Nov 1991 -Archives: princeton.edu* [128.112.128.1], ymir, shsu - -Name: ntg10.sty (.doc) -Description: 10 point document-style option for the artikel1, artikel2, - artikel3, boek.sty, rapport1 and rapport3 document styles. -Keywords: LaTeX, article, report, Dutch, NTG -Author: Victor Eijkhout <eijkhout@cs.utk.edu> -Supported: yes -Latest Version: v1.16, 2 Jan 1991 -Archives: tex-nl*, ymir -Note: Part of the Dutch national LaTeX effort. -See also: ntg11.sty, ntg12.sty - -Name: ntg11.sty (.doc) -Description: 11 point document-style option for the artikel1, artikel2, - artikel3, boek.sty, rapport1 and rapport3 document styles. -Keywords: LaTeX, article, report, Dutch, NTG -Author: Victor Eijkhout <eijkhout@cs.utk.edu> -Supported: yes -Latest Version: v1.16, 2 Jan 1991 -Archives: tex-nl*, ymir -Note: Part of the Dutch national LaTeX effort. -See also: ntg10.sty, ntg12.sty - -Name: ntg12.sty (.doc) -Description: 12 point document-style option for the artikel1, artikel2, - artikel3, boek.sty, rapport1 and rapport3 document styles. -Keywords: LaTeX, article, report, Dutch, NTG -Author: Victor Eijkhout <eijkhout@cs.utk.edu> -Supported: yes -Latest Version: v1.17, 24 Apr 1991 -Archives: tex-nl*, ymir -Note: Part of the Dutch national LaTeX effort. -See also: ntg10.sty, ntg11.sty - -Name: numdef.sty -Description: LaTeX style option (also works with plain) to allow - `arrays' of macros \xx1 \xx2 etc. -Keywords: LaTeX, numbers, \newcommand, \def -Author: David Carlisle <carlisle@cs.man.ac.uk> -Supported: no -Latest Version: (only one version) -Archives: aston*, shsu -Note: I am not sure that this was a good idea, it works though. - -Name: numinsec.sty -Description: Document-style option for use with siam.sty (q.v.) to cause - equations, figures and tables to be numbered within sections. -Keywords: LaTeX, SIAM, journal -Author: Howard Trickey <trickey@research.att.com> -Supported: yes -Latest Version: -Archives: research.att.com* [192.20.225.2] (in netlib/typesetting/siamltex.all) - -Name: oncew.sty -Description: LaTeX document-style option to modify the \cite command to - only warn you once of each undefined citation. -Keywords: LaTeX, citation -Author: Nico Verwer <nico@cs.ruu.nl> -Supported: no [obsolete] -Latest Version: 29 Jun 1990 -Note: OBSOLETE: superseded by xrefwarn.sty (q.v.) - -Name: outline.sty -Description: LaTeX document-style option based on the enumerate - environment that defines a six-level list environment for - typesetting outlines (The sections are numbered in the following - styles: I., A., 1., a., (1), (a) ). -Keywords: LaTeX, outline, list -Author: Peter Halvorson <peter@fission.gatech.edu>, - <ne201ph@prism.gatech.edu> -Supported: no -Latest Version: 10 Jan 1991 -Archives: stuttgart, shsu -Note: Comes with a sample file, outline.tex. - -Name: outlineitems.sty -Description: LaTeX document-style option which alters to numbering of - items in the enumerate environment to follow the conventional - "outlining" numbering: i.e., \Roman for first level, \Alph for - second level, \arabic for third level and \alph for fourth level. -Keywords: LaTeX, lists -Author: George D. Greenwade <bed_gdg@shsu.edu> -Supported: ??? -Latest Version: 9 Jan 1991 -Archives: shsu*, ymir, stuttgart - -Name: overcite.sty -Description: LaTeX document-style option for compressing lists of three - or more consecutive numbers into one number range and displaying - them as a superscripted citation. E.g., "foo [1,2,3]." becomes - "foo.^{1-3}". -Keywords: LaTeX, citation, bibliography -Author: Donald Arseneau <asnd@jack.triumf.ca>, <asnd@triumfcl.bitnet> -Supported: yes -Latest Version: 1991 -Archives: shsu*, utrecht -See also: citesort.sty, drftcite.sty, rangecite.sty - -Name: oz.sty -Description: LaTeX document-style option for typesetting Z and Object-Z - specifications. -Keywords: LaTeX, Z, Object-Z -Author: Formal Methods Group (fmg@cs.uq.oz.au) -Supported: yes -Latest Version: 10 Apr 91 -Archives: ymir, ftp.cs.uq.oz.au* [130.102.192.20] (coming soon) -Note: Includes documentation file oz.tex. - -Name: pagefoots.sty -Description: LaTeX document-style option to number footnotes within a - page. -Keywords: LaTeX, footnotes -Author: Brian T. Schellenberger <bts@unx.sas.com> -Supported: yes -Latest Version: v1.0, 01 Jan 1989 -Archives: ymir, shsu* - -Name: pageframe.sty -Description: LaTeX document-style option for drawing a frame around the - text area of a page, or for just putting cropmarks in the corners. - Also puts a timestamp, job ID, page number and sequence number - outside the text area on each page. -Keywords: LaTeX, cropmark, book, output -Author: Cameron Smith <cameron@symcom.math.uiuc.edu>, (513) 429-2707 -Supported: yes -Latest Version: 14 Nov 1991 -Archives: shsu*, aston, stuttgart -See also: cropmark.tex, quire.tex -Note: The package comes with documentation, pgframedoc.tex, and a test - file, pgframetest.tex. It's vitally important to read the - documentation before trying to use the style file, as it answers - many questions about the package. Also, on some archives this - package is called "pgframe" rather than "pageframe". - -Name: pap11.sty -Description: 11 point document-style option for paper.sty. -Keywords: LaTeX, article -Author: Don Hosek <dhosek@ymir.claremont.edu> -Supported: no -Latest Version: 22 Feb 90 -Archives: ymir* -See also: pap12.sty - -Name: pap12.sty -Description: 12 point document-style option for paper.sty. -Keywords: LaTeX, article -Author: Don Hosek <dhosek@ymir.claremont.edu> -Supported: no -Latest Version: 22 Feb 90 -Archives: ymir* -See also: pap11.sty - -Name: parskip.sty -Description: LaTeX document-style option to produce zero \parindent and - non-zero \parskip for any document style and size. -Keywords: LaTeX, page style -Author: Hubert Partl, TU Wien -Supported: ??? -Latest Version: 19 Jan 1989 -Archives: ymir - -Name: path.sty -Description: TeX macro which defines the \path macro, which is similar - to LaTeX's \verb (i.e. it typesets its parameter in verbatim mode - (and therefore in \tt)) but also allows its parameter to be broken - at specifiable discretionary breakpoints (typically punctuation - characters), without introducing hyphens which might otherwise be - ambiguous. -Keywords: TeX, LaTeX, filename, e-mail pathname, discretionary, verbatim -Author: Philip Taylor <P.Taylor@Vax.Rhbnc.Ac.Uk> -Supported: yes -Latest Version: v3.03, 18th December 1991 -Archives: ??? no idea where Nelson put it !!! - -Name: path.sty -Description: LaTeX document-style option which defines the \pathname - macro, which is similar to \verb, except it allows its argument to - be broken at punctuation characters. -Keywords: LaTeX, filename, path name, discretionary -Author: Philip Taylor <P.Taylor@Vax.Rhbnc.Ac.Uk> -Supported: ??? -Latest Version: v3.02, 23 Oct 1991 -Archives: ymir - -Name: portland.sty -Description: LaTeX document-style option to facilitate switching between - portrait and landscape printing. -Keywords: LaTeX, landscape, portrait -Author: Hubert Partl, TU Wien -Supported: ??? -Latest Version: 16 Dec 1988 -Archives: ymir - -Name: program.sty -Description: LaTeX document-style option for typesetting algorithms. -Keywords: LaTeX, algorithm -Author: Martin Ward -Supported: ??? -Latest Version: 1991 -Archives: ymir, shsu -Note: Includes demonstration file, program-demo.tex. - -Name: proof.sty -Description: LaTeX document-style option for typesetting proof trees. -Keywords: LaTeX, prooftree, tree -Author: Makoto Tatsuta <tatsuta@riec.tohoku.ac.jp> -Supported: yes -Latest Version: v1.0, 13 Oct, 1990 -Archives: ymir, shsu -Note: Comes with a sample file, proofeg.tex. - -Name: psfig.sty -Description: See entry for psfig.tex. - -Name: pspicture.sty -Description: LaTeX style option re-implementing, and extending, LaTeX - picture mode commands, using PostScript \specials. -Keywords: LaTeX, PostScript, picture -Author: David Carlisle <carlisle@cs.man.ac.uk> -Latest Version: 2.01, 16 June 1992 -Archives: shsu*, aston -Supported: yes -Note: The \special's are set up for Rokicki's dvips. A docstrip option - for dvi2ps \special's is also provided. The distribution also - includes texpicture.sty and pspicture.ps. Documentation requires - Mittelbach's doc.sty. -See also: epic, eepic, xypic - -Name: quote.sty -Description: See entry for quote.tex. - -Name: raggedtab.sty -Description: LaTeX document-style option to cause all parboxes to be - typeset ragged-right. -Keywords: LaTeX, parbox -Author: -Supported: ??? -Latest Version: -Archives: ymir - -Name: rail.sty -Description: LaTeX document-style option for creating syntax diagrams - (sometimes known as railroad diagrams). -Keywords: LaTeX, BNF, railroad -Author: L.W.J. Rooijakkers <lwj@cs.kun.nl> -Supported: yes -Latest Version: v1.0 #1, 12 Feb 1991 -Archives: ftp.cs.kun.nl* [131.174.33.1], ymir, aston -Note: The complete Rail package consists of a C program, a LaTeX style - file, a LaTeX documentation file, a UNIX manual page and some - examples. The program is required for processing the diagrams; the - style file alone is useless. -See also: bnf.tex, bnf.sty, ebnf.sty - -Name: rangecite.sty (runcite.sty) -Description: LaTeX document-style option for compressing lists of three - or more consecutive numbers into one number range. -Keywords: LaTeX, citation, bibliography -Author: Nachum Dershowitz <nachum@cs.uiuc.edu> and Edward M. Reingold - <reingold@cs.uiuc.edu> -Supported: yes -Latest Version: 12 Apr 1990 -Archives: emr.cs.uiuc.edu:/pub/tex* [128.174.246.26], ymir -See also: cite.sty, citesort.sty, drftcite.sty, overcite.sty - -Name: RCS.sty -Description: LaTeX document-style option to incorporate RCS keyword - strings such that their value can be used, e.g. for printing in a - page footer. -Keywords: LaTeX, RCS keyword strings -Author: Tom Verhoeff <wstomv@win.tue.nl> -Supported: yes -Latest Version: 1 Jul 1992 -Archives: tue -See also: rcs.sty (longer code, but does special date processing) -Note: source is fully documented - -Name: rcs.sty -Description: Interface to the RCS Revision Control System for LaTeX. -Keywords: LaTeX, RCS -Author: Piet van Oostrum <piet@cs.ruu.nl> -Supported: yes -Latest Version: v1.1, 1992 -Archives: utrecht*, stuttgart, rcs.sty - -Name: refman.sty -Description: LaTeX document-style option for producing technical - reference manuals, users' guides and articles with a design similar - to the PostScript Reference Manual. For use with article.sty. -Keywords: LaTeX, article, manual -Author: Hubert Partl, TU Wien -Supported: ??? -Latest Version: v1.1, 4 Oct 1989 -Archives: ymir - -Name: remark.sty -Description: LaTeX document-style option which provides a \newremark - command, parallel to the \newtheorem command, but for remark-like - environments instead of theorem-like environments. -Keywords: LaTeX, theorem -Author: -Supported: ??? -Latest Version: -Archives: ymir -Note: Possibly obsolete. See theorem.sty. - -Name: resume.sty -Description: LaTeX document-style option for formatting resumes. -Keywords: LaTeX, resume -Author: Stephen Gildea <gildea@erl.mit.edu> -Supported: yes -Latest Version: 8 Mar 89 -Archives: ymir*, shsu -Note: Comes with sample file, resume-sample.tex. - -Name: romanneg.sty -Description: Causes the page numbers in the DVI file (as defined by - \count0) to be negative when roman pagenumbering is in effect. -Keywords: LaTeX, output, pagenumbers -Author: Mario Wolczko <mario@cs.man.ac.uk> -Latest Version: May 1992 -Archives: Aston* -Supported: yes - -Name: rotate.sty -Description: LaTeX document-style option for rotating and flipping TeX - boxes. -Keywords: LaTeX, dvips -Author: Tomas Rokicki <rokicki@neon.stanford.edu> -Supported: yes -Latest Version: 4 Nov 1990 -Archives: labrea*, ymir -Note: rotate.sty is part of the dvips distribution. -See also: rotate.tex - -Name: rotating.sty -Description: A set of macros for rotating all sorts of boxes in LaTeX, - and allowing the right amount of space. Also supports rotated - floats. -Keywords: LaTeX, rotation -Author: Sebastian Rahtz <spqr@minster.york.ac.uk> -Supported: yes -Latest Version: 1.6 (4 June 92) -Note: Documented with Mittelbach's doc.sty (q.v.) system in a full - manual, which was published in TUGboat 13(2):156--180, July 1992. -Archives: Aston - -Name: sans.sty -Description: LaTeX document-style option changing the r\^oles of sans - serif and roman. NFSS only. -Keywords: LaTeX, NFSS, sans serif -Author: J"org Knappen <knappen@vkpmzd.kph.uni-mainz.de> -Supported: yes -Latest Version: (no number) 1992 -Archives: stuttgart* (look under latex-style-supported/nfss-addons) - -Name: sc21.sty -Description: LaTeX document-style option for producing cover pages - appropriate for ISO/TC97/SC21 documents. -Keywords: LaTeX, titlepage, ISO, standards documents -Author: -Supported: ??? -Latest Version: 20 May 1987 -Archives: ymir, utrecht (newer?) -See also: sc21-wg1.sty - -Name: sc21-wg1.sty -Description: A variant of sc21.sty (q.v.) - -Name: sched.sty -Description: LaTeX document-style option for drawing a schedule. Based - on schedule.sty (q.v.), but uses PiCTeX instead of PostScript for - shading boxes. -Keywords: LaTeX, PiCTeX -Author: Jim Hefferon <hefferon@smcvax.bitnet> -Supported: ??? -Latest Version: 12 Aug 1992 -Archives: shsu - -Name: schedule.sty -Description: LaTeX document-style option for drawing a schedule. -Keywords: LaTeX -Author: Frank Pfenning <fp@cs.cmu.edu> -Supported: no -Latest Version: -Archives: ymir, utrecht, shsu - -Name: schulzrinne.sty -Description: LaTeX document-style option which redefines - \cleardoublepage to provide a completely blank page between chapters - of a book. -Keywords: LaTeX, pagestyle -Author: -Supported: ??? -Latest Version: -Archives: ymir - -Name: screen.sty -Description: LaTeX document-style option for producing a document - suitable for previewing with SCREENVIEW. -Keywords: LaTeX, SCREENVIEW -Author: -Supported: ??? -Latest Version: -Archives: ymir - -Name: script.sty -Description: LaTeX document-style option for using Ralph Smith's rsfs - script fonts. -Keywords: LaTeX, NFSS, mathfonts, script, Lagrangian symbol, Hamiltonian -Author: J"org Knappen <knappen@vkpmzd.kph.uni-mainz.de> -Supported: yes -Latest Version: 1.0a 11 Sep 1992 -Archives: stuttgart* (look under latex-style-supported/nfss-addons) - -Name: seceqn.sty -Description: LaTeX document-style option for article.sty to cause - equations to be numbered within sections. -Keywords: LaTeX, sectioning, equation -Author: Jerry Leichter <leichter@cs.rutgers.edu> -Supported: yes -Latest Version: 13 Apr 89 -Archives: shsu - -Name: secret.sty -Description: LaTeX document-style option for typesetting classified - reports by preceding all paragraphs with "(U)", "(C)" or "(S)". -Keywords: LaTeX, classified -Author: Denys Duchier <duchier-denys@cs.yale.edu> -Supported: ??? -Latest Version: 24 Nov 89 -Archives: ymir - -Name: seminar.sty -Description: LaTeX document style for slides and notes. -Keywords: LaTeX, slides -Author: Timothy Van Zandt <tvz@Princeton.EDU> -Supported: yes -Latest Version: v0.92, 8 May 1992 -Archives: princeton.edu* [128.112.128.1], shsu - -Name: setspace.sty -Description: LaTeX document-style option which provides commands and - environments for doing double and one-and-a-half spacing based on - the point size. -Keywords: LaTeX, linespacing -Author: Erica M. S. Harris and George D. Greenwade <bed_gdg@SHSU.edu> -Supported: yes -Latest Version: v2.0, 11 Aug 1992 -Archives: shsu* - -Name: set_sp.sty -Description: modification of Erica Harris's setspace.sty (q.v.) to work - with the New Font Selection Scheme. -Keywords: LaTeX, linespacing -Author: Geoffrey Tobin <ecsgrt@luxor.latrobe.edu.au> -Supported: yes, by email to author's address, for the present -Latest Version: v0.1, Thu 23 Jan 1992 -Archives: none as of Thu 21 May 1992 - -Name: sfwmac.sty -Description: LaTeX support for writing UNIX-style documentation, mostly - by providing a set of standard abbreviations. -Keywords: LaTeX, UNIX -Author: -Supported: ??? -Latest Version: -Archives: ymir, utrecht - -Name: shading.sty -Description: LaTeX document-style option for putting text on a shaded - background. Requires a PostScript printer and dvi-file converter. -Keywords: LaTeX, PostScript, dvips -Author: Art Mulder <art@cs.ualberta.ca>, <Leo@vaxc.cc.monash.edu.au> -Supported: yes -Latest Version: v1.3, 29 Sep 1992 -Archives: shsu -Note: Art Mulder is not the author of this file, just the most recent - modifier. Based on shadebox.tex. - -Name: shadow.sty -Description: Defines a LaTeX macro \shabox which has the same meaning as - \fbox, except that a "shadow" is added to the bottom and right sides - of the box. -Keywords: LaTeX, framebox -Author: Mauro Orlandini <orlandini@heasrc.gsfc.nasa.gov> -Supported: yes -Latest Version: v1.1, 10 May 1991 -Archives: shsu*, ymir - -Name: showkeys.sty -Description: LaTeX style option modifying \label, \bibitem, \cite, \ref - and \pageref, to print their `key' arguments. The printing of these - keys does not alter the formatting of the rest of the document. - (Well not by very much!) -Keywords: LaTeX, label, ref, citation, keys -Author: David Carlisle <carlisle@cs.man.ac.uk> -Latest Version: 1.01, 25 August 1992 -Archives: shsu*, aston -Supported: yes -Note: Documentation requires Mittelbach's doc.sty. -See also: showlabels.sty - -Name: showlabels.sty -Description: LaTeX document-style option which modifies the \label to - show the labels inline and modifies the \ref and \pageref to print - undefined labels rather than just "??". -Keywords: LaTeX, citation -Author: Gil Neiger <gil@cc.gatech.edu> -Supported: no -Latest Version: -Archives: ymir, utrecht, shsu - -Name: siam10.sty -Description: 10 point document-style option for use with siam.sty - (q.v.). -Keywords: LaTeX, article, journal, publisher style -Author: Howard Trickey <trickey@research.att.com> -Supported: yes -Latest Version: 5 Feb 1988 -Archives: research.att.com* [192.20.225.2] (in - netlib/typesetting/siamltex.all), ymir - -Name: siam11.sty -Description: 11 point document-style option for use with siam.sty - (q.v.). -Keywords: LaTeX, article, journal, publisher style -Author: Howard Trickey <trickey@research.att.com> -Supported: yes -Latest Version: 5 Feb 1988 -Archives: research.att.com* [192.20.225.2] (in - netlib/typesetting/siamltex.all), ymir - -Name: siam12.sty -Description: 12 point document-style option for use with siam.sty - (q.v.). -Keywords: LaTeX, article, journal, publisher style -Author: Howard Trickey <trickey@research.att.com> -Supported: yes -Latest Version: 5 Feb 1988 -Archives: research.att.com* [192.20.225.2] (in - netlib/typesetting/siamltex.all), ymir - -Name: side.sty -Description: Defines environments sidetable and sidefigure for including - landscape ("sideways") tables and figures in LaTeX documents. -Keywords: LaTeX, floats, dvips -Author: F. K. Knight <knight@ll.mit.edu> and M. F. Ryba -Supported: ??? -Latest Version: 3 Dec 91 -Archives: shsu -Note: Requires rotate.tex (q.v.). - -Name: SLaTeX (with slatex.sty) -Description: The TeX file slatex.sty allows automatic multiple-font - typesetting of Scheme or Lisp code in both LaTeX and plain TeX. - Relies on the non-TeX program SLaTeX, which is makefile-portable to - any Scheme and Common Lisp. -Keywords: plain TeX, LaTeX, SLaTeX, Scheme, Common Lisp -Author: Dorai Sitaram <dorai@titan.rice.edu> -Supported: yes -Latest Version: Version 1.99, Dec. 1991 -Archives: titan.rice.edu* (public/slatex-1.99.tar.Z) - -Name: slem.sty -Description: LaTeX document-style to modify \em so that it uses \sl - rather than \it. -Keywords: LaTeX, OFSS, emphasis -Author: Richard Furuta <furuta@mimsy.umd.edu> -Supported: ??? -Latest Version: 22 Oct 1986 -Archives: ymir - -Name: smaller.sty -Description: LaTeX document-style to provide relative sizing macros for - the Old Font Selection Scheme, i.e., \smaller will reduce the - current font size by one step and \larger will increase it. -Keywords: LaTeX, font, OFSS -Author: Bernie Cosell <cosell@wilma.bbn.com> and Don Hosek - <dhosek@ymir.claremont.edu> -Supported: ??? -Latest Version: 1 May 1990 -Archives: ymir*, shsu - -Name: smalltalk.sty -Description: Useful for typesetting small fragments of the Smalltalk - programming language -Keywords: LaTeX, Smalltalk programming language -Author: Mario Wolczko <mario@cs.man.ac.uk> -Latest Version: May 1992 -Supported: yes -Archives: Aston* - -Name: sober.sty -Description: LaTeX document-style option to reduce the amount of space - after section headers and in list environments and reduce the size - of section headers. -Keywords: LaTeX -Author: Nico Poppelier <n.poppelier@elsevier.nl> -Supported: ??? -Latest Version: -Archives: ymir - -Name: spacecites.sty -Description: LaTeX document-style option to insert spaces between - entries in a multiple citation key, i.e., [Furu86, Furu87] instead - of [Furu86,Furu87]. -Keywords: LaTeX, citation -Author: Richard Furuta <furuta@mimsy.umd.edu> -Supported: ??? -Latest Version: 22 Oct 1986 -Archives: ymir, utrecht - -Name: spacing.sty -Description: Single- and double-spacing macros for LaTeX. -Keywords: LaTeX, doublespace -Author: -Supported: ??? -Latest Version: -Archives: ymir -Note: Probably obsolete. Use doublespace.sty instead. - -Name: sprite.sty -Description: LaTeX macros for creating low-resolution bitmap characters - in TeX. -Keywords: LaTeX, graphics -Author: Martin Costabel -Supported: ??? -Latest Version: 27 Oct 1987 -Archives: ymir, shsu - -Name: sshdbk10.sty -Description: LaTeX document-style option which modifies the ten-point - book style (bk10.sty) to use sans serif headings. -Keywords: LaTeX, book, font -Author: -Supported: ??? -Latest Version: -Archives: shsu, shsu - -Name: stbrief.sty -Description: LaTeX document-style option based on letter.sty. - Configuration is done interactively during the TeX run. Just - answer the questions and a personnal configuration file is edited - or changed. -Keywords: LaTeX, letter, interactive configuration -Author: Steffen Steinh\"auser <steffen_steinhaeuser@mz.maus.de>, - <steinhaeuser@ddagsi5.bitnet> -Supported: yes -Latest Version: v1.4, 21 Mar 1991 -Archives: stuttgart* -Note: defuser.sty is the file which is automatically included. It - does the interactive configuration. stbrief.tex is an example for - a letter. Just TeX it and jou'll see! An version with english - texts will follow soon. Any help is available via email (see above - for address). More german information in an article in c't 7/92. - -Name: stmaryrd.sty -Description: LaTeX document-style option for using the St Mary's Road - symbol font (stmary) created by Jeremy Gibbons and Alan Jeffrey. -Keywords: LaTeX, NFSS, OFSS, mathfonts -Author: Alan Jeffrey <alanje@cogs.sussex.ac.uk> -Supported: yes -Latest Version: v1.1, 02 Jun 1992 -Archives: -Note: Requires module.sty and the St Mary's Road fonts METAFONT sources. - Comes with documentation, stmaryrd.tex. - -Name: subeqn.sty -Description: LaTeX document-style option for numbering a series of - equations as 4a, 4b, 4c, etc. -Keywords: LaTeX, math, equation number, subnumbering -Author: Stephen Gildea <gildea@erl.mit.edu> -Supported: yes -Latest Version: 13 Feb 90 -Archives: ymir*, utrecht, shsu -See also: equations.sty - -Name: subeqnarray.sty -Description: LaTeX document-style option which defines the subeqnarray, - which is just like the eqnarray environment except that the lines - are numbered as 1a, 1b, 1c, etc. -Keywords: LaTeX, math, equation number, subnumbering -Author: Johannes Braams <J.L.Braams@research.ptt.nl> -Supported: yes -Latest Version: v1.1, 15 Nov 1988 -Archives: ymir, utrecht, shsu - -Name: subfigure.sty -Description: LaTeX document-style option for providing support for the - inclusion of small `sub' figures. It simplifies the positioning, - captioning and labeling of them within a single figure environment. -Keywords: LaTeX, floats -Author: Steven Douglas Cochran <sdc+@cs.cmu.edu> -Supported: yes -Latest Version: v1.5, 06 August 1992 -Archives: shsu*, ymir, utrecht - -Name: supertab.sty -Description: LaTeX document-style option which defines the supertabular - environment, which is like tabular except that large tables are - automatically split across pages. The table head and tail are - repeated on each page. -Keywords: LaTeX, tabular, tables, multi-page -Author: Theo Jurriens <taj@hgrrug5.bitnet> and Johannes Braams - <J.L.Braams@research.ptt.nl> -Supported: yes -Latest Version: v3.6h, 3 Jul 1992 -Archives: ymir, aston, utrecht, stuttgart, shsu -See also: longtable.sty, bigtabular.sty - -Name: suthesis.sty -Description: LaTeX document-style option for the Stanford University - Ph.D. thesis style. -Keywords: LaTeX, thesis -Author: Joseph Pallas -Supported: ??? -Latest Version: 13 Sep 88 -Archives: ymir, utrecht, shsu - -Name: svma.sty -Description: LaTeX document-style option for Springer-Verlag - multiple-author books. -Keywords: LaTeX, book, Springer-Verlag, publisher style -Author: Ed Sznyter, Computer Science Department, - Stanford University, Stanford, CA 94305--2140 -Supported: ??? -Latest Version: 01 Nov 87 -Archives: ymir, utrecht -Note: Includes documentation file svma-doc.sty. Probably obsolete: use - lmamult.sty (q.v.) instead. -See also: svsa.sty, lmamult.sty - -Name: svsa.sty -Description: LaTeX document-style option for Springer-Verlag - single-author books. -Keywords: LaTeX, book, Springer-Verlag, publisher style -Author: Ed Sznyter, Computer Science Department, - Stanford University, Stanford, CA 94305--2140 -Supported: ??? -Latest Version: 01 Nov 87 -Archives: ymir, utrecht -Note: Probably obsolete: use mathsing.sty (q.v.) instead. -See also: svma.sty, mathsing.sty - -Name: tables.sty -Description: LaTeX macros for creating tables. -Keywords: LaTeX, tables -Author: Ray F. Cowan and Bob Taylor -Supported: ??? -Latest Version: 20 Mar 1987 -Archives: ymir -Note: tables.tex??? - -Name: tabls.sty -Description: LaTeX document-style option to keep text from touching text - or hlines above or below. -Keywords: LaTeX, tables -Author: Donald Arseneau <asnd@jack.triumf.ca>, <asnd@triumfcl.bitnet> -Supported: yes -Latest Version: v3.1, 1992 -Archives: ymir, utrecht, shsu* - -Name: tabverb.sty -Description: LaTeX environment similar to the LaTeX verbatim - environment, but it expands tab characters and interprets CTL-L's as - \newpage's. -Keywords: LaTeX, verbatim -Author: Michael Fine -Supported: ??? -Latest Version: 29 Sep 1987 -Archives: ymir, shsu - -Name: tabularx.sty (.doc) -Description: LaTeX style option defining the tabularx environment. This - is like tabular*, except that the widths of certain `p' columns are - modified to achieve the desired total width, rather than the width - of the inter-column space. -Keywords: LaTeX, tabular, tabularx -Author: David Carlisle <carlisle@cs.man.ac.uk> -Latest Version: 1.04, 02 September 1992 -Archives: stuttgart*, shsu, aston -Supported: yes -Note: Requires array.sty. Documentation requires Mittelbach's doc.sty. - -Name: tape.sty -Description: LaTeX document-style option for making cassette labels. -Keywords: LaTeX, cassette -Author: Sunil Podar <podar@sbcs.csnet> -Supported: ??? -Latest Version: 20 Jun 1986 -Archives: ymir, utrecht, shsu -Note: Includes documentation and examples: tape-doc.tex, tape.readme and - tape.example. -See also: cassette.tex - -Name: techreport.sty -Description: LaTeX document-style option to the USCthesis style for - converting a thesis or dissertation into a technical report. -Keywords: LaTeX, technical report -Author: Steven Douglas Cochran <sdc+@cs.cmu.edu> -Supported: yes -Latest Version: v1.6, 23 Mar 1991 -Archives: shsu* -Note: Requires Tomas Rokicki's `rotate' style option (or equivalent) if - the spine-art option is used. -See also: USCthesis.sty - -Name: texnames.sty -Description: Style file which defines macros for names of various TeX - and METAFONT programs. -Keywords: plain TeX, AMS-TeX, LaTeX, logos -Author: Nelson H. F. Beebe <beebe@math.utah.edu> -Supported: yes -Latest Version: v1.06, 27 Jan 1992 -Note: Distributed as part of the eplain.tex package. -Archives: utah*, umb, utrecht, stuttgart, aston, ymir, shsu -See also: tex.logos - -Name: tgrind.sty -Description: LaTeX macros for typesetting tgrind output, based on - tgrindmac.tex. -Keywords: LaTeX, tgrind -Author: -Supported: ??? -Latest Version: -Archives: ymir, utrecht, shsu -See also: tgrindmac.tex - -Name: theapa.sty -Description: LaTeX/AMS-LaTeX document-style option for use with the - theapa BibTeX bibliography style (theapa.bst). -Keywords: LaTeX, AMS-LaTeX, BibTeX, bibliography, APA -Author: Young U. Ryu <ryoung@utdallas.edu> -Supported: yes -Latest Version: v2.5.1 May 1992 -Archives: shsu, ftp.cc.utexas.edu [192.12.26.23]:pub/young/ -See also: theapa.tex, theapa.bst - -Name: threecolumn.sty -Description: LaTeX document-style option for setting documents in three - columns. -Keywords: LaTeX, output, multi-column -Author: George D. Greenwade <bed_gdg@shsu.edu> -Supported: ??? -Latest Version: 1 Oct 1989 -Archives: shsu*, ymir, stuttgart, aston -See also: multicol.sty - -Name: threepart.sty -Description: LaTeX document-style option for creating three-part headers - and footers. -Keywords: LaTeX, pagestyle -Author: Lance Berc <mcvax!unizh!olsen!lance@seismo.css.gov> -Supported: ??? -Latest Version: Jan 1987 -Archives: ymir, aston, stuttgart - -Name: timeline.sty -Description: Macros for drawing time lines in either LaTeX or plain TeX. -Keywords: plain TeX, LaTeX, timeline -Author: Don Hosek <dhosek@ymir.claremont.edu> -Supported: no -Latest Version: -Archives: ymir, stuttgart, shsu - -Name: trademarks.sty -Description: LaTeX document-style option which defines macros for - various common trademarks. -Keywords: LaTeX, trademark, logos -Author: -Supported: ??? -Latest Version: -Archives: ymir, aston, stuttgart - -Name: trees.sty -Description: LaTeX macros for drawing binary or ternary trees. -Keywords: LaTeX, tree, graphics -Author: Peter Vanroose <peter@dit.lth.se> -Supported: ??? -Latest Version: 18 Apr 1990 -Archives: ymir, aston -Note: Comes with documentation file trees.readme. - -Name: twoup.sty -Description: LaTeX document-style option to print documents two-up with - the help of dvidvi. -Keywords: LaTeX, dvidvi -Author: Gary Levin <gary@sun.mcs.clarkson.edu> -Supported: ??? -Latest Version: -Archives: ymir, aston, stuttgart - -Name: uct10.sty -Description: 10 point document-style option for use with ucthesis.sty. -Keywords: LaTeX, report, thesis -Author: Rusty C. Wright -Supported: ??? -Latest Version: 20 Jun 1988 -Archives: ymir, aston, stuttgart -See also: uct11.sty, uct12.sty, ucthesis.sty - -Name: uct11.sty -Description: 11 point document-style option for use with ucthesis.sty. -Keywords: LaTeX, report, thesis -Author: Rusty C. Wright -Supported: ??? -Latest Version: 20 Jun 1988 -Archives: ymir, aston, stuttgart -See also: uct10.sty, uct12.sty, ucthesis.sty - -Name: uct12.sty -Description: 12 point document-style option for use with ucthesis.sty. -Keywords: LaTeX, report, thesis -Author: Rusty C. Wright -Supported: ??? -Latest Version: 20 Jun 1988 -Archives: ymir, aston, stuttgart -See also: uct10.sty, uct11.sty, ucthesis.sty - -Name: ukdate.sty -Description: LaTeX document-style option to provide support for UK-style - dates. Also provides macros to calculate the day of week and the - phase of the moon. -Keywords: LaTeX, date, calendar, pom, dow -Author: Adrian F. Clark <alien@essex.ac.uk> -Supported: no [obsolete] -Latest Version: 26 Oct 1988 -Note: Obsolete: Use dates.sty instead. - -Name: ulem.sty -Description: LaTeX document-style option which redefines \em to - underline text rather than set it in italics. This underlining - allows line breaks, and works with plain TeX also (using \uline{}). -Keywords: LaTeX, plain TeX, underlining, emphasis -Author: Donald Arseneau <asnd@jack.triumf.ca>, <asnd@triumfcl.bitnet> -Supported: Yes -Latest Version: 1992 -Archives: shsu*, ymir, stuttgart - -Name: usenix.sty -Description: LaTeX document-style option to be used with article.sty to - produce papers in the format of the Usenix conference proceedings. -Keywords: LaTeX, proceedings -Author: Dave Steiner <steiner@topaz.rutgers.edu>, - <..!rutgers!topaz.rutgers.edu!steiner> -Supported: ??? -Latest Version: v0.9, 1 Jun 1989 -Archives: ymir, stuttgart -Note: The official Usenix proceedings are typeset by converting all - papers to troff, so this style can't be used to submit camera-ready - copy. - -Name: userps.sty -Description: LaTeX document-style option to define various useful -\pagestyles. (Only contains one so far.) -Keywords: LaTeX, pagestyle -Author: -Latest Version: -Archives: ymir, aston, stuttgart -Note: Unsupported. - -Name: varfbox.sty -Description: LaTeX document-style option which defines a variant of the - standard \fbox command which allows the user to specify the size of - the \fboxrule on the fly. -Keywords: LaTeX, box -Author: George D. Greenwade <bed_gdg@shsu.edu> -Supported: ??? -Latest Version: 8 Aug 1989 -Archives: shsu* - -Name: vdm.sty -Description: LaTeX macros for typesetting VDM specifications. -Keywords: LaTeX, VDM specification language -Author: Mario Wolczko <mario@cs.man.ac.uk> -Supported: yes -Latest Version: 3.0, May 1992 -Archives: Aston*, SPAN, stuttgart -Note: Comes with documentation: vdm.tex - -Name: version.sty -Description: LaTeX macros for defining environments whose contents will - be optionally ignored when you run LaTeX. -Keywords: LaTeX, comment -Author: Stephen Bellantoni -Supported: ??? -Latest Version: 1990 -Archives: ymir, aston, stuttgart - -Name: vita.sty -Description: LaTeX document style for creating a vita similar to that - suggested by the Handbook for Scholars. -Keywords: LaTeX, vita, resume -Author: KC Border <kcb@hss.caltech.edu> -Supported: ??? -Latest Version: Sep 1990 -Archives: ymir, stuttgart, shsu - -Name: voorbeeldom.sty -Description: LaTeX document-style option which defines an enumerate-like - environment for typesetting Linguistic examples. -Keywords: LaTeX, lists -Author: Werenfried Spit <Spit@vm.ci.uv.es>, <Spit@ific.uv.es> -Supported: yes -Latest Version: 08 Jan 1990 -Archives: utrecht*, ymir - -Name: voorwerk.sty -Description: Dutch version of titlepage.sty for use with rapport1.sty - and rapport3.sty. -Keywords: LaTeX, titlepage, report, Dutch, NTG -Author: Victor Eijkhout <eijkhout@cs.utk.edu> -Supported: yes -Latest Version: 15 Apr 1990 -Archives: tex-nl*, ymir, aston, -Note: Part of the Dutch national LaTeX effort. - -Name: vrbinput.sty (.doc) -Description: LaTeX document-style option for use with verbatim.sty - (q.v.) to allow the verbatim input of files. -Keywords: LaTeX, verbatim, input -Author: Bernd Raichle <raichle@azu.Informatik.Uni-Stuttgart.DE> -Supported: yes -Latest Version: v1.0b, 30 Jun 1991 -Archives: ymir, aston, stuttgart* -Note: vrbinput.sty (.doc) is part of the verbatim distribution. -See also: verbatim.sty - -Name: warn.sty -Description: LaTeX document-style option to get LaTeX warnings to mention - the line number. -Keywords: LaTeX -Author: Kresten Krab Thorup <krab@iesd.auc.dk> -Supported: ??? -Latest Version: -Archives: ymir, stuttgart - -Name: workshop.sty -Description: LaTeX document style to be used for formatting articles for - the workshops on discrete event systems in Prague, August 1992, and - on robust control in Ascona, April 1992. -Keywords: LaTeX, conference, article -Author: Silvano Balemi <balemi@aut.ethz.ch> -Supported: no -Latest Version: 11 Feb 1992 -Archives: ifa.ethz.ch* [129.132.1.183] -Note: Obsolete. Use birkhaus.sty instead. - -Name: wrapfig.sty -Description: LaTeX document-style option which defines the environment - "wrapfigure" to manually place a figure at the side of the page and - wrap text around it. -Keywords: LaTeX, floats, -Author: Donald Arseneau <asnd@jack.triumf.ca>, <asnd@triumfcl.bitnet> -Supported: yes -Latest Version: 1991 -Archives: shsu* - -Name: wright.sty -Description: LaTeX document-style option which extends \newcommand and - \renewcommand to support commands with optional arguments. -Keywords: LaTeX, newcommand, optarg -Author: -Supported: ??? -Latest Version: -Archives: ymir, stuttgart -Note: Includes example file wright.tex. - -Name: xrefwarn.sty -Description: LaTeX document-style option to modify the \cite command to - only warn you once of each undefined citation. -Keywords: LaTeX, x-ref warnings, citation -Author: Nico Verwer <nico@cs.ruu.nl> -Supported: yes -Latest Version: v1.2, 24 Feb 1992 -Archives: utrecht* - -Name: xspace.sty -Description: LaTeX style option defining \xspace, a macro to put at the - end of abbreviations. It makes a space unless the following - character is a punctuation character, or {}. -Keywords: LaTeX, spaces -Author: David Carlisle <carlisle@cs.man.ac.uk> -Latest Version: 1.01, 26 June 1992 -Archives: shsu*, aston -Supported: yes -Note: Documentation requires Mittelbach's doc.sty. - -Name: young.sty -Description: LaTeX document style option which defines an environment - {Young} to draw Young tableaux (group theory). -Keywords: LaTeX, Young tableaux -Author: J"org Knappen <knappen@vkpmzd.kph.uni-mainz.de> -Supported: yes -Latest Version: 7 Feb 1992 -Note: Based on using young.tex by Paul E. S. Wormer <U644301@HNYKUN11> -Archives: shsu* - -Name: zaccone.sty -Description: LaTeX document-style option to provide independent - formatting of table and figure (and other float) captions. -Keywords: LaTeX, caption, float -Author: -Supported: ??? -Latest Version: -Archives: -Note: Virtually identical to bruggink.sty (q.v.) - -Name: zero.sty -Description: LaTeX document-style option to start numbering at zero, - where appropriate. Also allows specification of initial counter - values other than one or zero (useful for counters that count - "within" other counters). -Keywords: LaTeX, counter, "numbering within" -Author: Tom Verhoeff <wstomv@win.tue.nl> -Supported: yes -Latest Version: 19 Jun 1991 -Archives: tue, shsu -Note: documentation and test file included in package named zero.tar.Z - - -%%Section 6.8: Other - -Name: asaetr.tex -Description: LaTeX documentation for asaetr package -Keywords: documentation, LaTeX, publisher style -Author: Darrell McCauley <jdm5548@diamond.tamu.edu> -Supported: yes -Latest Version: v1.0, 12 Feb 1992 -Archives: shsu -Note: part of asaetr package (for TRANSACTIONS OF ASAE) -See also: asaetr.sty, asaetr.bst, asaesub.sty, cmcscsl10.mf - -Name: calprog.tex -Description: See yearcal.tex - -Name: docstrip.tex -Description: LaTeX program to convert .doc files written with doc.sty - into stripped-down .sty files. -Keywords: LaTeX, documentation -Author: -Supported: ??? -Latest Version: v1.11 test, 10 Dec 1990 -Archives: ymir, aston, stuttgart -See also: doc.sty, newdoc.sty - -Name: lcustom.tex -Description: A miscellaneous collection of LaTeX customizations, - including support for the verbatim input of a file. -Keywords: LaTeX, vrbinput -Author: -Supported: ??? -Latest Version: -Archives: ymir, aston, stuttgart - -Name: pphlp.tex -Description: This file is part of the PPHLP package, which allows both - printed manuals and VMS help library modules to be prepared from a - single file. -Keywords: LaTeX, VMS, documentation -Author: Norman Gray <N.O.Gray@open.ac.uk> -Supported: yes -Latest Version: v1.0, 19 July 1992 -Archives: aston, shsu - -Name: preload.tex -Description: A .tex file for making latex formats with certain style - options preloaded. Speeds things up on a slow PC! -Keywords: LaTeX, PC, speed, initex -Author: David Carlisle <carlisle@cs.man.ac.uk> -Supported: no -Latest Version: (only one version) -Archives: aston* -Note: May not work with recent releases of LaTeX. - -Name: pslplain.tex -Description: PSLaTeX is a variant of LaTeX that uses PostScript fonts - where possible (including math mode). The assumed encoding of text - fonts is not that of the Computer Modern fonts, but the Adobe - Standard Encoding, enabling any PostScript font using this encoding - to be used as a text font. The latest version incorporates the New - Font Selection Scheme. -Keywords: LaTeX, PostScript fonts -Author: Mario Wolczko <mario@cs.man.ac.uk> -Archives: Aston*, SPAN, stuttgart -Supported: yes -Latest Version: 3.0, Jun 1992 -Note: comes with documentation (pslatex.tex) and many supporting files. - -Name: xcomment.sty -Description: LaTeX style option for printing only selected environments. -Keywords: LaTeX, comment -Author: Timothy Van Zandt <tvz@Princeton.EDU> -Supported: yes -Latest Version: v1.0, 5 Jun 1992 -Archives: princeton.edu* [128.112.128.1], ymir, shsu - -Name: xxxcustom.tex -Description: Miscellaneous customizations to LaTeX. -Keywords: LaTeX -Author: -Supported: ??? -Latest Version: v1.00, 17 Jun 1985 -Archives: ymir, aston, stuttgart - -Name: yearcal.tex -Description: LaTeX program for printing a year calendar. -Keywords: LaTeX, calendar -Author: Michael Barr <barr@triples.math.mcgill.ca> -Supported: yes -Latsion: 25 Jun 1992 -Archives: shsu -See also: calendar.sty, calendar.tex -Note: An earlier version of this program was called calprog.tex. - - -%%Section 7: LAMS-TEX - -%% These entries need to be fleshed out more. - -Name: lamstex.tex -Description: LamS-TeX is a macro package which provides AMS-TeX with - some of the document-structuring commands of packages such as LaTeX. - Support is also provided for tables, commutative diagrams, - cross-references, bibliographies (including the use of BibTeX), - indices, etc. -Keywords: AMS-TeX, LamS-TeX, commutative diagrams, xrefs, BibTeX -Author: Michael Spivak, The TeXplorators Corporation; 3701 W. Alabama, - Suite 450-273. Houston, TX 77027 (U.S.A.) -Supported: ??? -Latest Version: v2.01, 1991 -Archives: ymir, stuttgart -Note: LamS-TeX comes with installation instructions (inst.tex and - insttbls.tex) and a brief sample file (samp.tex), which also - contains a short description of the package. A user's manual - ("LamS-TeX, The Synthesis") is sold separately by the TeXplorators - Corporation. A Wizards's Manual, documenting the code, is also - available and a Style File Designer's Manual is planned. LamS-TeX - comes with two programs (dvipaste and index) and five new fonts - (lams1.mf, ..., lams5.mf). LamS-TeX is almost compatible with plain - TeX and AMS-TeX and compatibility modes are supplied (see - acompat.tex and pcompat.tex). LamS-TeX is organized in modules, - which can be swapped in and out as needed to make more efficient use - of limited memory. (Those files with "(.tox)" next to their names - are modules.) - -Name: acompat.tex -Description: LamS-TeX file which allows an old AMS-TeX file to be run - through LamS-TeX. -Keywords: AMS-TeX, LamS-TeX -Author: Michael Spivak, The TeXplorators Corporation; 3701 W. Alabama, - Suite 450-273. Houston, TX 77027 (U.S.A.) -Supported: ??? -Latest Version: v2.0, 1991 -Archives: - -Name: alignat.tex (.tox) -Description: LamS-TeX module which defines the alignedat, alignat, - xalignat and xxalignat math environments for equation arrays. -Keywords: LamS-TeX, math -Author: -Supported: ??? -Latest Version: -Archives: - -Name: amstexl.tex -Description: LamS-TeX file which provides the basic AMS-TeX macros. -Keywords: AMS-TeX, LamS-TeX -Author: -Supported: ??? -Latest Version: v2.0, 1991 -Archives: - -Name: anynum.tex (.tox) -Description: LamS-TeX module which defines \newcounter and \usecounter. -Keywords: LamS-TeX, counter -Author: -Supported: ??? -Latest Version: -Archives: - -Name: bib.tex (.tox) -Description: LamS-TeX module which provides support for a bibliography. -Keywords: LamS-TeX, bibliography -Author: -Supported: ??? -Latest Version: -Archives: - -Name: bibtex.tex -Description: LamS-TeX file which provides support for BibTeX. -Keywords: LamS-TeX, BibTeX, bibliography -Author: -Supported: ??? -Latest Version: v2.0, 1991 -Archives: - -Name: book.st -Description: LamS-TeX document style for producing a generic book. -Keywords: LamS-TeX, book -Author: -Supported: ??? -Latest Version: v2.0, 1991 -Archives: -Note: Also book.stb, book.stf and book.stt for providing extra macros. - -Name: cardord.tex (.tox) -Description: LamS-TeX module for printing the value of constants and - counters as cardinal and ordinal numbers. -Keywords: LamS-TeX, counter -Author: -Supported: ??? -Latest Version: -Archives: - -Name: cd.tex (.tox) -Description: LamS-TeX module which provides extra support for - commutative diagrams? -Keywords: LamS-TeX, commutative diagrams -Author: -Supported: ??? -Latest Version: -Archives: - -Name: dblacc.tex (.tox) -Description: LamS-TeX module which provides support for the \accented - command for putting multiple accents on a character. -Keywords: LamS-TeX, accent -Author: -Supported: ??? -Latest Version: -Archives: - -Name: dvipaste.tex -Description: LamS-TeX macros for using the program dvipaste, which - provides a way to paste in tables that may otherwise be too big to - include in your document using traditional means. -Keywords: LamS-TeX, table -Author: -Supported: ??? -Latest Version: 1989 -Archives: -Note: Documentation in dvipaste.doc. Sample files join.tex, boxes1.tex - and boxes2.tex. - -Name: islands.tex (.tox) -Description: LamS-TeX module which provides supports for floating - insertions. -Keywords: LamS-TeX, float -Author: -Supported: ??? -Latest Version: -Archives: - -Name: lamslogo.tex -Description: LamS-TeX file which defines the LamS-TeX logo, \LamSTeX. -Keywords: LamS-TeX -Author: -Supported: ??? -Latest Version: -Archives: - -Name: lamstbl.tex -Description: Subset of the LamS-TeX macros that are most useful for - producing tables with dvipaste? -Keywords: LamS-TeX -Author: -Supported: ??? -Latest Version: v2.0, 1991 -Archives: - -Name: lamstex.stb -Description: LamS-TeX macros used when producing an index. -Keywords: LamS-TeX, index -Author: -Supported: ??? -Latest Version: v2.0, 1991 -Archives: - -Name: lamstex.stf -Description: LamS-TeX macros used when producing a table of contents. -Keywords: LamS-TeX, TOC -Author: -Supported: ??? -Latest Version: v2.0, 1991 -Archives: - -Name: lamstex.stt -Description: LamS-TeX macros used when producing tables. -Keywords: LamS-TeX, tables -Author: -Supported: ??? -Latest Version: -Archives: - -Name: letter.st -Description: LamS-TeX letter document style. -Keywords: LamS-TeX, letter -Author: -Supported: ??? -Latest Version: -Archives: -Note: A sample letter, letter.tex, is provided. - -Name: lists.tex (.tox) -Description: LamS-TeX module for providing support for itemized lists. -Keywords: LamS-TeX, lists -Author: -Supported: ??? -Latest Version: -Archives: - -Name: literal.tex (.tox) -Description: LamS-TeX module which provides support for typesetting - pieces of TeX code verbatim -Keywords: LamS-TeX, verbatim -Author: -Supported: ??? -Latest Version: -Archives: - -Name: lithl.tex -Description: LamS-TeX macros for doing something magic. -Keywords: LamS-TeX -Author: -Supported: ??? -Latest Version: v2.0, 1991 -Archives: - -Name: paper.st -Description: LamS-TeX document style for producing a generic paper. -Keywords: LamS-TeX, article -Author: -Supported: ??? -Latest Version: v2.0, 1991 -Archives: -Note: Also paper.stt, which has something to do with tables. - -Name: pcompat.tex -Description: LamS-TeX which allows LamS-TeX to format a plain TeX file. -Keywords: plain TeX, LamS-TeX -Author: -Supported: ??? -Latest Version: v2.0, 1991 -Archives: - -Name: places.tex (.tox) -Description: LamS-TeX module which provides extra support for floating - insertions. -Keywords: LamS-TeX, float -Author: -Supported: ??? -Latest Version: -Archives: - -Name: ptmatrix.tex -Description: LamS-TeX macros for typesetting partitioned matrices. -Keywords: LamS-TeX, math, matrices -Author: -Supported: ??? -Latest Version: v2.0, 1991 -Archives: - -Name: varref.tex (.tox) -Description: LamS-TeX module which provides support for cross - references? -Keywords: LamS-TeX, xrefs -Author: -Supported: ??? -Latest Version: -Archives: - - -%%Section 8: PLAIN TEX - -Name: 10point.tex -Description: Defines a \tenpoint macro for plain TeX, similar to the one - mentioned in the TeXbook. -Keywords: plain TeX, font -Author: Don Hosek <dhosek@ymir.claremont.edu> -Supported: no -Latest Version: -Archives: ymir* -See also: 7point.tex, 8point.tex, 9point.tex, 10pointss.tex, - 11point.tex, 12point.tex, 14point.tex, 17point.tex, 20point.tex, - plain-cm.tex - -Name: 10pointss.tex -Description: Defines a \tenpointss macro to switch to the ten point - sans-serif font. -Keywords: plain TeX, font -Author: Don Hosek <dhosek@ymir.claremont.edu> -Supported: no -Latest Version: -Archives: ymir* -See also: 7point.tex, 8point.tex, 9point.tex, 10point.tex, 11point.tex, - 12point.tex, 14point.tex, 17point.tex, 20point.tex, plain-cm.tex - -Name: 11point.tex -Description: Defines an \elevenpoint macro for plain TeX, analogous to - the \tenpoint macro mentioned in the TeXbook. -Keywords: plain TeX, font -Author: Don Hosek <dhosek@ymir.claremont.edu> -Supported: no -Latest Version: -Archives: ymir* -See also: 7point.tex, 8point.tex, 9point.tex, 10point.tex, - 10pointss.tex, 12point.tex, 14point.tex, 17point.tex, 20point.tex, - plain-cm.tex - -Name: 12point.tex -Description: Defines a \twelvepoint macro for plain TeX, analogous to - the \tenpoint macro mentioned in the TeXbook. -Keywords: plain TeX, font -Author: Don Hosek <dhosek@ymir.claremont.edu> -Supported: no -Latest Version: -Archives: ymir* -See also: 7point.tex, 8point.tex, 9point.tex, 10point.tex, - 10pointss.tex, 11point.tex, 14point.tex, 17point.tex, 20point.tex, - plain-cm.tex - -Name: 14point.tex -Description: Defines a \fourteenpoint macro for plain TeX, analogous to - the \tenpoint macro mentioned in the TeXbook. -Keywords: plain TeX, font -Author: Don Hosek <dhosek@ymir.claremont.edu> -Supported: no -Latest Version: -Archives: ymir* -See also: 7point.tex, 8point.tex, 9point.tex, 10point.tex, - 10pointss.tex, 11point.tex, 12point.tex, 17point.tex, 20point.tex, - plain-cm.tex - -Name: 17point.tex -Description: Defines a \seventeenpoint macro for plain TeX, analogous to - the \tenpoint macro mentioned in the TeXbook. -Keywords: plain TeX, font -Author: Don Hosek <dhosek@ymir.claremont.edu> -Supported: no -Latest Version: -Archives: ymir* -See also: 7point.tex, 8point.tex, 9point.tex, 10point.tex, - 10pointss.tex, 11point.tex, 12point.tex, 14point.tex, 20point.tex, - plain-cm.tex - -Name: 20point.tex -Description: Defines a \twentypoint macro for plain TeX, analogous to - the \tenpoint macro mentioned in the TeXbook. -Keywords: plain TeX, font -Author: Don Hosek <dhosek@ymir.claremont.edu> and J. Leon -Supported: no -Latest Version: -Archives: ymir* -See also: 7point.tex, 8point.tex, 9point.tex, 10point.tex, - 10pointss.tex, 11point.tex, 12point.tex, 14point.tex, 17point.tex, - plain-cm.tex - -Name: 2columns.mac -Description: The two column output format from Chapter 23 of the - TeXbook. -Keywords: plain TeX, output, multi-column, two-column, TeXbook -Author: Donald E. Knuth -Supported: ??? -Latest Version: -Archives: ymir - -Name: 2side.tex -Description: A two-sided format for plain TeX. -Keywords: plain TeX, output -Author: -Supported: ??? -Latest Version: -Archives: ymir - -Name: 7point.tex -Description: Defines a \sevenpoint macro for plain TeX, similar to the - one mentioned in the TeXbook. -Keywords: plain TeX, font -Author: Don Hosek <dhosek@ymir.claremont.edu> -Supported: no -Latest Version: -Archives: ymir* -See also: 8point.tex, 9point.tex, 10point.tex, 10pointss.tex, - 11point.tex, 12point.tex, 14point.tex, 17point.tex, 20point.tex, - plain-cm.tex - -Name: 8point.tex -Description: Defines an \eightpoint macro for plain TeX, similar to the - one mentioned in the TeXbook. -Keywords: plain TeX, font -Author: Don Hosek <dhosek@ymir.claremont.edu> -Supported: no -Latest Version: -Archives: ymir* -See also: 7point.tex, 9point.tex, 10point.tex, 10pointss.tex, - 11point.tex, 12point.tex, 14point.tex, 17point.tex, 20point.tex, - plain-cm.tex - -Name: 9point.tex -Description: Defines a \ninepoint macro for plain TeX, similar to the - one mentioned in the TeXbook. -Keywords: plain TeX, font -Author: Don Hosek <dhosek@ymir.claremont.edu> -Supported: no -Latest Version: -Archives: ymir* -See also: 7point.tex, 8point.tex, 10point.tex, 10pointss.tex, - 11point.tex, 12point.tex, 14point.tex, 17point.tex, 20point.tex, - plain-cm.tex - -Name: aa.cmm -Description: Official Springer-Verlag plain TeX macros for typesetting - articles for the journal Astronomy and Astrophysics. -Keywords: plain TeX, publisher style, Springer-Verlag, journal, - multi-column, two-column -Author: Springer-Verlag <springer@dhdspri6.bitnet> -Supported: yes -Latest Version: v2.0, 25 Feb 1991 -Archives: dhdspri6* -Note: The package comes with a documentation file (aa.doc), three - example files (aa.dem) two of them are files with the macros for the - head ready to "fill in" the text (aa.big, and aa.tex), and a readme - file. The package also includes a copy of laa.the, the thesaurus - list for Astronomy and Astrophysics. There is also a variant, - aa.mtm, of the macros for typsetting with the Monotype Times fonts. - -Name: address.tex -Description: Generates form letters and mailing labels from an address - list. -Keywords: plain TeX, LaTeX, formletter, mailing labels -Author: Michael Wester <wester@spectre.unm.edu> and Jackie Damrau - <damrau@bitbucket.ssc.gov> -Supported: Yes -Latest Version: 25 May 1992 -Archives: shsu* -Note: Package includes several auxiliary files, including a README file. - This package is described in the paper "Form Letters with 3-Across - Labels Capability," TUGboat 12(4):510-516, December 1991. This - paper is also included in the address package. -See also: bellmac.tex, label.tex, labels.tex, letter.mac, letter.tex, - lettermac.tex, letter.sty, make-env.tex, merge.sty - -Name: amssym.def -Description: Makes the AMS symbol fonts (msam and msbm) available to - plain TeX. -Keywords: plain TeX, amsfonts, mathfonts, AMS -Author: American Mathematical Society <Tech-Support@math.ams.org> -Supported: yes -Latest Version: v2.1, 5 Apr 1991 -Archives: e-math* -See also: amssym.tex, msam.sty, msbm.sty, amssymbols.sty, amsfonts.sty, - amssymb.sty, amssymbl.sty - -Name: apalike.tex -Description: Macros to make apalike.bst work with plain TeX and - btxmac.tex. -Keywords: plain TeX, BibTeX, bibliography, APA -Author: Oren Patashnik <opbibtex@cs.stanford.edu> -Supported: yes -Latest Version: v0.99b, 29 Feb 1992 -Archives: labrea* -See also: btxmac.tex, apalike.sty, apalike.bst - -Name: automagic.tex -Description: Defines some fairly simple macros for automatically - numbering section headings in plain TeX. Also has rudimentary - support for a table of contents. -Keywords: plain TeX, sectioning, autonumbering, TOC -Author: -Supported: ??? -Latest Version: -Archives: ymir -See also: autotoc.tex, toc.mac, toc.tex - -Name: autotoc.tex -Description: Automatic Table of contents generation for plain TeX. -Keywords: plain TeX, TOC -Author: -Supported: ??? -Latest Version: -Archives: ymir -See also: automagic.tex, toc.mac, toc.tex - -Name: badges.tex -Description: plain TeX program for making name tags. -Author: Piet Tutelaers <rcpt@urc.tue.nl>, <rcpt@heithe5.bitnet> -Supported: ??? -Latest Version: -Archives: ymir -Note: Package includes badges.ps, badges.readme and addresses.tex. - -Name: bellmac.tex -Description: Form letter package for plain TeX. -Keywords: plain TeX, formletter -Author: Edwin V. Bell, II <bell@ukanvax.bitnet> -Supported: ??? -Latest Version: v1.1, 9 Oct 1986 -Archives: ymir -See also: address.tex, letter.mac, letter.tex, lettermac.tex, - letter.sty, merge.sty - -Name: bibplain.tex -Description: plain TeX macros for using BibTeX. -Keywords: plain TeX, BibTeX, bibliography -Author: Anthony J. Ferro <ferro@asucps.bitnet> -Supported: ??? -Latest Version: -Archives: ymir -See also: btxmac.tex -Note: Probably obsolete. Use btxmac.tex instead. - -Name: blanks.tex -Description: plain TeX macros for typesetting questions with blanks left - for the answers. -Keywords: plain TeX, LaTeX -Author: Hal R. Varian -Supported: ??? -Latest Version: 19 Aug 1987 -Archives: ymir -Note: Includes an example file, blanks-sample.tex. - -Name: bnf.tex -Description: plain TeX macros for formatting BNF grammars. -Keywords: plain TeX, BNF -Author: Erik Quanstrom -Supported: ??? -Latest Version: 10 Nov 1990 -Archives: ymir -Note: Includes an example file, bnfexample.tex. -See also: ebnf.sty, bnf.sty - -Name: borders.tex -Description: plain TeX macros for putting a black border around page. -Keywords: plain TeX, output -Author: James A. Brister -Supported: ??? -Latest Version: 28 Jan 1991 -Archives: ymir - -Name: boxit.tex -Description: plain TeX macro to put boxes around text, similar to the - LaTeX \fbox command. -Keywords: plain TeX, framebox -Author: -Supported: ??? -Latest Version: -Archives: ymir -Note: This is similar to, but inferior to, the \boxit macro presented in - Exercise 21.3 of the TeXbook. -See also: frame.tex - -Name: btable.sty -Description: plain TeX macros for typesetting character tables of finite - groups. -Keywords: plain TeX, table -Author: Bob Howlett <howlett_r@maths.su.oz.au> and Andrew Mathas - <andrew@math.uic.edu> -Supported: no -Latest Version: 6 Jul 90 -Archives: ymir - -Name: btxmac.tex -Description: Defines macros that make BibTeX work with plain TeX. -Keywords: plain TeX, BibTeX, bibliography -Author: Karl Berry and Oren Patashnik <opbibtex@cs.stanford.edu> -Supported: yes -Latest Version: v0.99j, 14 Mar 1992 -Archives: labrea*, ymir - -Name: Caesar-CM -Description: Macros to provide (nearly) perfect hyphenation at slight - cost on TeX systems lacking good virtual font support. These - macros allow one to supplement ordinary Computer Modern fonts with - some extended Computer Modern prose fonts containing some or all - the accented characters in the 1989 Cork norm for TeX-encoding of - latin alphabets. For example, the distribution includes three - basic prose fonts of the "TM" series due to - Brouard-Sullivan-Taupin. -Keywords: TeX, hyphenation, accents, Computer Modern, Cork norm, - virtual fonts, em, Macintosh -Author: Laurent Siebenmann <lcs@matups.matups.fr> -Supported: yes -Latest Version: Sept 1992 -Note: Caesar-CM is recommended for TeX systems lacking good virtual - font support. Originally designed for OzTeX and Textures, it - provides special comforts for these two. For Textures, there is - support for all Adobe type1 fonts, covering roughly the same ISO - Latin1 accented characters as the TM fonts. -Archives: matups.matups.fr* [192.54.146.4], rsovax.circe.fr* - [130.84.128.100], stuttgart - -Name: calendar.tex -Description: Interactive plain TeX program for formatting a monthly - calendar. -Keywords: plain TeX, calendar -Author: -Supported: ??? -Latest Version: -Archives: ymir -See also: calendar.sty, yearcal.tex - -Name: capparmode.tex -Description: plain TeX macros to typeset every paragraph with a drop - capital. -Keywords: plain TeX, dropcaps -Author: David J. Braunegg -Supported: no -Latest Version: 1986 -Archives: labrea*, ymir - -Name: cassette.tex -Description: plain TeX macros to typeset labels for standard Phillips - audio cassette boxes. -Keywords: plain TeX, cassette label -Author: David Strip <drstrip@isrc.sandia.gov> -Supported: yes -Latest Version: 1991 -Archives: ymir -Note: Uses, but does not require, two special fonts, dolby and cdlogo. -See also: tape.sty - -%% Name: cell1.tex -%% Name: cell2.tex -%% Name: cell3.tex -%% Name: cell4.tex -%% Name: cellular.doc -%% Name: cellular.tex - -Name: chbars.tex -Description: Macros for producing changebars without \special's (with - plain TeX). -Keywords: plain TeX, changebars, output -Author: Joachim Schrod <schrod@iti.informatik.th-darmstadt.de> -Supported: no -Latest Version: 9 Oct 1989 -Note: This is, in fact, a talk at EuroTeX '89 in Karlsruhe. (That's the - EuroTeX where no proceedings appeared.) The talk attempted to push - TeX to its limits and to show these limits. The author neither uses - nors support this macro by himself; but if he receives repairs, he - will incorporate them into a new version. -Archives: darmstadt*, stuttgart, ymir, aston - -Name: cnoweb.tex -Description: A plain TeX macro package for pretty-printing C code - without using CWEB. -Keywords: plain TeX, WEB, C -Author: Jim Fox -Supported: ??? -Latest Version: v1.2, 30 Oct 1989 -Archives: ymir, shsu -Note: Includes a sample file, pf.c, and a readme file, cnoweb.readme. - -Name: comment.sty -Description: Macros for commenting out sections of documents in plain - TeX or LaTeX. -Keywords: plain TeX, LaTeX, comment -Author: Victor Eijkhout <eijkhout@cs.utk.edu> -Supported: yes -Latest Version: v2.0, 19 Jun 1992 -Archives: stuttgart, shsu -See also: comment.tex, verbatim.sty - -Name: comment.tex -Description: Defines macros for commenting out sections of text in plain - TeX. -Keywords: plain TeX, comment -Author: J. C. Alexander -Supported: ??? -Latest Version: May 1986 -Archives: ymir, aston -See also: comment.sty, verbatim.sty - -Name: cpjour2.cmm -Description: Obsolete Springer-Verlag plain TeX macros for typesetting - camera-ready copy for various two-column journals. -Keywords: plain TeX, publisher style, camera-ready, Springer-Verlag, - journal, multi-column, two-column -Author: Springer-Verlag <springer@dhdspri6.bitnet> -Supported: no [obsolete] -Latest Version: 24 Oct 1991 -Archives: -Note: Obsolete. Superseded by the PJour2 and PJour2g packages. - -Name: CPMoMu01 -Description: Official Springer-Verlag plain TeX macros for preparing - camera-ready monographs or contributions to multi-author books. -Keywords: plain TeX, book, single-author, multi-author, proceedings, - camera-ready -Author: NTP Dept., Springer-Verlag Heidelberg <springer@dhdspri6.bitnet> -Supported: yes -Latest version: 1.0 -Archives: dhdspri6* - -Name: cyracc.def -Description: Definitions of accents and special characters required for - use of the Cyrillic fonts arranged according to the AMS scheme. -Keywords: generic, amsfonts, Cyrillic, AMS -Author: American Mathematical Society <Tech-Support@math.ams.org> -Supported: yes -Latest Version: v2.1, 31 May 1991 -Archives: e-math*, ymir, stuttgart, aston, utrecht - -Name: declare.tex -Description: Provides a method of locally allocating registers without - interference with previously allocated registers. -Keywords: plain TeX, allocation, register -Author: J. E. Pittman -Supported: ??? -Latest Version: 1 Jun 1990 -Archives: ymir - -Name: dmhgener.tex -Description: Provides plain TeX with rudimentary support for sectioning - commands, automatic numbering of chapters, equations, figures and - tables, and bibliography entries and cross-referencing. -Keywords: plain TeX, sectioning, autonumbering, xrefs, bibliography -Author: -Supported: ??? -Latest Version: -Archives: ymir - -Name: doublecol.tex -Description: Generic double column output for plain TeX, modified from - Donald Knuth's routine in Appendix E of the TeXbook. -Keywords: plain TeX, output, multi-column, two-column, TeXbook -Author: -Supported: ??? -Latest Version: -Archives: ymir - -Name: edmac.tex (.doc) -Description: EDMAC is a set of plain TeX macros for formatting critical - editions of texts in the traditional way, similar to the Oxford - Classical Texts, Teubner and Arden Shakespeare. Support is provided - for marginal line numbering and multiple series of footnotes and - endnotes keyed to line numbers. -Keywords: plain TeX, footnotes, line numbering -Author: John Lavagnino <lav@binah.cc.brandeis.edu>, - <lav@brandeis.bitnet> and Dominik Wujastyk <ucgadkw@ucl.ac.uk> -Supported: yes -Latest Version: v1.22 -Archives: ymir, aston, stuttgart, utrecht -Note: The documentation requires doc.sty and newdoc.sty to format, as - well as egg.sty, which is distributed with the package. - -Name: epsf.tex -Description: TeX macros to include an Encapsulated PostScript graphic. -Keywords: plain TeX, dvips, epsf, PostScript -Author: Tomas Rokicki <rokicki@neon.stanford.edu> -Supported: yes -Latest Version: 18 Jul 1990 -Archives: labrea*, ymir -Note: epsf.tex is part of the dvips distribution. -See also: epsf.sty, psfig.tex, psfig.sty - -Name: figplace.tex -Description: Macros which implement an alternate floating insertion - routine for plain TeX. -Keywords: plain TeX, output, floats -Author: Joost Zalmstra <jjaz%nat.vu.nl@hearn.bitnet> -Supported: ??? -Latest Version: 25 Oct 1988 -Archives: ymir, aston, stuttgart - -Name: FloatNotes.tex -Description: TeX macros allowing \midinsert's to be treated by the - user much like displays. In particular, it becomes possible to - use a midinsert without a special label or title, in spite of - occasional "floating" to a following page. The trick is to use a - "floatnote". -Keywords: plain TeX, \midinsert, newinserts.tex -Author: Laurent Siebenmann <lcs@matups.matups.fr> -Supported: yes -Latest Version: alpha; Sept 1992 -Note: Documentation is internal. Derives from W. Neumann's - newinserts.tex correction/revision of \midinsert. Hence it is only - valid with formats based on Plain TeX -Archives: matups.matups.fr* [192.54.146.4], rsovax.circe.fr* - [130.84.128.100], stuttgart - -Name: fnote.tex -Description: Defines a plain TeX macro \fnote for automatically - numbering footnotes. Also redefines \vfootnote to reset - \baselineskip to restore single spacing within double-spaced text. -Keywords: plain TeX, footnotes, autonumbering -Author: -Supported: ??? -Latest Version: -Archives: ymir - -Name: fnpara.tex -Description: Redefines plain TeX's footnote macros so that all footnotes - on a page are combined into a single paragraph, a la pages 398--400 - of the TeXbook. -Keywords: plain TeX, footnotes, TeXbook -Author: Dominik Wujastyk <ucgadkw@ucl.ac.uk> -Supported: yes -Latest Version: 15 Sep 1988 -Archives: ymir (but munged) -See also: fnpara.sty - -Name: fontbl.tex -Description: plain TeX program for displaying font tables. -Keywords: plain TeX, fontchart -Author: Roger L. Beeman and Pierre A. Mackay <mackay@cs.washington.edu> -Supported: ??? -Latest Version: -Archives: -See also: testfont.tex - -Name: fontchart.tex -Description: plain TeX program for displaying magnified font tables. - Shows bounding boxes and baselines of characters. -Keywords: plain TeX, fontchart -Author: -Supported: ??? -Latest Version: -Archives: -See also: testfont.tex, fontbl.tex - -Name: fortran.tex -Description: plain TeX macros for including verbatim program listings. - Based on Dirty Trick #3 of Appendix D of the TeXbook. -Keywords: plain TeX, verbatim, TeXbook, vrbinput -Author: B. H. Toby -Supported: ??? -Latest Version: Aug 1986 -Archives: ymir -See also: list.tex, llist.tex, vrbinput.sty, verbatim.sty, verbtim2.tex, - misc.sty, lcustom.tex - -Name: frame.tex -Description: Defines a macro for putting a frame around an \hbox; also - defines a macro for producing an empty box of arbitrary dimensions. -Keywords: plain TeX, framebox -Author: -Supported: ??? -Latest Version: -Archives: ymir -See also: boxit.sty - -Name: gkpmac.tex -Description: plain TeX macros used to typeset "Concrete Mathematics" by - Ronald Graham, Donald E. Knuth and Oren Patashnik. -Keywords: plain TeX, book -Author: Ronald Graham and Donald E. Knuth and Oren Patashnik -Maintainer: Donald E. Knuth; Computer Science Department; Stanford - University; Stanford, CA 94305 <op@cs.stanford.edu (Care of Oren - Patashnik)> -Supported: yes -Latest Version: -Archives: ymir -See also: concrete.sty - -Name: headlinerule.tex -Description: Redefines plain TeX's \makeheadline macro to include an - \hrule spanning the width of the page. -Keywords: plain TeX, header -Author: -Supported: ??? -Latest Version: -Archives: ymir - -Name: HyAcc-CM -Description: Macros allowing decent hyphenation for languages using - accented characters when typesetting fonts with Computer Modern - encoding. -Keywords: TeX, hyphenation, accents, Computer Modern -Authors: Daniel Flipo <flipo@citil.citilille.fr>, Laurent Siebenmann - <lcs@matups.matups.fr> -Supported: yes -Latest Version: May 1992 -Note: Recommended for small TeX systems, and for European language - typescripts circulated in the US or wherever CM fonts predominate -Archives: matups.matups.fr* [192.54.146.4], rsovax.circe.fr* - [130.84.128.100], stuttgart - -Name: index.tex -Description: plain TeX macros for use with the MakeIndex program to make - an index for a document. The macros work with MakeIndex in its - default mode, so no extra MakeIndex "style" file is needed (even - though that default mode is actually for LaTeX). For draft - documents a switch will turn on "galley marks" for indexed words or - phrases (a ruled box is drawn around the item). Includes macros for - both creating the raw index file and printing the processed index. - Instructions are provided for setting up more than one index. -Keywords: plain TeX, index, MakeIndex -Author: Eric Myers <myers@landau.ph.utexas.edu> -Supported: yes -Latest Version: v1.15, 19 Jun 1992 -Archives: lifshitz.ph.utexas.edu* [128.83.131.57] -See also: TeXsis -Note: index.tex is also included in TeXsis (q.v.) - -Name: jns.cmm -Description: Official Springer-Verlag plain TeX macros for typesetting - articles for the Journal of Nonlinear Science. -Keywords: plain TeX, publisher style, camera-ready, Springer-Verlag, - journal -Author: Springer-Verlag <springer@dhdspri6.bitnet> -Supported: yes -Latest Version: 16 July 1990 -Archives: dhdspri6* -Note: The package comes with a documentation file, jns.doc, an example - file, jns.dem, and a readme file. There is also a file, jns.amm, for - typsetting with the (obsolete) Almost Modern (AM) fonts. -See also: jns.sty, jnsams.cmm - -Name: label.tex -Description: plain TeX macros for creating mailing labels. -Keywords: plain TeX, mailing labels -Author: -Supported: ??? -Latest Version: -Archives: ymir -See also: address.tex, labels.tex, make-env.tex - -Name: labeldefs.tex -Description: Simple threecolumn output for a plain TeX newsletter, based - on the example on page 257 of the TeXbook. -Keywords: plain TeX, output, multi-column, newsletter -Author: -Supported: ??? -Latest Version: -Archives: ymir - -Name: LabelFig.tex -Description: Semi-interactive macros for attaching TeX labels to - imported graphics from outside sources such as Postscript. -Keywords: TeX, graphics, PostScript -Authors: Raymond Seroul <seroul@math.u-strasbg.fr>, Laurent Siebenmann - <lcs@matups.matups.fr> -Supported: yes -First Version: July 1991 -Latest Version: July 1992 -Note: The interactivity derives from a canonical grid visible on the - preview or preprint. As one can attach anything to anything, - LabelFig.tex gives a simple paste-up environment. Documentation - is internal. -Archives: matups.matups.fr* [192.54.146.4], rsovax.circe.fr - [130.84.128.100], stuttgart - -Name: labelmac3.tex -Description: Plain TeX macros for creating mail labels for use with - Avery 5160 laser printer labels. -Keywords: plain TeX, mailing labels -Author: R. Bharat Rao <bharat@herodotus.cs.uiuc.edu> -Supported: ??? -Latest Version: 11 Oct 1991 -Archives: shsu - -Name: lecmono.cmm -Description: Official Springer-Verlag plain TeX macros for typesetting - monographs in the Lecture Notes in Physics series. -Keywords: plain TeX, publisher style, camera-ready, Springer-Verlag, - single-author, book, LNP, physics -Author: Springer-Verlag <springer@dhdspri6.bitnet> -Supported: yes -Latest Version: Nov 1990 -Archives: dhdspri6* -Note: The package comes with a documentation file, lecmono.doc, two - example files, lecmono1.dem and lecmono2.dem, and a readme file. - There is also a file, lecmono.amm, for typsetting with the (obsolete) - Almost Modern (AM) fonts. - -Name: lecproc.cmm -Description: Official Springer-Verlag plain TeX macros for typesetting - proceedings in the Lecture Notes in Physics series. -Keywords: plain TeX, publisher style, camera-ready, Springer-Verlag, - LNP, proceedings, physics, multi-author, book -Author: Springer-Verlag <springer@dhdspri6.bitnet> -Supported: yes -Latest Version: v2.0 -Archives: dhdspri6* -Note: The package comes with a documentation file, lecproc.doc, two - example files, lecproc.dem and lecproc.dem, and a readme file. - -Name: letter.mac -Description: A stripped-down version of letter format from Appendix E of - the TeXbook. -Keywords: plain TeX, letter -Author: -Supported: ??? -Latest Version: -Archives: ymir -See also: address.tex, bellmac.tex, letter.tex, lettermac.tex, - letter.sty, merge.sty - -Name: letter.tex -Description: Donald Knuth's letter format, an expanded version of the - letter format in Appendix E of the TeXbook. -Keywords: plain TeX, letter, TeXbook -Author: Donald E. Knuth -Supported: ??? -Latest Version: -Archives: labrea*, ymir -See also: address.tex, bellmac.tex, brief.sty, letter.mac, - lettermac.tex, letter.sty, merge.sty - -Name: lettermac.tex -Description: Simple macros for writing letters. -Keywords: plain TeX, letter -Author: J. Daniel Smith -Supported: ??? -Latest Version: 23 May 90 -Archives: ymir -See also: address.tex, bellmac.tex, brief.sty, letter.mac, letter.tex, - letter.sty, make-env.tex, merge.sty - -Name: LeXTeX.tex -Description: A macro package for use with plain.tex for producing legal - documents (including pleadings). -Keywords: plain TeX, LeXTeX -Author: Roger C-H. Horne <rhorne@cix.compulink.co.uk>, 7 New Square, - Lincoln's Inn, London WC2A 3QS, UK -Supported: ??? -Latest Version: v1.005, Feb 1992 -Archives: None as yet. - -Name: list.tex -Description: Makes a verbatim listing of one or more files. Typical - usage: tex list *.c \\end -Keywords: plain TeX, verbatim, vrbinput -Author: Donald E. Knuth -Supported: ??? -Latest Version: -Archives: labrea*, ymir -See also: fortran.tex, llist.tex, vrbinput.sty, verbtim2.tex - -Name: listing.mac -Description: Macros for the LISTEX system by DCB. -Keywords: plain TeX -Author: -Supported: ??? -Latest Version: -Archives: ymir - -Name: llist.tex -Description: Makes a two-up verbatim listing of one or more files. - Typical usage: tex llist *.c \\end -Keywords: plain TeX, verbatim, dvips, vrbinput -Author: Donald E. Knuth -Supported: ??? -Latest Version: -Archives: labrea*, ymir -See also: fortran.tex, list.tex, vrbinput.sty, verbtim2.tex - -%% Name: longtocline.tex - -Name: lwebmac.tex -Description: macros for the LWEB system by DCB -Keywords: -Author: -Supported: ??? -Latest Version: -Archives: ymir - -Name: make-env.tex -Description: Print an address on an envelope according to strict USPS - standards. -Keywords: plain TeX, mailing labels, barcode -Author: J. Daniel Smith -Supported: ??? -Latest Version: 12 Jan 1990 -Archives: ymir -Note: Includes a sample file, test.adr. Requires zip.tex and - lettermac.tex. -See also: address.tex, label.tex, labels.tex - -Name: mamath.cmm -Description: Official Springer-Verlag plain TeX macros for typesetting - camera-ready articles for manuscripta mathematica. -Keywords: plain TeX, publisher style, camera-ready, Springer-Verlag, - journal, mathematics -Author: Springer-Verlag <springer@dhdspri6.bitnet> -Supported: yes -Latest Version: Jun 1990 -Archives: dhdspri6* -Note: The package comes with a documentation file, mamath.doc, an - example file, mamath.dem, and a readme file. There is also a file, - mamath.amm, for typsetting with the (obsolete) Almost Modern (AM) - fonts. - -Name: manmac.tex -Description: Macros used to typeset The TeXbook. -Keywords: plain TeX, TeXbook, book -Author: Donald E. Knuth -Supported: ??? -Latest Version: -Archives: labrea*, shsu - -Name: mathmult.cmm -Description: Official Springer-Verlag plain TeX macros for typesetting - multi-author mathematics books. -Keywords: plain TeX, publisher style, camera-ready, Springer-Verlag, - multi-author, book, mathematics -Author: Springer-Verlag <springer@dhdspri6.bitnet> -Supported: yes -Latest Version: Mar 1991 -Archives: dhdspri6* -Note: The package comes with a documentation file, mathmult.doc, an - example file, mathmult.dem, and a readme file. There is also a - file, mathmult.amm, for typsetting with the (obsolete) Almost Modern - (AM) fonts. -See also: amamult.cmm, lmamult.sty, mathsing.cmm, mathsing.sty - -Name: mathsing.cmm -Description: Official Springer-Verlag plain TeX macros for typesetting - single-author mathematics books. -Keywords: plain TeX, publisher style, camera-ready, Springer-Verlag, - single-author, book, mathematics -Author: Springer-Verlag <springer@dhdspri6.bitnet> -Supported: yes -Latest Version: v1.1, Oct 1990 -Archives: dhdspri6* -Note: The package comes with a documentation file, mathsing.doc, an - example file, mathsing.dem, and a readme file. There is also a - file, mathsing.amm, for typsetting with the (obsolete) Almost Modern - (AM) fonts. -See also: amamult.cmm, lmamult.sty, mathmult.cmm, mathsing.sty - -Name: memo.tex -Description: Generate a memo banner. -Keywords: plain TeX, memo -Author: -Supported: ??? -Latest Version: -Archives: ymir - -Name: mftmac.tex -Description: Special macros for use with MFT output. -Keywords: plain TeX, METAFONT, MFT -Supported: ??? -Latest Version: -Author: Donald E. Knuth -Archives: labrea* - -Name: mhack.tex -Description: plain TeX code for producing margin notes. -Keywords: plain TeX, margin notes -Author: Norman Walsh <walsh@cs.umass.edu> -Supported: ??? -Latest Version: 27 Sep 1991 -Archives: shsu - -Name: model.tex -Description: Rudimentary document style for ACM proceedings -Keywords: plain TeX, ACM, proceedings -Author: -Supported: ??? -Latest Version: -Archives: ymir - -Name: mrecog.tex -Description: Mathmode control-sequence recognition for TeX/LaTeX. - Allows math formulas to be typed as, for example, "$cos(pi log - phi)\,d phi$" rather than "$\cos(\pi \log \phi)\,d \phi$". -Keywords: plain TeX, math -Author: Robert H. Wentworth <rhw@hoh-1.att.com> -Supported: ??? -Latest Version: v0.1 (beta), 26 Jun 1990 -Archives: ymir - -Name: mssymb.tex -Description: Defines names for all the math symbols in the old AMS fonts - (msxm and msym). Obsolete. Use amssym.tex instead. -Keywords: plain TeX, amsfonts, mathfonts, AMS -Author: -Supported: no [obsolete] -Latest Version: -Archives: -Note: Obsolete. -See also: amssym.def, amssym.tex, amssymbols.sty, amsfonts.sty, - amssymb.sty, msam.sty, msbm.sty, amssymbl.sty - -Name: multihead.tex -Description: Multiple line header for plain TeX. -Keywords: plain TeX, header -Author: Don Hosek <dhosek@ymir.claremont.edu> -Supported: no -Latest Version: -Archives: ymir* - -Name: multip.cmm -Description: Official Springer-Verlag plain TeX macros for typesetting - multiple-author physics books in the so-called "Ergebnisse" format. -Keywords: plain TeX, publisher style, camera-ready, Springer-Verlag, - multi-author, book, physics -Author: Springer-Verlag <springer@dhdspri6.bitnet> -Supported: yes -Latest Version: Mar 1989 -Archives: dhdspri6* -Note: The package comes with a documentation file, multip.doc, and an - example file, multip.dem. There is also a file, multip.amm, for - typsetting with the (obsolete) Almost Modern (AM) fonts. - -Name: multpghb.cmm -Description: Official Springer-Verlag plain TeX macros for typesetting - multiple-author physics books in the so-called "GHB" format. -Keywords: plain TeX, publisher style, camera-ready, Springer-Verlag, - multi-author, book, physics -Author: Springer-Verlag <springer@dhdspri6.bitnet> -Supported: yes -Latest Version: 12 Dec 1988 -Archives: dhdspri6* -Note: The package comes with a documentation file, multip.doc, and an - example file, multip.dem. There is also a file, multpghb.amm, for - typsetting with the (obsolete) Almost Modern (AM) fonts. - -Name: newinsert.tex -Description: Bug fixes to plain TeX macros \midinsert and \topinsert. -Keywords: plain TeX, AMS-TeX, inserts, figures -Author: Walter Neumann <neumann@mps.ohio-state.edu> -Supported: yes -Latest Version: v1.1, 2 Apr 1990 -Archives: shape.mps.ohio-state.edu:ftp/pub/osutex/OSUDEG/tools* - [128.146.7.200], ymir - -Name: nofill.tex -Description: plain TeX macros for preserving line breaks and spaces in - lines of text. -Keywords: plain TeX, AMS-TeX, nofill -Author: -Supported: ??? -Latest Version: -Archives: ymir - -Name: null.tex -Description: Empty TeX file. Useful when TeX prompts you for a file - name and you don't want to provide a real file. - -Name: outline.sty -Description: Reads structured files generated by PC-OUTLINE and formats - them in plain TeX. -Keywords: plain TeX, outline -Author: Hal R. Varian -Supported: ??? -Latest Version: Sep 1987 -Archives: ymir, shsu - -Name: paragraphs.tex -Description: Demonstrates various combinations of \everypar, \hangafter, - \hangindent, \indent, \lastbox, \noindent and \parindent. -Keywords: plain TeX, paragraph -Author: -Supported: ??? -Latest Version: -Archives: ymir - -Name: phoncard.tex -Description: Formats a list of phone numbers into 9x9 blocks. -Keywords: plain TeX, phonelist -Author: Daniel R. Greening <dgreen@cs.ucla.edu> -Supported: yes -Latest Version: v1.03, 2 Jun 1992 -Archives: ymir -Note: Author will incorporate bug fixes if supplied, but will not fix - bugs himself. - -Name: PJour2g -Description: Official Springer-Verlag plain TeX macros for articles in - Springer-Verlag Heidelberg journals with two-column layout. Variant - of PJour2 (g=general). -Keywords: plain TeX, article, two-column -Author: NTP Dept., Springer-Verlag Heidelberg <springer@dhdspri6.bitnet> -Supported: yes -Latest version: 1.0 -Archives: dhdspri6* -See also: PJour2 - -Name: picmac.tex -Description: Macros for drawing simple pictures in plain TeX. This is a - subset of LaTeX's picture environment, with added support for - quadratic splines. -Keywords: plain TeX, graphics -Author: Donald E. Knuth -Supported: ??? -Latest Version: -Archives: labrea*, ymir - -Name: pjour1.zip -Description: Official Springer-Verlag plain TeX macros for typesetting - various 1-column journals. -Keywords: plain TeX, publisher style, Springer-Verlag, PostScript, - journal, mathematics, physics, chemistry, computer science -Author: Springer-Verlag <springer@dhdspri6.bitnet> -Supported: yes -Latest Version: v1.0 -Archives: dhdspri6* -Note: The package comes with a documentation file (pjour1.doc), a - reference card (pjour1.ref), the macro file (pjour1.mac), a readme - file, and an installation routine for MS-DOS. For each journal there - are three example files (*.dem); two of them are files with the - macros for the head ready to "fill in" the text (*.big, and *.tex), - and a file (*.ini) with the journal specifics. To be used as TeX - format file, which saves interpretation time at the average run. -See also: pjour2 - -Name: pjour2.zip -Description: Official Springer-Verlag plain TeX macros for typesetting - various 2-column journals. -Keywords: plain TeX, publisher style, Springer-Verlag, PostScript, - journal, mathematics, physics, chemistry, computer science, OR, - shock waves, geodesy -Author: Springer-Verlag <springer@dhdspri6.bitnet> -Supported: yes -Latest Version: v1.0 -Archives: dhdspri6* -Note: The package comes with a documentation file (pjour2.doc), a - reference card (pjour2.ref), the macro file (pjour2.mac), a readme - file and an installation routine for MS-DOS. For each journal there - are three example files (*.dem); two of them are files with the - macros for the head ready to "fill in" the text (*.big, and *.tex), - and a file (*.ini) with the journal specifics. To be used as TeX - format file, which saves interpretation time at the average run. -See also: pjour1 - -Name: plain.tex -Description: plain TeX format as described in The TeXbook. -Keywords: plain TeX, fmt, TeXbook -Author: Donald E. Knuth -Supported: ??? -Latest Version: v3.141 -Archives: labrea*, ymir, stuttgart, utrecht, aston, shsu - -Name: plncs.cmm -Description: Official Springer-Verlag plain TeX macros for producing - camera-ready copy for the Lecture Notes in Computer Science series. -Keywords: plain TeX, publisher style, camera-ready, Springer-Verlag, - LNCS, multi-author, book -Author: Springer-Verlag <springer@dhdspri6.bitnet> -Supported: yes -Latest Version: v1.1 -Archives: dhdspri6* -Note: The package comes with a documentation file, plncs.doc, and an - example file, plncs.dem. - -Name: plotting.tex -Description: plain TeX macros for plotting x-y graphs. -Keywords: plain TeX, graphics -Author: Laurence G. Yaffe <lgy@newton.phys.washington.edu> -Supported: yes -Latest Version: 1987 -Archives: ymir* - -Name: reference.tex -Description: Provides rudimentary support for a list of references with - labels and crossreferences. -Keywords: plain TeX, xrefs, bibliography -Author: B. A. Leland (XHEMIA:BAL) -Supported: ??? -Latest Version: v2.1, 6/27/86 -Archives: ymir -See also: btxmac.tex - -Name: resume.tex -Description: Resume document style for plain TeX. -Keywords: plain TeX, resume -Author: <parker@oz> (Lynne Parker <parker@rice-chex.mit.edu>??) -Supported: ??? -Latest Version: Jan 1986 -Archives: ymir - -Name: resumemac.tex -Description: Resume macro file for plain TeX. -Keywords: plain TeX, resume -Author: Don Hosek <dhosek@ymir.claremont.edu> -Supported: no -Latest Version: -Archives: ymir* -Note: Includes sample file, sample_resume.tex. - -%% Name: rightfig.mac - -Name: rotate.tex -Description: Macros for rotating and flipping a TeX box. -Keywords: plain TeX, AMS-TeX, dvips -Supported: yes -Latest Version: 4 Nov 1990 -Author: Tomas Rokicki <rokicki@neon.stanford.edu> -Archives: labrea*, ymir -Note: rotate.tex is part of the dvips distribution. -See also: rotate.sty - -Name: scmac.tex -Description: plain TeX macros for typesetting scripts. -Keywords: plain TeX, scripts, drama -Author: Na Choon Piaw -Supported: ??? -Latest Version: v2.02, 1989 -Archives: ymir -Note: Also called scmac202.tex. - -Name: scorecard.tex -Description: plain TeX macros for printing a baseball scorecard for one - team, as well as summary statistics boxes (Pitcher's stats, Offense, - Defense, and Pitching miscellanea, a Notes section, and a line - score). -Keywords: plain TeX, baseball -Author: Matthew Wall <matt@cs.brandeis.edu> -Supported: ??? -Latest Version: v1.1, 28 Apr 1989 -Archives: ymir - -Name: setstrut.tex -Description: Automatic strut computation. -Keywords: plain TeX, strut -Author: Stephan v. Bechtolsheim -Supported: ??? -Latest Version: 1987 -Archives: ymir - -Name: singlep.cmm -Description: Official Springer-Verlag plain TeX macros for typesetting - single-author physics books. -Keywords: plain TeX, publisher style, camera-ready, Springer-Verlag, - single-author, book, physics -Author: Springer-Verlag <springer@dhdspri6.bitnet> -Supported: yes -Latest Version: May 1989 -Archives: dhdspri6* -Note: The package comes with a documentation file, singlep.doc, and two - example files, singlep1.dem and singlep2.dem. There is also a file, - singlep.am, for typsetting with the (obsolete) Almost Modern (AM) - fonts. - -Name: split.tex -Description: Defines macros which takes two pieces of text and boxes - them side by side. -Keywords: plain TeX, box -Author: Eric Skinner <ers2f@uottawa.bitnet> -Supported: ??? -Latest Version: -Archives: ymir - -Name: stables.tex -Description: Macros for producing tables with plain TeX. -Keywords: plain TeX, table -Author: Robert Nilsson <ranhelp@venus.tamu.edu>, - <ranhelp@tamvenus1.bitnet> -Supported: ??? -Latest Version: v1.0 -Archives: ymir, utrecht -See also: stables_doc.tex -Note: Includes documentation, stables_doc.tex. - -Name: sterne.cmm -Description: Obsolete Springer-Verlag plain TeX macros for typesetting - the "Handbuch f\"ur Sternfreunde". -Keywords: plain TeX, publisher style, camera-ready, Springer-Verlag -Author: Springer-Verlag <springer@dhdspri6.bitnet> -Supported: no [obsolete] -Latest Version: 22 Nov 1988 -Archives: -Note: Obsolete. Superseded by the CPMoMu01 package - -Name: sw.cmm -Description: Obsolete Springer-Verlag plain TeX macros for typesetting - camera-ready copy for the journal Shock Waves. -Keywords: plain TeX, publisher style, camera-ready, Springer-Verlag, - journal, multi-column, two-column -Author: Springer-Verlag <springer@dhdspri6.bitnet> -Supported: no [obsolete] -Latest Version: v0.9, 4 Dec 1990 -Archives: -Note: Obsolete. Superseded by the PJour2 package - -%% Name: tabledoc.tex -%% Description: Documentation for tables.tex -%% Keywords: plain TeX, tables, documentation -%% Author: Ray F. Cowan -%% Latest Version: 22 Feb 85 -%% Archives: ymir -%% Note: Note tables.tex on ymir? - -Name: tables.tex -Description: plain TeX macros for typesetting tables. -Keywords: plain TeX, table -Author: Michael Ferguson <mike@inrs-telecom.uquebec.ca> -Supported: ??? -Latest Version: 1986 -Archives: ymir - -Name: tbemacros.tex -Description: Some new commands defined in the book "TeX by Example," - (copyright (c) 1992, Academic Press). -Keywords: plain TeX -Author: Arvind Borde -Supported: ??? -Latest Version: v1.0, 10 Jul 1991 -Archives: shsu, stuttgart, aston -Note: There is also a file of examples, called tbesamples.tex. - -Name: tech-erg.cmm -Description: Obsolete Springer-Verlag plain TeX macros for typesetting - articles for Technik using the "Ergebnisse" format. -Keywords: plain TeX, publisher style, camera-ready, Springer-Verlag, -Author: Springer-Verlag <springer@dhdspri6.bitnet> -Supported: no [obsolete] -Latest Version: 18 Nov 1988 -Archives: -Note: Obsolete. Superseded by the CPMoMu01 package. - -Name: tech-ghb.cmm -Description: Obsolete Springer-Verlag plain TeX macros for typesetting - articles for Technik using the "Grosshandbuch" format. -Keywords: plain TeX, publisher style, camera-ready, Springer-Verlag, -Author: Springer-Verlag <springer@dhdspri6.bitnet> -Supported: no [obsolete] -Latest Version: 18 Nov 1988 -Archives: -Note: Obsolete. Superseded by the CPMoMu01 package. - -Name: tech-std.cmm -Description: Obsolete Springer-Verlag plain TeX macros for typesetting - articles for Technik using the "Stodola" format. -Keywords: plain TeX, publisher style, camera-ready, Springer-Verlag, -Author: Springer-Verlag <springer@dhdspri6.bitnet> -Supported: no [obsolete] -Latest Version: 18 Nov 1988 -Archives: -Note: Obsolete. Superseded by the CPMoMu01 package. - -Name: testfont.tex -Description: TeX program for displaying font tables. -Keywords: plain TeX, fontchart -Author: Donald E. Knuth -Supported: ??? -Latest Version: -Archives: -See also: fontchart.tex, fontbl.tex - -Name: theapa.tex -Description: plain TeX macros for use with the theapa BibTeX - bibliography style (theapa.bst). -Keywords: plain TeX, BibTeX, bibliography, APA -Author: Young U. Ryu <ryoung@utdallas.edu> -Supported: yes -Latest Version: v1.0 Apr 1992 -Archives: shsu, ftp.cc.utexas.edu [192.12.26.23]:pub/young/ -See also: theapa.sty, theapa.bst -Note: theapa.tex is not compatible with btxmac.tex. A compatible - version may be available upon request. - -Name: toc.mac -Description: plain TeX macros for typesetting a Table of Contents. -Keywords: plain TeX, TOC -Supported: ??? -Latest Version: -Author: -Archives: ymir -See also: autotoc.tex, toc.tex - -Name: toc.tex -Description: plain TeX macros for automatically generating a Table of - Contents. -Keywords: plain TeX, autoTOC -Author: Dan Zirin -Supported: ??? -Latest Version: 1987 -Archives: ymir -See also: autotoc.tex, toc.mac - -Name: treedef.tex -Description: A macro to make aligned (horizontal) trees in TeX. -Keywords: plain TeX, tree -Author: David Eppstein -Supported: no -Latest Version: Feb 1986 -Archives: ymir -Note: Described in TUGboat, vol. 6 (1985), no. 1, pp. 31--35. - -Name: tgrindmac.tex -Description: Macros for TeX "tgrind" (a TeX equivalent of UNIX 4bsd - "vgrind"). -Keywords: plain TeX, tgrind -Supported: ??? -Latest Version: v1.4, 30 Mar 1985 -Author: Van Jacobson <van@lbl-rtsg.arpa> -Archives: -See also: tgrind.sty - -Name: tugboat.cmn -Description: Macros which are common to both the plain and LaTeX style - files for TUGboat. -Keywords: plain TeX, LaTeX, TUGboat, TeX Users Group, common macros -Author: TeX Users Group <TUGboat@math.ams.org> -Supported: yes -Latest Version: v1.10, 8 Mar 1992 -Archives: labrea, stuttgart, shsu -See also: tugboat.sty, tugproc.sty, ltugboat.sty, ltugproc.sty -Note: Previously named tugboat.com, but renamed to avoid conflicts - with an MS-DOS naming convention. Please delete any files named - tugboat.com. - -Name: tugbot.sab -Description: Supplementary definitions for abbreviations and logos that - appear in TUGboat. -Keywords: plain TeX, TUGboat -Author: TeX Users Group <TUGboat@math.ams.org> -Supported: no [obsolete] -Latest Version: 1 Mar 1989 -Archives: ymir -See also: tugboat.sty, tugproc.sty, ltugboat.sty, ltugproc.sty, - tugboat.cmn -Note: Obsolete; content incorporated into tugboat.cmn - -Name: tugboat.sty -Description: plain TeX macros for preparing an article for TUGboat, the - Communications of the TeX Users Group. -Keywords: plain TeX, TeX Users Group, TUGboat, -Author: TeX Users Group <TUGboat@math.ams.org> -Supported: yes -Latest Version: v1.11, 8 Mar 1992 -Archives: labrea, stuttgart, shsu -Note: Requires tugboat.cmn -See also: ltugboat.sty, tugproc.sty, ltugproc.sty, tugboat.cmn - -Name: tugbot.sty -Description: TeX macros for preparing a document in TUGboat format. -Keywords: plain TeX, AMS-TeX, TUGboat -Author: TeX Users Group <TUGboat@math.ams.org> -Supported: no [obsolete] -Latest Version: 8 Jul 87 -Archives: -See also: tugboat.sty, ltugboat.sty, tugproc.sty, ltugproc.sty, - tugboat.cmn -Note: Obsolete; superseded by tugboat.sty - -Name: tugbot.tex -Description: Model "top-level" file for TUGboat article -Keywords: plain TeX, AMS-TeX, TUGboat -Author: TeX Users Group <TUGboat@math.ams.org> -Supported: no [obsolete] -Latest Version: 18 Aug 85 -Archives: ymir -See also: tugboat.sty, ltugboat.sty, tugproc.sty, ltugproc.sty, - tugboat.cmn -Note: Obsolete - -Name: tugproc.sty -Description: plain TeX macros for the Proceedings issues of TUGboat, the - Communications of the TeX Users Group. -Keywords: plain TeX, TUGboat, TeX Users Group, proceedings -Author: TeX Users Group <TUGboat@math.ams.org> -Supported: yes -Latest Version: v1.09, 8 Mar 1992 -Archives: labrea, stuttgart, shsu -See also: tugboat.sty, ltugboat.sty, ltugproc.sty, tugboat.cmn -Note: Requires tugboat.sty and tugboat.cmn. - -Name: unouter.tex -Description: Removes the concept of \outer from plain TeX. -Keywords: plain TeX, outer -Supported: yes -Latest Version: Nov 1988 -Author: \'Eamonn McManus <emcmanus@gr.osf.org> -Archives: ymir - -Name: varindent.tex -Description: Macros for making the indentation of each paragraph match - the length of the preceding line. -Keywords: plain TeX, paragraph -Author: Donald Arseneau <asnd@jack.triumf.ca>, <asnd@triumfcl.bitnet> -Supported: no -Latest Version: no versions -Archives: ymir - -Name: verbatim.mac -Description: Support for verbatim listing of TeX source code. Lifted - from tugbot.sty and ultimately derived from manmac.tex. -Keywords: plain TeX, verbatim -Author: -Supported: ??? -Latest Version: -Archives: ymir - -Name: verbtim2.tex -Description: Produce verbatim listings of various sorts. -Keywords: plain TeX, verbatim, vrbinput -Author: Tim Morgan <morgan@uci-icsa> -Supported: ??? -Latest Version: -Archives: ymir -See also: fortran.tex, list.tex, llist.tex, vrbinput.sty, verbatim.sty, - misc.sty, lcustom.tex - -Name: web9pt.tex -Description: ??? -Keywords: -Author: -Supported: ??? -Latest Version: -Archives: - -Name: webmac.tex -Description: standard macros for formatting WEB listings. -Keywords: plain TeX, WEB, tangle, weave -Author: Donald E. Knuth -Supported: ??? -Latest Version: WEBMAC4.0 -Archives: labrea* - -Name: webmacss.tex -Description: Modifies standard webmac macros to print Pascal text in - sans-serif type. -Keywords: plain TeX, WEB, tangle, weave -Supported: ??? -Latest Version: 27 Aug 1987 -Author: -Archives: ymir -See also: webmac.tex - -Name: weirdtitle.tex -Description: A weird title macro. -Keywords: plain TeX, weird -Supported: ??? -Latest Version: -Author: -Archives: ymir - -Name: xrcs.tex -Description: Tex interface to the RCS Revision Control System. -Keywords: plain TeX, AMS-TeX, RCS -Author: Kristoffer H. Rose <kris@diku.dk> -Supported: yes -Latest Version: v1.25, 28 Jan 1992 [beta] -Archives: aston, ftp.diku.dk [129.142.96.1]* [/pub/TeX/misc/xppt*] - - -%%Section 8.1: The New Font Selection Scheme for plain TeX - -%% Name: driver.tex -%% Name: plainfsl.doc -%% Name: plainfsl.tex -%% Name: readme.plf -%% Name: scripts.doc -%% Name: xxxlfont.doc - - -%%Section 8.2: Newsletter Macros - -Name: newsletr.tex -Description: plain TeX macros for typesetting a newsletter. Includes - support for multiple columns. -Keywords: plain TeX, newsletter, multi-column -Author: Hunter Goatley <goathunter@wkuvx1.bitnet> -Supported: yes -Latest Version: v01-014, 3 Jun 1989 -Archives: shsu* - -Name: italic.tex -Description: Defines macros for typeset text in italics and - automatically insert italic corrections when necessary -Keywords: LaTeX, font -Author: Hunter Goatley <goathunter@wkuvx1.bitnet> -Supported: ??? -Latest Version: 21 Aug 1991 -Archives: shsu -Note: Also available as a LaTeX document-style option, italic.sty. - -Name: quote.tex -Description: TeX macros to make " expand into either `` or '' depending - on context. -Keywords: plain TeX, quote marks -Author: Hunter Goatley <goathunter@wkuvx1.bitnet> -Supported: yes -Latest Version: 14 Aug 1991 -Archives: shsu* -Note: Also available as a LaTeX document-style option, quote.sty. - - -%%Section 8.3: ScriptTeX - -Name: ScriptTeX -Description: ScriptTeX is a plain TeX-based macro package for - typesetting screenplays and scripts. -Keywords: plain TeX, ScriptTeX, script, screenplay -Author: Adrian McCarthy <adrian@lexcel.com> -Supported: yes -Latest Version: v1.03, 24 October 1991 -Archives: ymir* -Note: ScriptTeX comes with a user's manual, stdoc.tex, and a - demonstration file, stdemo.tex. - -Name: screenplay.tex -Description: ScriptTeX format for producing a screenplay. -Keywords: plain TeX, ScriptTeX, script, screenplay -Author: Adrian McCarthy <adrian@lexcel.com> -Supported: yes -Latest Version: v1.03, 24 Oct 1991 -Archives: ymir* - -Name: stageplay.tex -Description: ScriptTeX format for producing a stageplay. -Keywords: plain TeX, ScriptTeX, script, stageplay -Author: Adrian McCarthy <adrian@lexcel.com> -Supported: yes -Latest Version: v1.03, 24 Oct 1991 -Archives: ymir* - - -%%Section 9: SLITEX - -%%Section 9.1: Standard Distribution - -Name: slitex.tex -Description: SliTeX is a version of LaTeX for making black-and-white or - color slides. It is part of the standard LaTeX distribution. -Keywords: LaTeX, SliTeX, slides -Author: Leslie Lamport -Supported: ??? -Latest Version: v2.09, 25 Mar 1992 -Archives: -Note: SliTeX is documented in Appendix A of the LaTeX manual. - -Name: sfonts.tex -Description: The Old Font Selection Scheme for SliTeX. -Keywords: LaTeX, OFSS -Author: Leslie Lamport -Supported: yes -Latest Version: 25 Nov 1991 -Archives: stuttgart*, shsu - -Name: slides.sty -Description: The standard document-style option for producing slides - with SliTeX. -Keywords: LaTeX, SliTeX, slides -Author: Leslie Lamport -Supported: ??? -Latest Version: 17 Jan 1986 -Archives: - -Name: splain.tex -Description: A modified version of plain.tex for use with SliTeX. -Keywords: LaTeX, SliTeX -Author: Leslie Lamport -Supported: ??? -Latest Version: 25 Mar 92 -Archives: - - -%%Section 9.2: Other SliTeX Files - -Name: xxxslides.sty -Description: Miscellaneous modifications of slides.sty. -Keywords: LaTeX, SliTeX, slides -Author: -Supported: ??? -Latest Version: v1.04, 28 Aug 1986 -Archives: ymir, stuttgart, aston, utrecht - - -%%Section 10: PHYSE - -Name: physe.tex -Description: PHYS-TeX is a macro package for writing physics papers. - Support is included for automatic numbering of chapters, sections, - ..., appendices, pages, footnotes, equations, figures, references - and tables. Also provides supports for tables of contents and lists - of figures, tables and references. -Keywords: PHYS-TeX, physics, autonumbering -Author: P. Breitenlohner and A. Kabelschacht; Max-Planck-Institute f\"ur - Physik and Astrophysik; Werner-Heisenberg-Institute f\"ur Physik; - P.O. Box 40 12 12; Munich, Germany -Supported: ??? -Latest Version: v1.0, March 1986 -Archives: ymir -Note: A user's manual, physe.doc, is included. -See also: physupdt.tex - -Name: physupdt.tex -Description: Modifications and updates to PHYS-TeX version 1.0. -Keywords: PHYS-TeX, physics -Author: -Supported: ??? -Latest Version: 6 Apr 1988 -Archives: ymir - - -%%Section 11: PHYZZX - -Name: phyzzx.tex -Description: PHYZZX is a macro package designed to make typing papers - for Physical Review or Nuclear Physics as simple as possible. - Support is given for cross-references, automatic numbering of - sections and equations, footnotes, itemized lists, and numbered - references, tables and figures. -Keywords: PHYZZX, physics -Author: Vadim Kaplunovsky and M. Weinstein; Stanford Linear Accelerator - Center; Stanford University; Stanford, CA 94309 -Supported: ??? -Latest Version: 27 Apr 1988 -Archives: ymir -Note: phyzdoc.tex is a user's manual; myphyx.tex is an example of how to - modify the default PHYZZX format. The font definitions for PHYZZX - are contained in the file phyzzx.fonts. phyzzx.local is an example - of site-dependent macros. -See also: revtex.sty - - -%%Section 12: TEXT1 - -Name: text1.tex -Description: TEXT1 is a macro package designed to provide many of the - functions found in LaTeX (multiple columns, tables of contents, - indexing, chapters, lists, boxes, margin notes, screening, etc.) - while simultaneously maintaining full compatibility with plain TeX - and making it easy to modify formats. -Keywords: plain TeX, TEXT1, index -Author: Dean Guenther <guenther@wsuvm1.bitnet>, - <guenther@tigger.csc.wsu.edu> -Supported: yes -Latest Version: v4.07, 2 Aug 1992 -Archives: cougar.csc.wsu.edu* [134.121.1.2], ymir -Note: A user's manual for TEXT1 can be ordered from the following - address: TEXT1 Distribution; Computing Service Center; Washington - State University; Pullman, WA 99164-1220; USA. The TEXT1 macros are - split across many files. Only the main files are listed in this - Index. In addition to the macro files, the TEXT1 packages comes - with an index processor, texix, written in WEB, with change files - for CMS, VMS and the Macintosh operating system. - -Name: txt1v407.tex -Description: The main TEXT1 macros. -Keywords: plain TeX, TEXT1 -Author: Dean Guenther <guenther@wsuvm1.bitnet>, - <guenther@tigger.csc.wsu.edu> -Supported: yes -Latest Version: v4.07, 2 Aug 1992 -Archives: cougar.csc.wsu.edu* [134.121.1.2], ymir - -Name: fixcol.tex -Description: TEXT1 macros for two and three-column formats in the fixed - mode. -Keywords: TEXT1, plain TeX, multi-column -Author: Dean Guenther <guenther@wsuvm1.bitnet>, - <guenther@tigger.csc.wsu.edu> -Supported: yes -Latest Version: 29 Jan 1986 -Archives: cougar.csc.wsu.edu* [134.121.1.2], ymir - -Name: flexcol.tex -Description: TEXT1 macros for two and three-column formats in the - flexible mode. -Keywords: TEXT1, plain TeX, multi-column -Author: Dean Guenther <guenther@wsuvm1.bitnet>, - <guenther@tigger.csc.wsu.edu> -Supported: yes -Latest Version: 1 Jul 1989 -Archives: cougar.csc.wsu.edu* [134.121.1.2], ymir - -Name: letter.texinput -Description: Sample letter format for TEXT1. -Keywords: plain TeX, TEXT1, letter -Author: Dean Guenther <guenther@wsuvm1.bitnet>, - <guenther@tigger.csc.wsu.edu> -Supported: yes -Latest Version: 1 Apr 1987 -Archives: cougar.csc.wsu.edu* [134.121.1.2], ymir -Note: Includes a model input file, letter.texmodel. - -Name: memo.texinput -Description: Sample memo format for TEXT1. -Keywords: plain TeX, TEXT1, memo -Author: Dean Guenther <guenther@wsuvm1.bitnet>, - <guenther@tigger.csc.wsu.edu> -Supported: yes -Latest Version: 15 Aug 1986 -Archives: cougar.csc.wsu.edu* [134.121.1.2], ymir -Note: Includes a model input file, memo.texmodel. - -Name: mergetxt.texinput -Description: Sample merge letter format for TEXT1. -Keywords: plain TeX, TEXT1, letter, formletter -Author: Dean Guenther <guenther@wsuvm1.bitnet>, - <guenther@tigger.csc.wsu.edu> -Supported: yes -Latest Version: 20 Apr 1990 -Archives: cougar.csc.wsu.edu* [134.121.1.2], ymir -Note: Includes demonstration files, mergelet.texmodel, - mergelst.texmodel, mergetxt.texmodel. - -Name: paper.texinput -Description: Sample student paper format for TEXT1. -Keywords: plain TeX, TEXT1, paper -Author: Dean Guenther <guenther@wsuvm1.bitnet>, - <guenther@tigger.csc.wsu.edu> -Supported: yes -Latest Version: 16 Nov 1986 -Archives: cougar.csc.wsu.edu* [134.121.1.2], ymir -Note: Includes a model input file, paper.texmodel. - -Name: resume.texinput -Description: Sample resume format for TEXT1. -Keywords: plain TeX, TEXT1, resume -Author: Dean Guenther <guenther@wsuvm1.bitnet>, - <guenther@tigger.csc.wsu.edu> -Supported: yes -Latest Version: 10 Jun 1988 -Archives: cougar.csc.wsu.edu* [134.121.1.2], ymir -Note: Includes a model input file, resume.texmodel. - -Name: thesis.texinput -Description: TEXT1 format for Washington State University graduate - school theses. -Keywords: plain TeX, TEXT1, thesis -Author: Dean Guenther <guenther@wsuvm1.bitnet>, - <guenther@tigger.csc.wsu.edu> -Supported: yes -Latest Version: 15 Jun 1987 -Archives: cougar.csc.wsu.edu* [134.121.1.2], ymir -Note: Includes a model input file, thesis.texmodel. - - -%%Section 13: TEXSIS - -Name: texsis.tex -Description: \TeX sis is a collection of \TeX\ macros for typesetting - physics documents such as papers and preprints, conference - proceedings, books, theses, referee reports, letters, and memos. - \TeX sis macros provide automatic numbering of equations, automatic - numbering and formatting of references, double column formatting, - macros for making tables and figures, with or without captions, - including tables with horizontal and vertical rules. \TeX sis - supports a wide variety of type sizes and a number of specialized - document formats, and it even includes macros for making form - letters for job applications or letters of recommendation. -Keywords: TeXsis, physics, fmt -Author: Eric Myers and Frank E. Paige <texsis@lifshitz.ph.utexas.edu> -Supported: yes -Latest Version: v2.15, 3 Aug 1992 -Archives: lifshitz.ph.utexas.edu* [128.83.131.57] -Note: Includes a user's manual (Manual.tex), a UNIX man page (texsis.1), - installation notes (INSTALL and Install.tex), a README file, a GNU - emacs mode (texsis.el) and an example paper (Example.tex). For - support for an index, see index.tex. - -Name: AIP.txs -Description: American Institute of Physics style file for TeXsis. -Keywords: TeXsis, physics, AIP -Author: Eric Myers and Frank E. Paige <texsis@lifshitz.ph.utexas.edu> -Supported: yes -Latest Version: v2.14, 9 Jul 1991 -Archives: lifshitz.ph.utexas.edu* [128.83.131.57] - -Name: CVformat.txs -Description: TeXsis style file for Curriculum Vitae. -Keywords: TeXsis, resume -Author: Eric Myers and Frank E. Paige <texsis@lifshitz.ph.utexas.edu> -Supported: yes -Latest Version: v2.15, 7 Nov 1985 -Archives: lifshitz.ph.utexas.edu* [128.83.131.57] - -Name: Elsevier.txs -Description: TeXsis style file for North Holland publications. -Keywords: TeXsis, proceedings -Author: Eric Myers and Frank E. Paige <texsis@lifshitz.ph.utexas.edu> -Supported: yes -Latest Version: v2.14, 9 Jul 1991 -Archives: lifshitz.ph.utexas.edu* [128.83.131.57] - -Name: IEEE.txs -Description: IEEE proceedings style file for TeXsis -Keywords: TeXsis, IEEE -Author: Eric Myers and Frank E. Paige <texsis@lifshitz.ph.utexas.edu> -Supported: yes -Latest Version: v2.14, 9 Jul 1991 -Archives: lifshitz.ph.utexas.edu* [128.83.131.57] - -Name: mtexsis.tex -Description: The core set of TeXsis macros in a form designed to be used - by casual users to print out new physics papers without having to - install all of TeXsis. (Do you want to specifically mention the - bulletin boards?) -Keywords: TeXsis, physics -Author: Eric Myers and Frank E. Paige <texsis@lifshitz.ph.utexas.edu> -Supported: yes -Latest Version: v2.15, 3 Aug 1992 -Archives: lifshitz.ph.utexas.edu* [128.83.131.57] - -Name: nuclproc.txs -Description: TeXsis style file for Nuclear Physics proceedings -Keywords: TeXsis, physics, proceedings -Author: Eric Myers and Frank E. Paige <texsis@lifshitz.ph.utexas.edu> -Supported: yes -Latest Version: v2.15, 30 Jun 1992 -Archives: lifshitz.ph.utexas.edu* [128.83.131.57] - -Name: PhysRev.txs -Description: TeXsis style file for Physical Reviews. -Keywords: TeXsis, physics, journal, Physical Review -Author: Eric Myers and Frank E. Paige <texsis@lifshitz.ph.utexas.edu> -Supported: yes -Latest Version: v2.15, 30 Jun 1992 -Archives: lifshitz.ph.utexas.edu* [128.83.131.57] -See also: revtex.sty - -Name: ruled.tex -Description: plain TeX macros for typesetting tables with horizontal and - vertical rules. -Keywords: plain TeX, tables -Author: Eric Myers and Frank E. Paige <texsis@lifshitz.ph.utexas.edu> -Supported: yes -Latest Version: v2.15, 17 Jun 1992 -Archives: lifshitz.ph.utexas.edu* [128.83.131.57] -Note: Includes documentation, ruleddoc.tex. These macros are - incorporated into TeXsis (q.v.), but may be used independently of - that package. On the other hand, some of the documentation still - requires TeXsis. - -Name: Tablebody.txs -Description: TeXsis macros for making simple ruled tables. Obsolete: - Use ruled.tex instead. -Keywords: TeXsis, tables -Author: Eric Myers and Frank E. Paige <texsis@lifshitz.ph.utexas.edu> -Supported: no [obsolete] -Latest Version: v2.15, 20 Nov 1991 -Archives: lifshitz.ph.utexas.edu* [128.83.131.57] -Note: These macros are included for backward compatability and will - eventually be phased out. - -Name: thesis.txs -Description: TeXsis style file for theses. Includes two variants, - \Yalethesis for Yale Graduate School theses and \UTthesis for - University of Texas theses. -Keywords: TeXsis, thesis -Author: Eric Myers and Frank E. Paige <texsis@lifshitz.ph.utexas.edu> -Supported: yes -Latest Version: v2.15, 19 Jun 1992 -Archives: lifshitz.ph.utexas.edu* [128.83.131.57] - -Name: WorldSci.txs -Description: World Scientific proceedings style file for TeXsis -Keywords: TeXsis, proceedings -Author: Eric Myers and Frank E. Paige <texsis@lifshitz.ph.utexas.edu> -Supported: yes -Latest Version: v2.14, 9 Jul 1991 -Archives: lifshitz.ph.utexas.edu* [128.83.131.57] - - -%%Section 14: YTEX - -Name: YTeX -Description: YTeX is a TeX macro package which provides support for some - of the document structuring and page layout commands of packages - such as LaTeX but in a purportedly more flexible (but less - well-specified) manner. -Keywords: yTeX, fmt -Author: Daniel C. Brotsky <bug-ytex@ai.mit.edu> -Supported: yes -Latest Version: v2.0, 1986 -Archives: ymir -Note: The main macros are split among the files ybase.mac, yfonts.mac, - yuser.mac. A user's manual, yusage.tex, is provided. - -Name: plain-cm.tex -Description: Extends the plain TeX format to include support for font - sizes 8, 9, 10, 11, 12, 14, 16, 18. -Keywords: plain TeX, font -Author: Daniel C. Brotsky <bug-ytex@ai.mit.edu> and BKPH and RAY -Supported: ??? -Latest Version: 17 Jul 86 -Archives: ymir -See also: 7point.tex, 8point.tex, 9point.tex, 10pointss.tex, - 11point.tex, 12point.tex, 14point.tex, 17point.tex, 20point.tex - -Name: ytex.ieee -Description: YTeX macros to generate IEEE style papers. -Keywords: YTeX, IEEE, article -Author: Michael A. Gennert <michaelg@wpi-cs.wpi.edu> -Supported: no -Latest Version: -Archives: ymir - - -%%Section 15: GENERIC MACROS - -Name: 2up.tex/2up.sty -Description: (Generic) TeX macros for printing a document two-up. -Keywords: output, two-up -Author: Timothy Van Zandt <tvz@Princeton.EDU> -Supported: yes -Latest Version: v1.1, 28 Oct 1992 -Archives: princeton.edu* [128.112.128.1], ymir, shsu, utrecht, - stuttgart, aston - -Name: anti.tex -Description: A TeX macro for typesetting a superscripted antiparticle. -Keywords: TeX, generic, physics, antiparticle -Author: Rich Holmes <rich@suhep.bitnet> -Supported: ??? -Latest Version: 1/88 -Archives: ymir - -Name: apldef.tex -Description: This file defines the 2-letter control sequences for using - the font cmapl10 to typeset APL program code -Keywords: TeX, generic, font, APL -Author: Aarno Hohti <hohti@finfun.bitnet> and Okko Kanerva -Supported: ??? -Latest Version: Nov 1987 -Archives: ymir, aston, stuttgart -Note: cmapl10 was described in TUGboat 8(3), November 1987. - -Name: blackdvi.tex -Description: Style files for disabling the color macros defined in - colordvi.tex (q.v.) to allow easy black/white printing. -Keywords: FoilTeX, dvips, color -Author: James (Jim) Hafner, IBM Research Division, Almaden Research - Center <hafner@almaden.ibm.com> or <hafner@almaden.bitnet> -Supported: yes -Latest Version: v1.0, 21 Aug 1992 -Archives: ymir, aston, stuttgart -See also: FoilTeX, colordvi.tex -Note: This file is a duplicate (or should be) of the file with the same - name distributed with Rokicki's dvips driver. They are included - here with his permission. Parts of FoilTeX have been built with - colordvi.tex and blackdvi.tex in mind so it is fully compatible with - that driver for multicolor one-pass printing. New versions from - Rokicki should always take precedence over those distributed with - FoilTeX. - -Name: BoxedArt.tex -Description: TeX macros for use on Macintoshes with TeXtures or OzTeX, - assisted by a preprocessor called ArtDealer. Aims to speed the - process of including PICT and PostScript graphics in TeX - documents. -Keywords: TeX, Macintosh, PostScript, EPSF -Author: Laurent Siebenmann <lcs@matups.matups.fr> -Supported: yes -Latest Version: Sep 1992 -Note: There is a documentation file, BoxedArt.doc. -Archives: matups.matups.fr* [192.54.146.4], rsovax.circe.fr - [130.84.128.100], stuttgart, shsu - -Name: BoxedEPS.tex -Description: Highly portable macros for including EPSF files in a TeX - document in a device-driver-independent way. -Keywords: TeX, PostScript, EPSF, PostScript -Author: Laurent Siebenmann <lcs@matups.matups.fr> -Supported: yes -Latest Version: Sep 1992 -Note: This is subset of the larger, but less portable, system - BoxedArt.tex. There is a documentation file, BoxedEPS.doc. -Archives: matups.matups.fr* [192.54.146.4], rsovax.circe.fr - [130.84.128.100], stuttgart, shsu - -Name: colordvi.tex -Description: Style file for putting color in FoilTeX, LaTeX, or any - other TeX documents. It use device independent (but driver - dependent) \special keywords and syntax. Fully compatible with - Rokicki's dvips driver and TeXView on the NeXT. Blackdvi.tex (q.v.) - can be is used to no-op all the color macros defined in - colordvi.[tex,sty] for easy black/white printing. The color names - are generally derived from the Crayola crayon box of 64 colors. -Keywords: FoilTeX, dvips, color -Author: James (Jim) Hafner, IBM Research Division, Almaden Research - Center <hafner@almaden.ibm.com> or <hafner@almaden.bitnet> -Supported: yes -Latest Version: v1.0, 21 Aug 1992 -Archives: ymir, aston, stuttgart -See also: FoilTeX, blackdvi.tex -Note: This file is a duplicate (or should be) of the file with the same - name distributed with Rokicki's dvips driver. They are included - here with his permission. Parts of FoilTeX have been built with - colordvi.tex and blackdvi.tex in mind so it is fully compatible with - that driver for multicolor one-pass printing. New versions from - Rokicki should always take precedence over those distributed with - FoilTeX. - -Name: compare.tex -Description: A TeX macro to compare two strings. -Keywords: TeX, generic, string comparison -Author: \'Eamonn McManus <emcmanus@gr.osf.org> -Supported: yes -Latest Version: -Archives: ymir - -Name: cropmark.tex -Description: TeX macros which redefine \shipout to place cropmarks on - the page. -Keywords: cropmark -Author: Victor Eijkhout <eijkhout@cs.utk.edu> -Supported: yes -Latest Version: 17 Mar 1992 -Archives: shsu -See also: pageframe.sty, quire.tex - -Name: dayofweek.tex -Description: TeX macro for calculating the day of week and the phase of - the moon. -Keywords: TeX, generic, calendar, dow, pom -Author: Martin Minow <minow%bolt.dec@decwrl.dec.com> -Supported: ??? -Latest Version: -Archives: ymir -See also: dates.sty, dow.tex - -Name: daytime.sty -Description: TeX macros for printing the time of day. -Keywords: TeX, generic, time -Author: Mauro Orlandini <orlandini@heasrc.gsfc.nasa.gov> -Supported: yes -Latest Version: -Archives: shsu* -See also: misc.sty - -%% Name: defstring.tex - -Name: diagrams.tex -Description: TeX macros for drawing rectangular category-theory diagrams -Keywords: plain TeX, LaTeX, category-theory -Author: Paul Taylor <pt@doc.ic.ac.uk> -Supported: yes -Latest Version: 17 Dec 1990 -Archives: - -Name: dow.tex -Description: TeX macro to calculate the day of the week. -Keywords: LaTeX, calendar, dow, date -Author: -Supported: ??? -Latest Version: -Archives: ymir, aston -See also: dates.sty, dayofweek.tex - -Name: emtrees.tex -Description: TeX macros to typeset trees using \special commands - implemented by emTeX. -Keywords: TeX, emTeX, tree -Author: Harald Boegeholz <hwb@texnix.stgt.sub.org> -Supported: ??? -Latest Version: 14 Jan 91 -Archives: ymir - -Name: endnote.tex -Description: TeX macros for producing endnotes. -Keywords: generic, endnotes -Author: -Supported: ??? -Latest Version: -Archives: ymir, aston - -Name: epigram.tex -Description: TeX macro for typesetting epigrams. -Keywords: generic, epigram -Author: Don Hosek <dhosek@ymir.claremont.edu> -Supported: no -Latest Version: -Archives: ymir* - -Name: fakebold.tex -Description: The poor man's bold macro from Appendix D of the TeXbook. -Keywords: generic, TeXbook, pmb -Author: Donald E. Knuth -Supported: ??? -Latest Version: -Archives: ymir - -Name: hep.tex -Description: TeX macros for typesetting Dirac's bracket notation and - "normal ordered" products. -Keywords: generic, physics -Author: -Supported: ??? -Latest Version: -Archives: ymir - -Name: inscrutable.tex -Description: An inscrutable TeX program dedicated to the perl hackers. -Keywords: TeX, perl -Author: Andrew Marc Greene <amgreene@athena.mit.edu> -Supported: ??? -Latest Version: 7 Feb 91 -Archives: ymir - -Name: ipamacs.tex -Description: TeX macros for typesetting using the Washington State - University International Phonetic Alphabet fonts (wsuipa). -Keywords: TeX, IPA, font -Author: -Supported: ??? -Latest Version: -Archives: ymir, stuttgart - -Name: laps.tex -Description: TeX macros for vertical "laps" similar to \llap and \rlap. -Keywords: generic -Author: -Supported: ??? -Latest Version: -Archives: ymir - -Name: latin1.tex -Description: Interpret the full ISO Latin1 (8859-1) input character set - for TeX. -Keywords: plain TeX, font -Author: Kristoffer H. Rose <kris@diku.dk> -Supported: no [obsolete] -Latest Version: v1.3, 8 Aug 1991 -Note: Obsolete: Superseded by xlatin1.tex (q.v.) - -%% Name: maybeload.tex - -Name: multido.tex/multido.sty -Description: A loop macro with fixed-point addition. Useful for pictures. -Keywords: generic, loop, fixed-point, picture, graphics, programming -Author: Timothy Van Zandt <tvz@Princeton.EDU> -Supported: yes -Latest Version: v1.3, 06 Nov 1992 -Archives: princeton.edu* [128.112.128.1], ymir, shsu, utrecht, - stuttgart, aston -Note: Comes with a documentation file, multido.doc, which may be - appended to the end of multido.tex on some archives. - -Name: prooftree.tex -Description: Build proof tree for Natural Deduction, Sequent Calculus, - etc., with shortening of proof rules! (preliminary) -Keywords: plain TeX, LaTeX, -Supported: ??? -Latest Version: 17 Aug 1990 -Author: Paul Taylor <pt@doc.ic.ac.uk> -Archives: - -Name: psfig.tex -Description: TeX macros for including Encapsulated PostScript graphics - in a TeX document. -Keywords: plain TeX, AMS-TeX, LaTeX, epsf, PostScript, dvips, dvi2ps -Author: Trevor J. Darrell <trevor@media.mit.edu> -Supported: yes -Latest Version: v1.9, 17 Oct 1991 -Archives: whitechapel.media.mit.edu* [18.85.0.125], shsu, aston -Note: Also available as a LaTeX style file, psfig.sty. - -Name: pstricks.tex -Description: PostScript (color, graphics, etc.) macros for (Generic) - TeX. -Keywords: PostScript, color, graphics, trees, rotation -Author: Timothy Van Zandt <tvz@Princeton.EDU> -Supported: yes -Latest Version: v0.92, 2 Oct 1992 -Archives: princeton.edu* [128.112.128.1], ymir, shsu - -Name: quotation.tex -Description: Defines a simple macro for typesetting short quotations - with an attribution. -Keywords: generic, quotation -Author: -Supported: ??? -Latest Version: -Archives: ymir - -%% Name: redefine.tex - -Name: selectpage.tex -Description: prints out selected pages of a TeX document. -Keywords: generic, output -Author: Donald E. Knuth -Supported: ??? -Latest Version: 2 Jul 1987 -Archives: ymir - -Name: shadebox.tex -Description: Macros for printing text on top of shaded boxes on - PostScript devices. -Keywords: generic, PostScript, dvips -Author: <Leo@vaxc.cc.monash.edu.au> -Supported: ??? -Latest Version: 16 Jan 1992 -Archives: shsu - -Name: tex.logos -Description: Definitions of the TeXMaG, LaTeX, AmSTeX, SliTeX and PicTeX - logos. -Keywords: generic, logos -Author: -Supported: ??? -Latest Version: -Archives: ymir -See also: texnames.sty - -Name: time.tex (.sty) -Description: Defines a macro, \now, which produces the current time in - the format hh:mm A.M./P.M. -Keywords: generic, time -Author: Sunando Sen <sens@nyuacf.bitnet>, <sens@acfcluster.nyu.edu> -Supported: ??? -Latest Version: 6 Jan 1992 -Archives: shsu - -Name: TreeTeX.tex -Description: TeX macros for drawing binary and unary-binary trees, using - a modification of an algorithm of Reingold and Tilford. -Keywords: plain TeX, LaTeX, binary trees -Author: Anne Brueggemann-Klein <brueggemann@informatik.uni-freiburg.de> - and Derick Wood. -Supported: Yes (bug fixes only) -Latest Version: 2.3 -Archives: fidji.informatik.uni-freiburg.de* [132.230.30.80] -Note: The package contains a readme file, a file classes.tex, which - includes a small library of classes of trees, and a file l_pic.tex, - which includes the subset of the LaTeX macros that are required by - the TreeTeX package if used with TeX. Documentation is available - from the authors in printed form, free of charge. Write to Dr. Anne - Brueggemann-Klein; Institut fuer Informatik; Universitaet Freiburg; - Rheinstr. 10--12; 7800 Freiburg; Germany, or send e-mail to - brueggemann@informatik.uni-freiburg.de. - -Name: underl.tex -Description: Macro for underlining text. -Keywords: TeX, underlining, emphasis -Author: -Supported: ??? -Latest Version: -Archives: ymir -See also: xunderl.tex - -Name: undertilde.tex -Description: Macro for putting a tilde under a character. -Keywords: generic, accent -Author: -Supported: ??? -Latest Version: -Archives: ymir - -Name: weekday.sty -Description: TeX macros for calculating the day of the week from a given - date. -Keywords: generic, calendar -Author: Dimitri Vulis <dlv@dm.com> and George D. Greenwade - <bed_gdg@shsu.edu> -Supported: yes -Latest Version: 21 Feb 1991 -Archives: shsu* - -Name: wiggly.tex -Description: TeX macro for drawing variable length wiggly lines - horizontally under its argument in the same way as \underbar. -Keywords: generic, accent -Author: John S. Garavelli -Supported: ??? -Latest Version: 4 Dec 1987 -Archives: ymir - -Name: xlatin1.tex -Description: Interpret the full ISO Latin1 (8859-1) input character set - for TeX. -Keywords: plain TeX, AMS-TeX, font -Author: Kristoffer H. Rose <kris@diku.dk> -Supported: yes -Latest Version: 1.25 1992/01/28 -Archives: ftp.diku.dk [129.142.96.1]* [/pub/TeX/misc/xppt*] - -Name: xunderl.tex -Description: Improved version of the macro in underl.tex. -Keywords: TeX, underlining, emphasis -Author: Dirk Grunwald <grunwald@cs.colorado.edu> -Supported: no -Latest Version: 14 Jan 1991 -Archives: ymir -See also: underl.tex - -Name: xypic.tex -Description: Macros for typesetting diagrams. -Keywords: plain TeX, AMS-TeX, LaTeX, XY-pic, diagrams, graphics, - commutative diagrams. -Author: Kristoffer H. Rose <kris@diku.dk> -Supported: yes -Latest Version: v2.6, 24 Jun 1992 -Note: Comes with extensive documentation (xypicman.doc) which requires - AMS-TeX version 2.1 to format. (The manual is also distributed - preformatted.) XY-pic also requires several special fonts - (xyatip10.mf, xybtip10.mf, xyline10.mf, xymisc10.mf, xyqc10.mf) - which are distributed with the package. Numerous other files are - also included. -Archives: aston, stuttgart, utrecht, shsu, ftp.diku.dk [129.142.96.1]* - [/pub/TeX/misc/xypic*] - -Name: zip.tex -Description: Macros for making a barcode for a ZIP code. -Keywords: TeX, zip, barcode -Author: J. Daniel Smith -Supported: ??? -Latest Version: 24 May 1990 -Archives: ymir -See also: env.sty - - -%%Section 15.1: Midnight Macros - -Name: border.tex -Description: Macros to typeset borders around pieces of text. Part of - the Midnight macros package. -Keywords: plain TeX, LaTeX, midnight, borders, frames -Author: Marcel van der Goot <marcel@cs.caltech.edu> -Supported: yes -Latest Version: v1.0, 21 Oct 1991 -Note: Documentation is provided in the file border.doc. -Archives: csvax.cs.caltech.edu* [131.215.131.131], utrecht, shsu, ymir, - stuttgart, aston - -Name: dolines.tex -Description: Macros to help in defining macros whose arguments are - separated by newlines and by empty lines. Part of the Midnight - macros package. -Keywords: plain TeX, midnight, newlines, lines, line breaks -Author: Marcel van der Goot <marcel@cs.caltech.edu> -Supported: yes -Latest Version: v1.0, 15 Apr 1991 -Note: Documentation is provided in the file dolines.doc. -Archives: csvax.cs.caltech.edu* [131.215.131.131], utrecht, shsu, ymir, - stuttgart, aston - -Name: gloss.tex -Description: Macros for vertically aligning words in consecutive - sentences. Part of the Midnight macros package. -Keywords: plain TeX, LaTeX, midnight, glossing, linguistics -Author: Marcel van der Goot <marcel@cs.caltech.edu> -Supported: yes -Latest Version: v1.0, 26 Nov 1990 -Note: Documentation is provided in the file gloss.doc. -Archives: csvax.cs.caltech.edu* [131.215.131.131], utrecht, shsu, ymir, - stuttgart, aston - -Name: labels.tex -Description: Macros to print address labels and bulk letters. Part of - the Midnight macros package. -Keywords: plain TeX, midnight, envelope, mailing labels -Author: Marcel van der Goot <marcel@cs.caltech.edu> -Supported: yes -Latest Version: v1.0, 24 Oct 1991 -Note: Documentation is provided in the file labels.doc. -Archives: csvax.cs.caltech.edu* [131.215.131.131], utrecht, shsu, ymir, - stuttgart, aston -See also: address.tex, label.tex, make-env.tex - -Name: loop.tex -Description: A simple looping construct (meta-macros). Part of the - Midnight macros package. -Keywords: plain TeX, midnight, loop -Author: Marcel van der Goot <marcel@cs.caltech.edu> -Supported: yes -Latest Version: v1.0, 26 Jun 1991 -Note: Documentation is provided in the file loop.doc. -Archives: csvax.cs.caltech.edu* [131.215.131.131], utrecht, shsu, ymir, - stuttgart, aston - -Name: quire.tex -Description: Macros for making booklets, printing double pages, and - printing outlines and crop marks. Part of the Midnight macros - package. -Keywords: plain TeX, LaTeX, midnight, book, cropmark, output -Author: Marcel van der Goot <marcel@cs.caltech.edu> -Supported: yes -Latest Version: v1.0, 19 Jan 1991 -Note: Documentation is provided in the file quire.doc. -Archives: csvax.cs.caltech.edu* [131.215.131.131], utrecht, shsu, ymir, - stuttgart, aston -See also: pageframe.sty, cropmark.tex - -Name: styledef.tex -Description: Macros to selectively input parts of a file. Part of the - Midnight macros package. -Keywords: plain TeX, LaTeX, midnight, modularity -Author: Marcel van der Goot <marcel@cs.caltech.edu> -Supported: yes -Latest Version: v1.0, 16 Apr 1991 -Note: Documentation is provided in the file styledef.doc. -Archives: csvax.cs.caltech.edu* [131.215.131.131], utrecht, shsu, ymir, - stuttgart, aston -See also: module.sty - - -%%Section 15.2: PicTeX - -Name: pictex.tex -Description: PicTeX is a macro package for drawing pictures under plain - TeX or LaTeX. A manual is available from the TeX Users Group. -Keywords: plain TeX, LaTeX, PicTeX, graphics -Author: Michael Wichura -Supported: ??? -Latest Version: v1.1, 21 Sep 1987 -Note: The PicTeX distribution includes the following files: - latexpicobjs.tex, piclatex.sty, postpictex.tex, prepictex.tex. -Archives: ymir - -Name: texpictex.tex -Description: Macros to modify PicTeX to draw lines by using tpic - specials. (This removes the restriction on the slopes and lengths - of lines.) -Keywords: plain TeX, LaTeX, PicTeX, graphics, tpic, dvips -Author: Dirk Grunwald <grunwald@cs.colorado.edu> -Supported: yes -Latest Version: -Archives: ymir - -Name: tree.sty -Description: Macros for drawing binary trees with PiCTeX. -Keywords: plain TeX, LaTeX, PicTeX, graphics, binary trees -Author: Edward M. Reingold <reingold@cs.uiuc.edu> and Nachum Dershowitz - <nachum@cs.uiuc.edu> -Supported: yes -Latest Version: 2 Apr 1992 -Archives: emr.cs.uiuc.edu:/pub/tex* [128.174.246.26] - - -%%Section 16: HEBREW TEX - -Name: TeX-Xet -Description: A modification of TeX with support for typesetting in - languages which read from right to left. -Keywords: Hebrew -Author: Donald E. Knuth and Pierre A. Mackay <mackay@cs.washington.edu> -Supported: ??? -Latest Version: v3.0 -Archives: huji - -Name: heb_macros.tex -Description: TeX and LaTeX macros for typesetting Hebrew with the Old - Code (7 bit) Jerusalem, TelAviv, OldJaffa, and DeadSea fonts. -Keywords: TeX-XeT, TeX, LaTeX, Hebrew -Author: Rama Porrat <rama@noa.huji.ac.il> -Supported: yes -Latest Version: v1.3 -Archives: huji* - -Name: heb_macros_newcode.tex -Description: TeX and LaTeX macros for typesetting Hebrew with the New - Code (8 bit) Jerusalem, TelAviv, OldJaffa, and DeadSea fonts. -Keywords: TeX-XeT, TeX, LaTeX, Hebrew -Author: Rama Porrat <rama@noa.huji.ac.il> -Supported: yes -Latest Version: v1.3 -Archives: huji* - -Name: heb_macros_pccode.tex -Description: TeX and LaTeX macros for typesetting Hebrew with the PC - system of Hebrew Jerusalem, TelAviv, OldJaffa, and DeadSea fonts. -Keywords: TeX-XeT, TeX, LaTeX, Hebrew -Author: Rama Porrat <rama@noa.huji.ac.il> -Supported: yes -Latest Version: v1.1 -Archives: huji* - -Name: hebcal.sty -Description: TeX and LaTeX macros for computing the Hebrew date from the - Gregorian date with the Old Code (7 bit) Jerusalem, TelAviv, - OldJaffa, and DeadSea fonts. -Keywords: TeX, LaTeX, Hebrew, calendar -Author: Michail Rozman <misha@iop.tartu.ew.su> -Supported: yes -Latest Version: 10 Mar 1992 -Archives: huji* -See also: hebcal_newcode.sty - -Name: hebcal_newcode.sty -Description: TeX and LaTeX macros for computing the Hebrew date from the - Gregorian date with the New Code (8 bit) Jerusalem, TelAviv, - OldJaffa, and DeadSea fonts. -Keywords: TeX, LaTeX, Hebrew, calendar -Author: Rama Porrat <rama@noa.huji.ac.il> -Supported: yes -Latest Version: 10 Mar 1992 -Archives: huji* -See also: hebcal.sty - -Name: hebrew.sty -Description: LaTeX style file for typesetting Hebrew with the Old Code - (7 bit) Jerusalem, TelAviv, OldJaffa, and DeadSea fonts. -Keywords: TeX-XeT, TeX, Hebrew, OFSS -Author: Rama Porrat <rama@noa.huji.ac.il> and Sergio Fogel and Yael - Dubinsky and Yaniv Bargury -Supported: yes -Latest Version: v1.2 -Archives: huji* - -Name: hebrew_newcode.sty -Description: LaTeX style file for typesetting Hebrew with the New Code - (8 bit) Jerusalem, TelAviv, OldJaffa, and DeadSea fonts. -Keywords: TeX-XeT, TeX, Hebrew, OFSS -Author: Rama Porrat <rama@noa.huji.ac.il> and Sergio Fogel and Yael - Dubinsky and Yaniv Bargury -Supported: yes -Latest Version: v1.2 -Archives: huji* - - -%%Section 17: HYPHENATION PATTERNS - -%% This section is particularly unsatisfactory. It needs much -%% more work. -- dmj - -Name: czhyphen.tex -Description: Hyphenation patterns for Czech. -Keywords: TeX, hyphenation, Czech -Author: -Supported: -Latest Version: 8 Nov 1991 -Archives: stuttgart - -Name: eshyph.tex -Description: Hyphenation patterns for Spanish. -Keywords: TeX, hyphenation, Spanish -Author: Armando Jinich, Maria Garza and Max Diaz <max@east.aurora.com> -Supported: -Latest Version: 1990 -Archives: stuttgart, ymir -Note: Originally called silaba.tex. - -Name: f8hyph.tex -Description: Hyphenation patterns for French for use with 8 bit fonts? -Keywords: TeX, hyphenation -Author: -Supported: -Latest Version: -Archives: stuttgart - -Name: fhyph.tex -Description: Hyphenation patterns for French for use with 7 bit fonts? -Keywords: TeX, hyphenation, French -Author: -Supported: -Latest Version: -Archives: stuttgart - -Name: fr8hyph.dc -Description: Hyphenation patterns for French for use with the EC/DC - encoding. -Keywords: TeX, hyphenation, French, EC/DC -Author: Jacques D'esarm'enien and Michael Ferguson - <mike@inrs-telecom.uquebec.ca> -Supported: ??? -Latest Version: v1.0, 10 Jul 1991 -Archives: stuttgart - -Name: ghyphen.max -Description: Hyphenation patterns for German. -Keywords: TeX, hyphenation, German -Author: Norbert Schwarz <Norbert.Schwarz@ruba.rz.ruhr-uni-bochum.dbp.de - (X.400)> -Supported: ??? -Latest Version: 10 Nov 1988 -Archives: stuttgart -Note: ghyphen.max comes with a list of words that are hyphenated - incorrectly by these patterns. -See also: ghyphen.min - -Name: ghyphen.min -Description: Abbreviated hyphenation patterns for German for use with - PC's (presumably this is for use with TeX implementations with - little room for hyphenation patterns). -Keywords: TeX, hyphenation, German -Author: Norbert Schwarz <Norbert.Schwarz@ruba.rz.ruhr-uni-bochum.dbp.de - (X.400)> -Supported: ??? -Latest Version: 10 Nov 1988 -Archives: stuttgart -Note: ghyphen.min comes with a list of words that are hyphenated - incorrectly by these patterns. The list is distributed in two - forms: The first (liste.min) marks all the hyphenation points of the - words, including incorrect hyphenation points, correct hyphenation - points not found by the patterns and correct hyphenation points - found the the patterns. The second (fehler.min) is a list in a form - suitable to be used as input to the \hyphenation command to provide - suitable hyphenation exceptions. -See also: ghyphen.max - -Name: ghyphen3.tex -Description: Hyphenation patterns for German with umlauts. This is an - experimental version for testing the integration of umlauts and - `es-zett', but without `c-k'. Integration of 'es-zett' does n o t - mean hyphenation into s-s, but words containing 'es-zett' may be - hyphenated at different positions. -Keywords: TeX, hyphenation -Author: Norbert Schwarz <Norbert.Schwarz@ruba.rz.ruhr-uni-bochum.dbp.de - (X.400)> -Supported: ??? -Latest Version: 13 Feb 1992 -Archives: stuttgart - -Name: hyphen.polish -Description: Hyphenation patterns for Polish. -Keywords: TeX, hyphenation, Polish -Author: Hanna Ko{\l}odziejska -Supported: ??? -Latest Version: -Archives: stuttgart - -Name: hyphen.tex (or ushyph1.tex) -Description: The standard hyphenation patterns for American English. -Keywords: TeX, hyphenation -Author: Donald E. Knuth -Supported: ??? -Latest Version: -Archives: labrea*, stuttgart -See also: ushyph2.tex - -Name: ihyphen.tex -Description: Hyphenation patterns for Icelandic. -Keywords: TeX, hyphenation, Icelandic -Author: Jorgen Pind <jorgen@lexis.hi.is> -Supported: ??? -Latest Version: 30 Jun 1987 -Archives: stuttgart - -Name: ithyphen.tex -Description: Hyphenation patterns for Italian -Keywords: TeX, hyphenation -Author: G. Patergnani -Supported: ??? -Latest Version: 4 Mar 1988 -Archives: stuttgart - -Name: nehyph1.tex -Description: Hyphenation patterns for Dutch. -Keywords: TeX, hyphenation, Dutch -Author: <celex@hnympi52.bitnet> -Supported: ??? -Latest Version: 1989 -Note: This seems to be a subset of nehyph2.tex. -Archives: stuttgart -See also: nehyph2.tex, nehyph3.tex - -Name: nehyph2.tex -Description: Hyphenation patterns for Dutch -Keywords: TeX, hyphenation, Dutch -Author: <celex@hnympi52.bitnet> -Supported: ??? -Latest Version: 1989 -Archives: stuttgart -See also: nehyph1.tex, nehyph3.tex - -Name: nehyph3.tex -Description: A very short hyphenation file for Dutch. -Keywords: TeX, hyphenation, Dutch -Author: Peter Vanroose <peter@dit.lth.se> -Supported: ??? -Latest Version: -Archives: stuttgart -See also: nehyph1.tex, nehyph2.tex - -Name: portug.hyphen -Description: Hyphenation patterns for Portuguese. -Keywords: TeX, hyphenation, Portuguese -Author: Pedro J. de Rezende <derezende@northeastern.edu> -Supported: ??? -Latest Version: 13 Feb 1987 -Archives: stuttgart - -Name: rgrhyph.tex -Description: Hyphenation patterns for the modern Greek language, using - the reduced Greek fonts of Yannis Harambolous. -Keywords: TeX, hyphenation, Greek -Author: -Supported: ??? -Latest Version: v1.1, 2 Mar 1990 -Archives: ymir - -Name: rhyphen.tex -Description: Hyphenation patterns for Russian. These are designed to - work with the University of Washington Cyrillic fonts (wncyr) with - all ligatures disabled. -Keywords: TeX, hyphenation, Russian, amsfonts -Author: Dimitri Vulis <dlv@dm.com> -Supported: ??? -Latest Version: -Note: These hyphenation patterns are described in "Notes on Russian - TeX," TUGboat 10(3):332--336, November 1989. -Archives: ymir - -Name: shyphen1.2.sh -Description: Bourne shell script to generate hyphenation patterns for - Spanish for use with 7- and 8-bit fonts. -Keywords: TeX, hyphenation, Spanish, EC/DC -Author: Julio Sanchez <jsanchez@gmv.es> -Supported: yes -Latest Version: 25 Sep 1991 -Archives: goya.uu.es* [138.4.2.2]:info/src/TeX/spanish -Note: This is a Bourne shell script that generates members of my - hyphenation pattern family. No standard members are provided, though - it is planned. - -Name: tkhypha.tex -Description: Mechanically-generated hyphenation patterns for Turkish. -Keywords: TeX, hyphenation, Turkish -Author: Pierre A. Mackay <mackay@cs.washington.edu> -Supported: ??? -Latest Version: 1987 -Note: These hyphenation patterns were described in "Turkish Hyphenations - for TeX," TUGboat 9(1):12--14, April 1988. The program which - generated the patterns, turk_hyf.c, is also available. -Archives: stuttgart - -Name: ukhyphen.tex -Description: Hyphenation patterns for UK English. -Keywords: TeX, hyphenation, UK English -Author: Dominik Wujastyk <ucgadkw@ucl.ac.uk> and Graham Toal -Supported: yes -Latest Version: v1.0, 17 Apr 1992 -Archives: stuttgart - -Name: ushyph2.tex -Description: Additional hyphenation patterns for American English, to be - used with hyphen.tex. Based on the Hyphenation Exception Log - published in TUGboat 10(3): 337-341, November 1989. -Keywords: TeX, hyphenation, English -Author: G. D. C. Kuiken <wbahkui@hdetud1.tudelft.nl> -Supported: ??? -Latest Version: 1 Mar 1990 -Archives: stuttgart - - -%%Section 18: BIBTEX STYLES - -Name: abbrv.bst -Description: Standard BibTeX bibliography style for producing - bibliographies that are sorted alphabetically by author and labeled - with numbers. Author names, month names and journal names are - abbreviated. The entries are sorted more or less as suggested by - van Leunen in "A Handbook for Scholars." -Keywords: BibTeX, bibliography -Author: Oren Patashnik <opbibtex@cs.stanford.edu> -Supported: yes -Latest Version: v0.99b, 23 Mar 1988 -Archives: labrea*, ymir, stuttgart, shsu, utrecht -Note: This is one of the standard BibTeX styles described in the LaTeX - manual. - -Name: abstract.bst -Description: This is a modified version of alpha.bst (q.v.) with - added support for the "abstract," "comment" and "keyword" fields. -Keywords: BibTeX, bibliography -Author: David Kotz -Supported: ??? -Latest Version: -Archives: utah - -Name: acm.bst -Description: BibTeX style for producing ACM Transactions bibliographies. - A lot like abbrv.bst of the "plain" family (sorted alphabetically by - author and labeled with numbers, with author names, month names and - journal names abbreviated), but names come out "Last, initials", and - in \sc, and some dates are parenthesized. -Keywords: BibTeX, bibliography, ACM -Author: Oren Patashnik <opbibtex@cs.stanford.edu> -Supported: yes -Latest Version: 24 Jan 1988 -Archives: labrea* - -Name: acs.bst -Description: BibTeX style for the journal Advances in Control Systems. - This is a modified version of unsrt.bst (q.v.). -Keywords: BibTeX, bibliography, journal -Author: Silvano Balemi <balemi@aut.ethz.ch> -Supported: yes -Latest Version: -Archives: ifa.ethz.ch* [129.132.1.183], stuttgart -See also: acsarticle.sty - -Name: agsm.bst -Description: BibTeX style based on J. Pitson's "Style Manual for authors - editors and printers of Australian government publications." It - supports citations of the form "Williams (1992)" and "(Williams - 1992)", depending on whether the citation is used as a noun or as a - parenthetical note. Bibliography entries are sorted by authors - name. -Keywords: BibTeX, bibliography -Author: Peter Williams <peterw@archsci.arch.su.oz.au> -Supported: ??? -Latest Version: 0.99a -Archives: archsci.arch.su.oz.au* [129.78.66.1], shsu -Note: This is part of the Harvard family of bibliography styles. The - family is described in "The Harvard Family of Bibliography Styles," - distributed with the package in the file harvard.tex. -See also: dcu.bst, kluwer.bst, nederlands.bst, harvard.sty - -Name: alpha.bst -Description: Standard BibTeX bibliography style for producing - bibliographies that are sorted alphabetically by author with entry - labels like "Knu66" formed from the author's name and the year of - publication. The entries are sorted more or less as suggested by - van Leunen in "A Handbook for Scholars." -Keywords: BibTeX, bibliography -Author: Oren Patashnik <opbibtex@cs.stanford.edu> -Supported: yes -Latest Version: v0.99b, 23 Mar 1988 -Archives: labrea*, ymir, stuttgart, shsu, utrecht -Note: This is one of the standard BibTeX styles described in the LaTeX - manual. - -Name: amsalpha.bst -Description: BibTeX bibliography style similar to alpha.bst except that - it includes a "language" field to indicate the original language of - a reference. -Keywords: BibTeX, bibliography, AMS-LaTeX, AMS, publisher style -Author: American Mathematical Society <Tech-Support@math.ams.org> -Supported: yes -Latest Version: v1.1, 12 Jun 1991 -Archives: e-math* - -Name: amsplain.bst -Description: BibTeX bibliography style similar to plain.bst except that - it includes a "language" field to indicate the original language of - a reference. -Keywords: BibTeX, bibliography, AMS-LaTeX, AMS, publisher style -Author: American Mathematical Society <Tech-Support@math.ams.org> -Supported: yes -Latest Version: v1.1, 1 Jul 1991 -Archives: e-math* - -Name: annotate.bst -Description: Modified version of alpha.bst (q.v.) with added support - for an "annotate" field. -Keywords: BibTeX, bibliography -Author: -Supported: -Latest Version: -Archives: utah - -Name: annotation.bst -Description: Modified version of plain.bst (q.v.) with added support - for an "annote" field. -Keywords: BibTeX, bibliography -Author: -Supported: -Latest Version: -Archives: utah - -Name: apa.bst -Description: This is a modification of apalike.sty (q.v.) which - incorporates features of Sake J. Hogeveen's astron.bst (q.v.). - The modifications implement a "\cite*" command, which generates - references in short form. For example, "Rogers \cite*{...}" would - produce "Rogers (1992)". -Keywords: BibTeX, bibliography -Author: Alan R. Rogers <rogers@anthro.utah.edu> -Supported: no -Latest Version: v1.1, 27 Jun 1992 -Archives: utah -Note: Requires astron.sty (q.v.). - -Name: apalike.bst -Description: BibTeX style for producing citations of the form "(Jones, - 1986)" and without labels in the bibliography. Author (and editor) - names appear as last name, comma, initials. -Keywords: BibTeX, bibliography, APA -Author: Oren Patashnik <opbibtex@cs.stanford.edu> -Supported: yes -Latest Version: v0.99a, 24 Jan 1988 -Archives: labrea* - -Name: asaetr.bst -Description: BibTeX style Am. Soc. of Agricultural Engineers -Keywords: BibTeX, LaTeX, style -Author: Darrell McCauley <jdm5548@diamond.tamu.edu> -Supported: yes -Latest Version: v1.0, 12 Feb 1992 -Archives: shsu -Note: part of asaetr package (for TRANSACTIONS OF ASAE) -See also: asaetr.sty, asaetr.tex, asaesub.sty, cmcscsl10.mf - -Name: btxbst.doc -Description: The master file from which the standard BibTeX bibliography - styles (plain, unsrt, alpha and abbrv) are generated. Contains - extensive documentation of the code. -Keywords: BibTeX, bibliography -Author: Oren Patashnik <opbibtex@cs.stanford.edu> -Supported: yes -Latest Version: v0.99b, 23 Mar 1988 -Archives: labrea*, ymir, stuttgart, shsu, utrecht -See also: plain.bst, unsrt.bst. alpha.bst, abbrv.bst - -Name: cea.bst -Description: BibTeX style for Computers and Electronics in Agriculture -Keywords: BibTeX, LaTeX, style -Author: Darrell McCauley <jdm5548@diamond.tamu.edu> -Supported: ??? -Latest Version: v0.1, 13 Mar 1992 -Archives: shsu* -See also: cea.sty -Note: This is a hack and not official by Elsevier Sci Pub. - -Name: chicago.bst -Description: BibTeX bibliography style that follows the `B' reference - style of the 13th Edition of the Chicago Manual of Style. Citations - formats include: "(author-last-name year)"; "(author-last-name and - author-last-name year)"; "(author-last-name et al. year)"; - "(author-last-name)"; "author-last-name"; "author-last-name (year)"; - "(author-last-name and author-last-name)"; "(author-last-name et - al.)"; "(year)" or "(year,year)"; "year" or "year,year". The - reference list is sorted alphabetically by author. -Keywords: BibTeX, bibliography, Chicago Manual of Style -Author: Glenn Paulley <gnpaulle@bluebox.uwaterloo.ca> -Supported: yes -Latest Version: v4, 28 August 1992 -Archives: shsu*, utah -See also: chicagoa.bst, chicago.sty -Note: This style must be used with chicago.sty. - -Name: chicagoa.bst -Description: A BibTeX bibliography style that follows the `B' reference - style of the 13th Edition of the Chicago Manual of Style, like - chicago.bst, but also supports annotated bibliographies through the - BibTeX field `annotation'. -Keywords: BibTeX, bibliography, Chicago Manual of Style -Author: Glenn Paulley <gnpaulle@bluebox.uwaterloo.ca> -Supported: yes -Latest Version: v4, 28 August 1992 -Archives: shsu*, utah -Note: This style must be used with chicago.sty. - -Name: dcu.bst -Description: BibTeX style based on the conventions used by the Design - Computing Unit, Department of Architectural and Design Science, - University of Sydney. It supports citations of the form "Williams - (1992)" and "(Williams 1992)", depending on whether the citation is - used as a noun or as a parenthetical note. Bibliography entries are - sorted by authors name. -Keywords: BibTeX, bibliography -Author: Peter Williams <peterw@archsci.arch.su.oz.au> -Supported: ??? -Latest Version: 0.99a -Archives: archsci.arch.su.oz.au* [129.78.66.1], shsu -Note: This is part of the Harvard family of bibliography styles. The - family is described in "The Harvard Family of Bibliography Styles," - distributed with the package in the file harvard.tex. -See also: agsm.bst, kluwer.bst, nederlands.bst, harvard.sty - -Name: ieee.bst -Description: Modified version of unsrt.bib (q.v.) for producing articles - according to the IEEE's instructions. -Keywords: BibTeX, bibliography, IEEE -Author: Silvano Balemi <balemi@aut.ethz.ch> -Supported: yes -Latest Version: 6 Feb 92 -Archives: ifa.ethz.ch* [129.132.1.183], stuttgart -See also: ieeetran.sty - -Name: ieeetr.bst -Description: BibTeX style for producing IEEE Transactions - bibliographies. Numeric labels, order-of-reference, IEEE - abbreviations, quotes around article titles, commas separate all - fields except after book titles and before "notes". Otherwise, much - like the "plain" family, from which this is adapted. -Keywords: BibTeX, bibliography, IEEE -Author: Oren Patashnik <opbibtex@cs.stanford.edu> -Supported: yes -Latest Version: 29 Jan 1988 -Archives: labrea* - -Name: ifac.bst -Description: BibTeX style for references according to the instructions - of the International Federation of Automatic Control. -Keywords: LaTeX, bibliography, proceedings, camera-ready, publisher - style -Author: Silvano Balemi <balemi@aut.ethz.ch> -Supported: yes -Latest Version: v1.3, 24 Jun 1992 -Archives: ifa.ethz.ch* [129.132.1.183], stuttgart -See also: ifacarticle.sty - -Name: ijc.bst -Description: Modified version of unsrt.bst (q.v.) for producing articles - for the International Journal of Control. -Keywords: BibTeX, bibliography, journal -Author: Silvano Balemi balemi@aut.ethz.ch -Supported: yes -Latest Version: 5 Jun 1991 -Archives: ifa.ethz.ch* [129.132.1.183], stuttgart -See also: ijcarticle.sty - -Name: kluwer.bst -Description: BibTeX style based on the requirements of Kluwer Academic - Publishers. It supports citations of the form "Williams (1992)" and - "(Williams 1992)", depending on whether the citation is used as a - noun or as a parenthetical note. Bibliography entries are sorted by - authors name. -Keywords: BibTeX, bibliography -Author: Peter Williams <peterw@archsci.arch.su.oz.au> -Supported: ??? -Latest Version: 0.99a -Archives: archsci.arch.su.oz.au* [129.78.66.1], shsu -Note: This is part of the Harvard family of bibliography styles. The - family is described in "The Harvard Family of Bibliography Styles," - distributed with the package in the file harvard.tex. -See also: agsm.bst, dcu.bst, nederlands.bst, harvard.sty - -Name: named.bst -Description: BibTeX bibliography style which produces citations of the - form "[author, year]" or "[year]" and provides access to the year - and author information in separate macros. Must be used in - conjunction with named.sty. -Keywords: BibTeX, bibliography -Author: Peter F. Patel-Schneider <pfps@research.att.com> -Supported: yes -Latest Version: 1988 -Archives: ymir -Note: The most recent version of this file can be obtained by sending - mail to macros@aaai.org with subject "macros request". -See also: named.sty - -Name: natsci.bst -Description: BibTeX bibliography style which produces citations of the - form "(Gildea, 1987)", as required by the Natural Sciences - bibliography format. -Keywords: LaTeX, BibTeX 0.98 -Author: Stephen Gildea <gildea@erl.mit.edu> -Supported: yes -Latest Version: 08 Jan 87 -Archives: clarkson -See also: natsci.sty -Note: This will not work with BibTeX 0.99a or later. - -Name: nederlands.bst -Description: BibTeX style based on the requirements of the department of - dutch of the University of Nijmegen, being more or less the standard - practice among (dutch) historians and linguists. It supports - citations of the form "Jansen (1992)" and "(Jansen 1992)" depending - on whether the citation is used as a noun or as a parenthetical - note. Bibliography entries are sorted by authors name following - Dutch (and german) rules (regarding the `von' part of the name). -Keywords: BibTeX, bibliography -Author: Werenfried Spit <Spit@vm.ci.uv.es>, <Spit@ific.uv.es> -Supported: yes -Latest Version: v2.2, 22 Apr 1992 -Archives: archsci.arch.su.oz.au* [129.78.66.1], shsu -Note: remarks regarding the layout are welcome. The main aim of the - style is to treat names regarding to dutch (and german) rules. - Variations of style could be provided. This is part of the Harvard - family of bibliography styles, which is described in "The Harvard - Family of Bibliography Styles," distributed with the package in the - file harvard.tex. -See also: agsm.bst, dcu.bst, kluwer.bst, harvard.sty - -%% Name: paren.bst (mentioned in cup.sty) - -Name: plain.bst -Description: Standard BibTeX bibliography style for producing - bibliographies that are sorted alphabetically by author and labeled - with numbers. The entries are sorted more or less as suggested by - van Leunen in "A Handbook for Scholars." -Keywords: BibTeX, bibliography -Author: Oren Patashnik <opbibtex@cs.stanford.edu> -Supported: yes -Latest Version: v0.99b, 23 Mar 1988 -Archives: labrea*, ymir, stuttgart, shsu, utrecht -Note: This is one of the standard BibTeX styles described in the LaTeX - manual. - -Name: siam.bst -Description: BibTeX style for producing SIAM bibliographies. Numeric - labels, alphabetic order, Mathematical Reviews abbreviations, names - in \sc, titles in italics, book titles mixed upper-lower and article - titles lowercase, commas separate all fields except before "notes". - An author's name that is identical to the author's name of the - preceding entry is replaced by a rule. Otherwise, much like the - "plain" family, from which this is adapted. -Keywords: BibTeX, bibliography, SIAM -Author: Oren Patashnik <opbibtex@cs.stanford.edu> -Supported: yes -Latest Version: 29 Jan 1988 -Archives: labrea* - -Name: theapa.bst -Description: BibTeX style file for producing citations with a very - flexible format. In particular, it can be used for citations of the - form "(Jones, 1986)" or "Jones (1986)". It supports most features - of the APA style. -Keywords: BibTeX, bibliography, APA -Author: Young U. Ryu <ryoung@utdallas.edu> -Supported: yes -Latest Version: v2.5.1, May 1992 -Archives: shsu, ftp.cc.utexas.edu [192.12.26.23]:pub/young/ -Note: Requires theapa.tex (for plain TeX) or theapa.sty (for - LaTeX/AMS-LaTeX). - -Name: unsrt.bst -Description: Standard BibTeX bibliography style for producing - bibliographies that are labeled with numbers and with entries that - appear in the order of their first citation. -Keywords: BibTeX, bibliography -Author: Oren Patashnik <opbibtex@cs.stanford.edu> -Supported: yes -Latest Version: v0.99b, 23 Mar 1988 -Archives: labrea*, ymir, stuttgart, shsu, utrecht -Note: This is one of the standard BibTeX styles described in the LaTeX - manual. - -Name: xppt.bst -Description: BibTeX bibliography style for use with the AMS-TeX amsppt - document style. xppt.bst emulates the standard bibliography styles - using the amsppt reference commands. -Keywords: BibTeX, AMS-TeX, bibliography, amsppt -Author: Hans Dybkjaer <dybkjaer@ruc.dk> and Kristoffer H. Rose - <kris@diku.dk> -Supported: no [obsolete] -Latest Version: v1.22, 17 Jan 1991 -Archives: -Note: Obsolote: Superseded by xppt.tex (q.v.) - - -%%Section 19: OTHER - -Name: deprocldc.tex -Description: instructions for using deproc.sty to format DECUS proceedings - articles. -Keywords: LaTeX, proceedings, DECUS, authors' guide -Author: Barbara N. Beeton <bnb@math.ams.org> -Supported: yes -Latest Version: 24 Apr 86 -Archives: ymir - -Name: guidepro.tex (proceedings guidelines) -Description: plain TeX instructions for TUG Proceedings. This file is the - source for the article Guidelines for Proceedings of the 1992 Annual - Meeting of the TeX Users Group. -Keywords: plain TeX, TUGboat, TeX Users Group, TUG proceedings, authors' guide -Author: TeX Users Group <TUGboat@math.ams.org> -Supported: yes -Latest Version: v1.05, 8 Mar 1992 -Archives: labrea, stuttgart, shsu - -Name: LinoTeX -Description: Selective typesetting mechanism for OzTeX and Textures on - Macintosh micros. Useful when random pieces of a long TeX - typescript require repeated testing, for example troublesome - formulas, and graphics being integrated or labelled. -Keywords: TeX, Macintosh, selection, region, interactivity, -Author: Laurent Siebenmann<lcs@matups.matups.fr> -Supported: yes -First Version: 1991 -Latest Version: June 1992 -Note: Uses both Macintosh system macros and TeX macros. A similar - mechanism has been available in some or all emacs TeX modes. -Archives: matups.matups.fr* [192.54.146.4], stuttgart - -Name: tubguide.tex (tugboat author guidelines) -Description: TUGboat Authors' Guide. This file is an updated version of - the file that produced the original Authors' Guide in TUGboat 10, no. - 3, November 1989. -Keywords: plain TeX, TUGboat, TeX Users Group, authors' guide -Author: TeX Users Group <TUGboat@math.ams.org> -Supported: yes -Latest Version: v1.02, 9 Mar 1992 -Archives: labrea, stuttgart, shsu - -Name: elm.tex (essential latex mathematics) -Description: An addition to essential latex, describing mathematics. -Keywords: LaTeX, math, essential, primer -Author: David Carlisle <carlisle@cs.man.ac.uk> -Supported: no -Latest Version: (only one version) -Archives: aston* -Note: Does not describe mathematics under the NFSS. Uses the obsolete - ms[xy]m fonts. If I ever rewrite this for the NFSS, I will support - it again. Requires amssymbols.sty. -See also: essential.tex, symbols.tex - -Name: symbols.tex -Description: A listing of all the standard LaTeX math symbols and the - AMS symbols. -Keywords: LaTeX, symbols, AMSFonts -Author: David Carlisle <carlisle@cs.man.ac.uk> -Latest Version: 2.00, 12 June 1992 -Archives: shsu*, aston -Supported: yes -Note: If used with the NFSS, requires AMSFONTS2.1, and amssymb.sty. If - used without the NFSS, does not show the AMS Fonts. - -*************************************************************************** - LIST OF TEX ARCHIVES - -Much of the following information was quoted with permission from the -May 1992 version of the `Supplement to the Frequently Asked Questions,' -currently maintained by Guoying Chen <chenguo@spunky.cs.nyu.edu>. -Wherever possible, I have had the information verified by the -maintainers of the archives. - -Unless otherwise indicated, all of these archives are accessible via -anonymous ftp. As a general rule, you can obtain information about the -mail servers by sending a message containing only the word "help" to the -address listed. Exceptions are noted below. - -In the "Archives" fields above, I refer to the archives by abbreviated -names. In most cases, the mapping between abbreviation and archive is -obvious. Whenever it is not, I have included the abbreviation in -parentheses after the full archive name. - -On most archives, the TeX-related files are located in an obvious place, -namely in a subdirectory "TeX" of the directory that ftp deposits you -in. However, in a few cases the macros are located in a less obvious -place and in such cases I've tried to provide some guidance for the -user. - -dhdspri6.bitnet (Mail server only) - Springer-Verlag - Mail server: svserv@dhdspri6.bitnet - - Main archive for all official Springer-Verlag macros and other - information. All packages are in ZIP archives and will be mailed - UUencoded. - -e-math.ams.com [130.44.1.100] - The American Mathematical Society - Contact: tech-support@math.ams.org - System type: UNIX - - Home of AMS-TeX, AMS-LaTeX and the AMSFonts packages. - - Since e-math is not a general-purpose TeX archive, it doesn't allow - submissions. - - TeX-related files are found in the directory ams. - -ftp.cs.ruu.nl [131.211.80.17] (utrecht) - Abbreviation: utrecht - Department of Computer Science, Utrecht University, the Netherlands - Time Zone: +0100 GMT - Contact: Piet van Oostrum <piet@cs.ruu.nl> - Suggested hours: Weekends and evenings (2000 to 0900 UTC) - System type: UNIX - Mail server: mail-server@cs.ruu.nl or uunet!mcsun!hp4nl!ruuinf!mail-server - To receive the help file, send the following message: - - begin - path your_complete_email_address - send HELP - end - - TeX-related files are found in the directory pub/TEX. - - Note: This archive was formerly called archive.cs.ruu.nl. - -ftp.cs.umb.edu [192.12.26.23] - Computer Science Department; University of Massachusetts at Boston - System type: UNIX - - Latest versions of Karl Berry's modes.mf, Eplain macros, and font - naming scheme, Lucida-for-TeX (without the actual fonts, of course) and - web2c, the base of UNIX TeX, as well as the Sauter parameterizations of - the CM, lasy, Cyrillic, etc., fonts. - - TeX-related files are found in the directory pub/tex. - -ftp.math.utah.edu [128.110.198.2] - Timezone: -0700 (Mountain Standard Time) - Center for Scientific Computing, Department of Mathematics, - University of Utah, Salt Lake City, UT 84112, USA - Contact: Nelson H. F. Beebe <beebe@math.utah.edu> - Mail server: tuglib@math.utah.edu - System type: UNIX (SunOS 4.1.1) - - TeX User Group archives, awk, benchmarks (floating-point, integer, - window system), elefunt (elementary function test package), IBM PC, - IBM RS/6000, Macintosh, Stardent, VAX VMS (only a few utilities). - The pub directory contains ls-lr file showing entire archive - contents, plus 00*.cmd and 00*.lst files giving recent changes in - directory listing and ftp command form. Each directory contains an - index file summarizing its contents. pub/misc directory contains - sources for several archive utilities. Indexed by archie servers. - - TeX-related files are found in pub/tex. BibTeX styles are found - in pub/tex/bibtex. - -ftp.th-darmstadt.de [130.83.55.75] - Technical University Darmstadt, Computing Center - System type: UNIX (AIX) - Time Zone: CET/CDT, ie, +0100 GMT, +0200GMT during summer - Contact: - concerning TeX: Joachim Schrod <schrod@iti.informatik.th-darmstadt.de> - general stuff: ftpadmin@ftp.th-darmstadt.de - - About 100MB of TeX material, uses mirror software extensively. - - TeX-related fles are found in pub/tex. - LaTeX styles are placed in pub/tex/latex, plain macros in pub/tex/plain. - -ftp.win.tue.nl [131.155.70.100] - Department of Mathematics and Computing Science - Eindhoven University of Technology - The Netherlands - System Type: UNIX - Time Zone: MET ( = GMT+1 = +0100 GMT ) - Mail server: No (not yet, at least) - Contact: <ftp@win.tue.nl> - - TeX-related files are found in pub/tex. - -ftp.uni-stuttgart.de [129.69.1.12] - Computing Centre of the University of Stuttgart (RUS), Germany - Time Zone: +0100 GMT, +0200GMT during summer - Contact: Barbara Burr <infoadm@ftp.uni-stuttgart.de> - Rainer Sch\"opf <texinfo1@ftp.uni-stuttgart.de> - Mail server: mail-server@ftp.uni-stuttgart.de - System type: UNIX - - More than 400MB of TeX files. Works together with TeX.ac.uk. - - This archive is the primary source for emTeX, publicTeX, publicMF - and all styles by Frank Mittelbach and Rainer Sch\"opf (multicol, - verbatim, theorem, NFSS, ftnright, array). - - TeX-related files are found in soft/tex. - -goya.uu.es [138.4.2.2] - Spain - Mail server: info@goya.uu.es - - This is not a general TeX archive, but it is the home to a few files - for typesetting in Spanish. Those files can be found in - info/src/text/TeX/babel and info/src/text/TeX/spanish. - -hearn.bitnet (Mail server only) - Abbreviation: tex-nl - Mail server: listserv@hearn.bitnet - Contact: Johannes L. Braams <J.L.Braams@research.ptt.nl> - - Home of the TEX-NL archives and the Babel system. Contains material of - particular use to Dutch-speaking users, as well as material of more - general interest. - - People who are on the bitnet/earn RSCS network can retrieve files by - interactive commands, like SEND LISTSERV@HEARN GET TEX-NL FILELIST - -june.cs.washington.edu [128.95.1.4] - The University of Washington - Contact: elisabet@max.acs.washington.edu - System type: UNIX - - TeX-related files are in the directory tex. - -labrea.stanford.edu [36.8.0.47] - Stanford University, California, USA - Time zone: -0700 GMT - Suggested hours: Weekends and evenings. - System type: UNIX - Mirrored by: yallara.cs.rmit.oz.au [131.170.24.42] - - Home of the archives of the Stanford TeX Project, e.g. tex.web. - - TeX-related files are in the directory tex. - -midway.uchicago.edu [128.135.12.73] - Time Zone: -0500 GMT - Contact: Walter Carlip <oztex@midway.uchicago.edu> - - Home of various Macintosh TeX goodies (in macintosh/tex). - Requests for any TeX-related things for the Mac can be sent - to oztex@midway.uchicago.edu and Walter will see if he - can find it. (How's *that* for dedication!) - - OzTeX and related files are found in pub/OzTeX. - -ftp.shsu.edu [192.92.115.8] - Sam Houston State University - Contact: George D. Greenwade <bed_gdg@shsu.edu> - Mail server: fileserv@shsu.edu - System type: VMS - - Contains the usual TeX goodies. - - SHSU has a flat file system, so files are fairly easy to find. - Miscellaneous individual LaTeX style files can be found in the - directory STY; other packages can be found in top-level directories - with obvious names (such as AMSLATEX, ASAETR, ARRAY, etc.) - - If you would like to deposit a file in Sam Houston State University's - TeX-related archives, please ftp to pip.SHSU.edu (192.92.115.10) and - login as anonymous. Then: - - 1) cd TeX-archive (the incoming archive directory) - - 2) mkdir Your_own_directory_name (if necessary; whatever directory - name you choose should be appropriate for the file[s] you are - depositing) - - 3) cd Your_own_directory_name (if appropriate) - - 4) [m]put Your_files - - Please follow this by sending a mail message to: - - <FILESERV-Mgr@SHSU.edu> - - with a Subject: line of ARCHIVE SUBMISSION. Please briefly state - what the files are and where you have placed them. Efforts will be - made to move them as quickly as possible to Sam Houston State - University's main ftp access host, ftp.SHSU.edu (192.92.115.8). - - Due to space constraints, files in the TeX-archive directory tree are - not stable and may be removed at any time. If you have any questions - about this, please contact <FILESERV-Mgr>. - -noa.huji.ac.il [132.64.254.10] - The Computation Center of the Hebrew University of Jerusalem - Contact: Rama Porrat <rama@noa.huji.ac.il> - System type: UNIX - - This is an archive containing Hebrew supplements to TeX, as well as - the TeX-XeT program, which is TeX including reversing commands for - right to left as well as left to right text. In addition to - TeX-XeT, it also contains the Jerusalem, TelAviv, OldJaffa and - DeadSea fonts. - - TeX-related files are found in the directory tex. - -TeX.ac.uk [134.151.40.18] - Abbrevation: Aston - Aston University, Birmingham, UK - Time Zone: 0000 GMT - Contact: Archive-Group@TeX.ac.uk - Mail server: texserver@TeX.ac.uk - System type: VMS - - Home of the UKTeX newsletter, and a repository for all sorts of - things. Aggressively tracks down packages for downloading. Claims - to be the biggest TeX archive in the world. In addition to ftp and - mail-server access, other services include - - - telnet access to browse directories - - - JANET access (UK only) - Host: uk.ac.tex (JANET DTE 000020120091) - Username: public Password: public - Log in interactively to browse the directories - - - supply of TeX for Unix, VMS, MS-DOS and Mac on tape or disk as - appropriate. Details can be found at the end of every issue of the - UKTeX Digest, which is archived in [tex-archive.digests.uktex]. In - an emergency, you can write to - Peter Abbott - Computing Service, Aston University, - Aston Triangle, Birmingham B4 7ET - p.abbott@aston.ac.uk - - The UK TeX Archive's chief characteristics are - - - `exploded' filestore. This is not a set of compressed tar achives, - but directories containing (where possible) ASCII individual files - only (for ease of transfer in somewhat cranky UK network). Binary - files are ASCII encoded. - - - support for VMS, Mac, DOS and Unix; we try to have up to date - working copies of TeX, etc., for the major OSes. - - TeX-related files are found in the directory DISK$TEX:[TEX-ARCHIVE]. - - To submit files to the Aston archive, send mail to - archive-contributions@tex.ac.uk with details of what you want to add. - JANET users can transfer material direct to [contributions], but should - also send mail to indicate they have done so. - -theory.lcs.mit.edu [18.52.0.92] - Theory of Computation Group; MIT Laboratory for Computer Science - Cambridge, Massachusetts - Contact: William Ang <ang@theory.lcs.mit.edu> - Mail server: archive-server@theory.lcs.mit.edu - System Type: UNIX (SunOS 4.1.1) - - Home of the TeX Macro Catalogue, which can be found in - pub/tex/tex-styles-and-macros.txt, along with a smattering of other - TeX-related files. - -vm.urz.uni-heidelberg.de (Mail server only) - Heidelberg - Mail server: listserv@vm.urz.uni-heidelberg.de - -wsmr-simtel20.army.mil [192.88.110.20] - White Sands Missile Range, New Mexico, USA - Time Zone: -0600 GMT - Contact: w8sdz@wsmr-simtel20.army.mil (Keith Petersen) - Suggested hours: Weekends and evenings - Mirrored by: wuarchive.wustl.edu [128.252.135.4] - - An archive of MS-DOS and other stuff. TeX-related things - can be found in the directory pd1:<msdos.tex>. - -ymir.claremont.edu [134.173.4.23] - The Claremont Colleges, California, USA - Time zone: -0700 GMT - Contact: Don Hosek <dhosek@ymir.claremont.edu> - Mail server: mailserv@ymir.claremont.edu - System type: VMS - - The second-largest TeX archive in the world. Aggressively tracks - down packages for downloading. - - Most TeX macros files are found in subdirectories of - LOCAL:[ANONYMOUS.TEX.INPUTS], though the Babel system is in - LOCAL:[ANONYMOU.TEX.BABEL] and MusicTeX is in - LOCAL:[ANONYMOUS.TEX.MUSIC]. BibTeX files are in - LOCAL:[ANONYMOUS.TEX.BIBTEX]. - - To submit a file to the ymir archive, ftp to fenris.claremont.edu - (134.173.4.146) and place the file in the directory pub/submission; - then send a note to tex-group@hmcvax.claremont.edu to alert the - archive staff of the new file. If you don't have access to ftp, send - a note to tex-group with the sizes and number of files and they will - work out how to receive it. - -*************************************************************************** - GLOSSARY OF KEYWORDS - -Actually, this is more of a list of keywords right now. I've tried to -clarify obscure keywords, while relying on many keywords to be -self-explanatory. For example, any keyword which is the name of a -language indicates that the macros provide support of some sort for -typesetting in that language. Similarly, a keyword which is a name of a -major TeX package means that the macros are meant for use with that -package. - -A4 -- implements a page layout based on the standard A4 page size - -A5 -- implements a page layout based on the standard A5 page size - -accent -- macros for putting special accents on characters - -ACM -- macros for typesetting papers for ACM proceedings - -acronym -- macros for manipulating acronyms - -AIP -- implements a layout based on the American Institute of Physics - journals - -algorithm -- useful for typesetting algorithms - -allocation -- macros which modify or extend TeX's allocation mechanism - (i.e., things like \newdimen, \newskip, etc.) - -AMS -- macros which are either supported by the American Mathematical - Society, or which provide support for the AMS fonts. - -AMS-LaTeX - -AMS-TeX - -amsfonts -- macros which provide support for the AMSFonts package, which - includes the msam and msbm symbol fonts. - -amsppt -- modifications or extensions to the AMS-TeX amsppt preprint - document style. - -antiparticle -- macros for typesetting anti-particles in particle physics. - -APA -- macros for producing citations of the form "(Jones, 1986)" and - without labels in the bibliography. [what does APA stand for, - anyway? -- dmj] - -APL -- useful for typesetting code written in the programming language - APL - -ArborText dvips -- requires ArborText's implementation of dvips - -array -- modifies or extends the LaTeX "array" environment - -article -- implements a document style useful for typesetting documents - such as journal articles. When applied to a LaTeX document-style - option, it means that the option is primarily meant to be used with - article.sty - -Austrian - -authors' guide -- guidelines or documentation for authors - -autonumbering -- support for the automatic numbering of such document - structures as sections, theorems, lists, etc. - -autoTOC -- support for the automatic compilation of a Table of Contents. - -Babel -- Part of Johannes Braams' Babel system for foreign language - support in LaTeX and plain TeX. - -barcode -- typesets the zipcode barcodes used by the US Postal Service. - -baseball - -Bezier -- implements Bezier curves (cubic or quadratic splines) - -bibliography -- macros for producing a bibliography - -BibTeX -- macros for use with Oren Patashnik's BibTeX bibliograpy - database program - -BibTeX 0.98 -- requires an obsolete version of BibTeX - -binary trees - -blackboard bold - -BNF -- macros for typesetting Backhaus-Naur formalisms - -bold symbol -- macros for accessing bold versions of math symbols - -book -- implements a document style, or otherwise provides support, for - typesetting book-like documents. When applied to a LaTeX - document-style option, it means that the option is primarily meant - to be used with book.sty - -bookform - -borders -- macros for putting frames around boxes - -box -- macros for manipulating boxes - -C -- for typesetting code written in the C programming language - -calendar -- provides various calendar functions for TeX - -camera-ready - -caption - -card - -cassette - -cassette label - -Catalan - -category-theory - -changebars - -chemistry - -chess - -citation -- macros which modify or extend LaTeX's \cite command, or - which provide an analogous function - -classified -- macros for typesetting documents with "classified" ratings - -cmcyr - -color -- support for color graphics or other special effects - -comment -- implements a comment environment for TeX - -Common Lisp -- support for typesetting Common Lisp code - -common macros -- macros common to two or more document styles - -commutative diagrams -- graphics support for producing commutative - diagrams - -counter - -Croatian - -cropmark - -crosswords - -currency - -Cyrillic - -Czech - -Danish - -date - -decimal - -DECUS - -delimiters - -diagrams - -discretionary - -dissertation - -documentation - -doublespace - -dow -- macros for calculating the day of week - -draft - -drama - -dropcaps -- typesets the first letter of a paragraph enlarged - -Dutch - -dvi2ln3 - -dvi2ps - -dvidrv - -dvidvi - -dvips - -dvitops - -e-mail pathname - -EC/DC - -emphasis - -emTeX -- for use with emTeX, a TeX implementation for PC's - -endnotes - -English - -enumerate - -envelope - -epigram - -eplain - -EPSF - -epsf - -eqnarray -- modifications of LaTeX's eqnarray environment - -equation - -equation number - -Esperanto - -essential - -eufm - -examination - -figure - -figures - -filename - -Finnish - -float - -floats - -flushleft - -fmt -- indicates that the package is meant to serve as the basis for a - new format (.fmt) file. - -font - -fontchart -- prints out a font table similar to those found in Appendix F - of the TeX Book - -fonts - -footnote numbering - -footnotes - -formletter - -framebox -- macros for drawing rules around boxes, similar to LaTeX's - \framebox command or the \boxit macro in Exercise 21.3 of the - TeXbook - -frames -- macros for putting frames around boxes - -French - -generic -- macros which should work with practically any TeX macro - package - -German - -german - -glossing -- macros for vertically aligning words in consecutive sentences - -graphics - -Greek - -header -- macros for modifying the page header - -Hebrew - -hline - -Hungarian - -hyphenation -- hyphenation patterns - -Icelandic - -ICPR -- document style for the International Conference on Pattern - Recognition proceedings - -IEE - -IEEE -- document style for proceedings published by the Institute of - Electrical and Electronics Engineers - -indent -- modifies the indentation of paragraphs - -index -- for producing indexes. - -initex - -input - -inrstex - -inserts -- modifies TeX's mechanism for floating insertions - -integral - -IPA - -ISO - -journal -- style file for typesetting journal articles - -LamS-TeX - -landscape - -language - -LaTeX - -letter - -LeXTeX - -limits -- modifies the behavior of subscripts or superscripts of math - operators - -line breaks - -line numbering - -lines - -linespacing - -linguistics - -lists - -LNCS -- macros for typesetting articles for Springer-Verlag's Lecture - Notes in Computer Science - -LNP -- macros for typesetting articles for Springer-Verlag's Lecture - Notes in Physics - -logical gates - -logos - -loop -- implements looping constructs for TeX - -macro - -mailing labels - -MakeIndex -- requires Pehong Chen's makeindex program - -manpage -- for typesetting UNIX-style manual pages - -manual -- for typesetting manuals - -margin notes - -math - -math symbol - -mathematics - -mathfonts - -matrices - -memo - -METAFONT - -metafont - -MFT - -midnight -- for use with Marcel van der Goot's Midnight macros - -milstd - -minipage - -MIT Press -- document style for producing books compliant (more or less) - with MIT Press's requirements - -modularity - -msam -- macros for using the AMS symbol font A (part of the AMSFonts - package) - -msbm -- macros for using the AMS symbol font B (part of the AMSFonts - package) - -multi-column - -multi-page - -newcolumn - -newcommand - -newlines - -newsletter - -NFSS -- requires Mittelbach and Sch\"opf's New Font Selection Scheme - -nofill - -Norwegian - -NTG - -numbers - -Object-Z -- for typesetting Object-Z specifications - -OFSS -- requires the Old Font Selection Scheme (i.e., LaTeX's original - font selection scheme) - -operatorname - -optarg - -outer -- modifies TeX`s \outer primitive - -outline - -output - -page control - -page layout - -page style - -pagenumbers - -pagestyle - -paper - -paragraph - -parbox - -parse trees - -path name - -PC - -perl - -phonelist - -PHYS-TeX - -Physical Review - -physics - -PHYZZX - -PicTeX - -picture - -plain TeX - -pmb -- "poor man's bold," that is, a method of producing low-quality - bold symbols when there is no real bold version of a symbol, as - described in Appendix D of the TeXbook - -Polish - -pom -- macros for calculating the period of the moon - -portrait - -Portuguese - -PostScript - -PostScript fonts - -primer - -proceedings -- for typesetting articles for proceedins of various - conferences - -prooftree - -publisher style -- macros which are either supplied by a publisher, or - else have been written to implement some publisher's requirements - -quotation - -quote marks - -railroad -- macros for typesetting so-called "railroad" diagrams for - describing the syntax of, for example, programming languages - -RCS -- interface to the UNIX Revision Control System - -register - -report - -resume - -REVTeX - -Romanian - -rotate - -rotation - -Russian - -Scheme -- for typesetting bits of Scheme code - -screenplay - -SCREENVIEW - -script - -scripts - -ScriptTeX - -section - -section numbers - -sectioning - -SIAM -- macros designed for publications of the Society for Industrial - and Applied Mathematics - -SLaTeX - -slides - -SliTeX - -Slovenian - -Smalltalk programming language - -solutions - -Spanish - -speed - -SPIE - -Springer-Verlag -- macros either supplied by the Springer-Verlag - publishing company or else written to satisfy their requirements - -stageplay - -standards documents - -string comparison - -strut - -style - -style-option - -subnumbering - -sum - -summation - -Swedish - -symbol - -symbols - -syntax checking - -table - -tables - -tabular - -tangle - -TeX - -TeX examples - -TeX tutorials - -TeX Users Group - -TeX-XeT - -TeXbook - -TeXsis - -TEXT1 - -tgrind - -theorem - -theorm - -thesis - -time - -timeline - -titlepage - -TOC - -toc - -tpic - -trademark - -tree - -trees - -TUG proceedings - -TUGboat - -Turkish - -two-column - -two-up - -UK English - -underlining - -UNIX - -VDM specification language - -verbatim - -virtual fonts - -vita - -vrbinput -- macros for inputting files and typesetting them verbatim - -weave - -WEB - -weird - -x-ref warnings - -xrefs - -XY-pic - -Young tableaux - -YTeX - -yTeX - -Z - -zip -- macros for typesetting zipcodes in barcode format - -*************************************************************************** - APPENDIX: CONVERTING THE CATALOGUE TO A MORE STANDARD DATABASE FORMAT - -Steve Fisk <fisk@polar.bowdoin.edu> pointed out that many database -programs would choke on the format of the Catalogue because - - (1) there are a different number of fields in a record - (e.g. "Note:" is not always there) - (2) fields can span several lines - (e.g. "Description") - (3) the Catalogue contains lines that are not records - (e.g. the section and subsection headings) - -Here's a UNIX-specific solution to this problem: an awk script that -reformats the Catalogue and removes all superflous lines. - -To convert the Catalogue to the format described above, do the following: - -1) Put the following in a file called "script". - -------------------------------cut here------------------------------ -BEGIN { FS = ":"; \ - counter = 0; \ - x["Name"] = "Name: "; \ - x["Description"] = "Description: "; \ - x["Keywords"] = "Keywords: "; \ - x["Archives"] = "Archives: "; \ - x["Author"] = "Author: "; \ - x["Latest Version"] = "Latest Version: "; \ - x["Supported"] = "Supported: "; \ - x["See also"] = "See also: "; \ - x["Note"] = "Note: " } - - -/^%/ {} - -/^[a-zA-Z]+/ && counter == 1 {$field = $1; x[$field] = $0} - -/^[ ]+/ && counter == 1 { x[$field] = x[$field] substr($0,4) } - -NF == 0 && counter == 1 && x["Name"] != "Name: " \ - { printf "%s\n%s\n%s\n%s\n%s\n%s\n%s\n%s\n%s\n\n", \ - x["Name"], x["Description"], x["Keywords"], x["Archives"], \ - x["Author"], x["Latest Version"], x["Supported"], x["See also"], \ - x["Note"] ; \ - x["Name"] = "Name: "; \ - x["Description"] = "Description: "; \ - x["Keywords"] = "Keywords: "; \ - x["Archives"] = "Archives: "; \ - x["Author"] = "Author: "; \ - x["Latest Version"] = "Latest Version: "; \ - x["Supported"] = "Supported: "; \ - x["See also"] = "See also: "; \ - x["Note"] = "Note: "} - -/^\*\*\*\*\*\*\*/ { if (counter == 1) {counter = 0} else {counter = 1} } -------------------------------cut here------------------------------ - -2) Execute the command - - awk -f script tex-styles-and-macros.txt > newindex - -If all goes well, newindex should be in the required form. (Note that -this uses the old awk; it should be easy to modify it to use the newer -versions of awk if necessary.) - -*************************************************************************** - COMING ATTRACTIONS - -%% This section contains incomplete entries. In most cases, the entry -%% is incomplete only because I haven't had time to complete it. In a -%% few cases, the entry is incomplete because I haven't had time to -%% track down the authors for verification of the information. - -Name: autotab.sty -Description: LaTeX documentstyle for creating tables automatically by - reading data from a separate input file, which contains one entry - per line. -Keywords: LaTeX, tabular -Author: Gabriele Kruljac <kruljac@ds0mpi11.bitnet> -Supported: ??? -Latest Version: v1.0, 5 Oct 1989 -Archives: stuttgart, aston -Note: Comes with a documentation and example file, autotab.tex. - -Name: bnf.sty -Description: LaTeX macros for pretty-printing context-free grammars - using the notation from "Elements of the Theory of Computation" by - Harry R. Lewis and Christos H. Papadimitriou. -Keywords: LaTeX, BNF -Author: Hugh Osborne <hugh@cs.kun.nl> -Supported: ??? -Latest Version: v1.1a, 30 Jan 1992 -Archives: stuttgart, aston -Note: Packages comes with a readme file (bnf.README), a list of known - bugs (bnf.bugs), and a manual (bnf.tex). -See also: ebnf.sty, bnf.tex - -Name: chemstruct.tex -Description: plain TeX macros for drawing chemistry structural formulas. -Keywords: plain TeX, chemistry -Author: Michael Ramek -Supported: ??? -Latest Version: v1.0, Nov 1987 -Archives: stuttgart, aston -Note: Package comes with a manual, chemdoc.tex, which includes several - example figures, each in a separate file. - -Name: crc.sty -Description: LaTeX document-style option for producing papers for the - 1991 International Workshop on Robust Control. -Keywords: LaTeX, proceedings, camera-ready -Author: -Supported: ??? -Latest Version: 16 Apr 1991 -Archives: stuttgart, aston -Note: This is based on birk.sty (q.v.). - -Name: floatfig.sty -Description: LaTeX document-style option to allow figures to "float" in - paragraphs, i.e., to allow figures that only take up a fraction of - the width of a page to be surrounded by flowing text. These macros - are based on the plain TeX macros described by Thomas J. Reid in - "Floating Figures at the Right," TUGboat 8(3):315, November 1987. -Keywords: LaTeX, float, figures -Author: Thomas Kneser, Gesellschaft f\"ur wissenschaftliche - Datenverarbeitung mbH G\"ottingen, FRG -Supported: ??? -Latest Version: v0.4, 08 May 1991 -Archives: stuttgart, aston -Note: Packages includes a user's manual (floatfig.tex) and a sample file - (example.tex). - -Name: abbrevfr.tex -Description: -Keywords: French -Author: -Supported: ??? -Latest Version: -Archives: stuttgart, aston -Note: readme, README, README.initex - -Name: dumyhyph.tex -Description: -Keywords: French -Author: -Supported: ??? -Latest Version: -Archives: stuttgart, aston - -Name: english.sty -Description: -Keywords: French -Author: -Supported: ??? -Latest Version: -Archives: stuttgart, aston - -Name: flisting.sty -Description: -Keywords: French -Author: -Supported: ??? -Latest Version: -Archives: stuttgart, aston - -Name: french.bug -Description: -Keywords: French -Author: -Supported: ??? -Latest Version: -Archives: stuttgart, aston - -Name: french.sty -Description: -Keywords: French -Author: -Supported: ??? -Latest Version: -Archives: stuttgart, aston - -Name: french.tst -Description: -Keywords: French -Author: -Supported: ??? -Latest Version: -Archives: stuttgart, aston - -Name: frenchfr.doc -Description: -Keywords: French -Author: -Supported: ??? -Latest Version: -Archives: stuttgart, aston - -Name: frenchla.tex -Description: -Keywords: French -Author: -Supported: ??? -Latest Version: -Archives: stuttgart, aston - -Name: frenchlb.tex -Description: -Keywords: French -Author: -Supported: ??? -Latest Version: -Archives: stuttgart, aston - -Name: frenchlm.tex -Description: -Keywords: French -Author: -Supported: ??? -Latest Version: -Archives: stuttgart, aston - -Name: frenchlr.tex -Description: -Keywords: French -Author: -Supported: ??? -Latest Version: -Archives: stuttgart, aston - -Name: frenchlu.tex -Description: -Keywords: French -Author: -Supported: ??? -Latest Version: -Archives: stuttgart, aston - -Name: frencht.tex -Description: -Keywords: French -Author: -Supported: ??? -Latest Version: -Archives: stuttgart, aston - -Name: hyconfig.tex -Description: -Keywords: French -Author: -Supported: ??? -Latest Version: -Archives: stuttgart, aston - -Name: hymltex2.tex -Description: -Keywords: French -Author: -Supported: ??? -Latest Version: -Archives: stuttgart, aston - -Name: hymltex3.tex -Description: -Keywords: French -Author: -Supported: ??? -Latest Version: -Archives: stuttgart, aston - -Name: initex.bug -Description: -Keywords: French -Author: -Supported: ??? -Latest Version: -Archives: stuttgart, aston - -Name: language.dat -Description: -Keywords: French -Author: -Supported: ??? -Latest Version: -Archives: stuttgart, aston - -Name: german3.sty -Description: An experimental plain TeX/LaTeX style file for typesetting - German using TeX version 3 (or later) and the DC text fonts. -Keywords: plain TeX, LaTeX, german, DC, TeX3 -Author: Rainer Sch\"opf <Schoepf@sc.ZIB-Berlin.de> and Bernd Raichle -Supported: yes -Latest Version: v1.0c, 8 Apr 1992 -Archives: stuttgart*, aston -See also: german.sty, germanb.sty - -Name: letter.sty -Description: LaTeX document style for typesetting letters in German. -Keywords: LaTeX, german, letter -Author: Dietmar Heinrich -Supported: ??? -Latest Version: 04 May 1988 -Archives: stuttgart, aston -Note: Includes a documentation file, letter.tex. - -Name: megatape.sty (.doc) -Description: LaTeX document style for typesetting cassette tape labels. - Modification of tape.sty (q.v.). -Keywords: LaTeX, cassette -Author: Martin Nickel -Supported: ??? -Latest Version: 16 Oct 1991 -Archives: stuttgart, aston -Note: Comes with a demonstration file, megademo.tex. -See also: tape.sty - -Name: prelim.sty -Description: LaTeX document-style option to mark manuscripts as drafts - by putting a line stating that it's a draft, along with the date and - time of formatting, on every page. (Note: the default marker text - is "ENTWURF", but can be changed by redefining a single macro.) -Keywords: LaTeX, draft -Author: Robert Tolksdorf -Supported: ??? -Latest Version: 31 Jul 1990 -Archives: stuttgart, aston -Note: Comes with a documentation file, prelim.tex, in German. -See also: draft.sty, drafthead.sty - -Name: changebar.sty -Description: LaTeX document-style option for including changebars in a - device-independent way. -Keywords: LaTeX, changebar, output -Author: David B. Johnson <dbj@titan.rice.edu> -Supported: yes -Latest Version: 1990 -Archives: stuttgart, aston - -Name: chapref.sty -Description: LaTeX document-style option to produce separate reference - sections for each chapter in a document. -Keywords: LaTeX, BibTeX, bibliography -Author: Peter J. Knaggs, School of Computing and Mathematics, Teesside - Polytechnic, Middlesbrogh, Cleveland, England. -Supported: yes -Latest Version: -Archives: stuttgart, aston -See also: chapterbib.sty - -Name: db.sty -Description: LaTeX document-style option to generate listings, send out - letters, etc., using a database. -Keywords: LaTeX, formletter -Author: George Panagopoulos <georgios@umiacs.umd.edu> -Supported: yes -Latest Version: v2.1, 20 Nov 1991 -Archives: stuttgart, aston -Note: The file db.sty contains documentation and a sample file. - -Name: hndout.sty -Description: LaTeX document-style option for producing Plymouth - Polytechnic Computer Service handouts. For use with the 11pt - article style. -Keywords: LaTeX, article -Author: Jon Warbrick -Supported: yes -Latest Version: Jan 1988 -Archives: stuttgart, aston - -Name: laioobr.sty -Description: LaTeX letter document style for ???. Has support for - Dutch, British English, American English and German letters. For - use with the Babel system? -Keywords: LaTeX, letter -Author: Werenfried Spit -Supported: yes -Latest Version: 6 Nov 1990 -Archives: stuttgart, aston - -Name: lcaption.sty -Description: LaTeX document-style option for formatting of long captions - with hanging indentation. -Keywords: LaTeX, caption, float -Author: Kresten Krab Thorup <Krab@iesd.auc.dk> -Supported: yes -Latest Version: v1.0, 06 Jan 1991 -Archives: stuttgart, aston -See also: hangcaption.sty - -Name: loval.sty -Description: LaTeX document-style option that defines a command for - putting boxes with rounded corners around text, similar to the \fbox - command. -Keywords: LaTeX, box -Author: Elmar Schal\"uck <elmar@uni-paderborn.de> -Supported: yes -Latest Version: v1.1, Feb 1991 -Archives: stuttgart, aston -Note: Comes with a documentation and demonstration file, lovaltest.tex. - -Name: nnfootnote.sty -Description: LaTeX document-style option that defines an alternate - footnote command for unnumbered footnotes. -Keywords: LaTeX, footnote -Author: T Mark Ellison -Supported: yes -Latest Version: 26 Jun 1991 -Archives: stuttgart, aston - -Name: pspic.sty -Description: LaTeX document-style option that redefines the standard - LaTeX Picture commands to produce PostScript specials rather than - using the LaTeX picture fonts. This is meant for use with Tomas - Rokicki's dvips -Keywords: LaTeX, picture, PostScript, dvips -Author: Kresten Krab Thorup <krab@iesd.auc.dk> -Supported: yes -Latest Version: v1.1b, 12 Apr 1991 -Archives: stuttgart, aston - -Name: rmthm.sty -Description: LaTeX document-style option for customizing theorem-like - environments by making it easy to change the font style in which - theorems are typeset, specify an end-of-theorem marker, and suppress - the numbering of some environments. -Keywords: LaTeX, theorem -Author: Nico Verwer <nico@cs.ruu.nl> -Supported: yes -Latest Version: 14 June 1991 -Archives: stuttgart, aston -See also: theorem.sty - -Name: sines.tex -Description: TeX macros to calculate the sines of angles between -90 and - 90 degrees by using the first three terms of the Taylor expansion of - sin(x). -Keywords: plain TeX, LaTeX, sine, math -Author: Jim Walker -Supported: yes -Latest Version: -Archives: stuttgart, aston - -Name: tabto.tex -Description: TeX macro for tabbing to a position relative to the left - margin in a paragraph. -Keywords: plain TeX, LaTeX -Author: Donald Arseneau <asnd@jack.triumf.ca>, <asnd@triumfcl.bitnet> -Supported: yes -Latest Version: -Archives: stuttgart, aston - -Name: trigonometry.tex -Description: TeX macros for calculating the sine of angles between -pi/2 - and pi/2. -Keywords: plain TeX, LaTeX, -Author: Philip Taylor -Supported: yes -Latest Version: -Archives: stuttgart, aston -Note: Originally published in TeXhax Digest, September 1989. - -Name: verbatimfiles.sty -Description: LaTeX document-style option for inputting entire files in - verbatim mode. Also allows automatic numbering of the lines of the - inputted file. -Keywords: LaTeX, verbatim, verbinput -Author: Chris Rowley <ca_rowley@uk.ac.open.acs.vax.> -Supported: yes -Latest Version: -Archives: stuttgart, aston - -Name: a4letter.sty -Description: LaTeX German letter style for use with A4 paper. -Keywords: LaTeX, letter, A4 -Author: D. Heinrich -Supported: no -Latest Version: 14 Apr 1988 -Archives: stuttgart, aston - -Name: annotation.sty -Description: LaTeX document-style option that defines an "annotation" - environment, for text that can be either printed or ignored. -Keywords: LaTeX, -Author: Tom Hofmann <wtho@cgch.uucp> -Supported: no -Latest Version: 30 Nov 1989 -Archives: stuttgart, aston - -Name: cites.sty -Description: LaTeX document-style option that provides superscript - reference numbers in citations and bibliographies, collapses - consecutive reference numbers into a range of numbers without first - sorting the numbers (e.g., 1,3,4,5,6,8,9 is printed as 1,3--6,8,9) - and gives extra control over the appearance of citations and - bibliography labels. This is based on Charles Karney's aip.sty - (q.v.). Possibly only for use with darticle.sty? -Keywords: LaTeX, bibliography, citation -Author: G. Kruljac <kruljac@ds0mpi11.bitnet> -Supported: no -Latest Version: v1.1, 6 May 1989 -Archives: stuttgart, aston - -Name: deflist.sty -Description: LaTeX document-style option that defines a list environment - that takes a single argument, the longest label in the list, and - adjusts the leftmargin accordingly. -Keywords: LaTeX, list -Author: -Supported: no -Latest Version: -Archives: stuttgart, aston - -Name: diagram.tex -Description: LaTeX macros for typesetting commutative diagrams. -Keywords: LaTeX, commutative diagrams -Author: Francis Borceux <fborceux@buclln11.bitnet> -Supported: no -Latest Version: v2.2 -Archives: stuttgart -Note: Package comes with a user's manual, diagramdoc.tex. - -Name: expdlist.sty -Description: LaTeX document-style option that defines a variant of the - description environment that allows easy customization. -Keywords: LaTeX, list, description -Author: Rainer Huelse and Wolfgang Kaspar <urz86@dmswwu1a.bitnet> -Supported: yes -Latest Version: v2.0a, 20 Sep 1990 -Archives: stuttgart, aston -Note: This style is written with Frank Mittelbach's doc.sty (q.v.). - -Name: frenchponct.sty -Description: LaTeX document-style option that adjusts the space before - the "double" punctuation marks (!, ?, ; and :) to follow French - typographical rules (but only if space has already been left before - them). -Keywords: plain TeX, LaTeX, French -Author: Y. Roy -Supported: no -Latest Version: -Archives: stuttgart, aston - -Name: frenchquote.sty -Description: LaTeX document-style option that defines facsimiles of the - French double quote marks -Keywords: plain TeX, LaTeX, French -Author: -Supported: no -Latest Version: -Archives: stuttgart, aston - -Name: garticle.sty -Description: Variant of article.sty for typesetting in German. - Obsolete. See german.sty or germanb.sty instead. -Keywords: LaTeX, German, article -Author: -Supported: no -Latest Version: 8 Jun 1987 -Archives: stuttgart, aston -Note: Comes with an 11 point style, gart11.sty. - -Name: joe.sty -Description: LaTeX document style for the Journal of Economics. -Keywords: LaTeX, article, journal -Author: -Supported: no -Latest Version: 2 Feb 1990 -Archives: stuttgart, aston - -Name: sfarticle.sty -Description: Modification of article.sty to support a sans-serif font - style and also to replace hardwired strings (like the name of the - bibliography, etc.) by control sequences. Probably obsolete. See - the BABEL system instead. -Keywords: LaTeX, article, font -Author: B. Simon and H. Partl -Supported: no -Latest Version: 29 Sep 88 -Archives: stuttgart, aston - -Name: sfart10.sty -Description: 10 point document-style option for use with sfarticle.sty. -Keywords: LaTeX, article -Author: B. Simon and H. Partl -Supported: no -Latest Version: 29 Sep 88 -Archives: stuttgart, aston - -Name: sfart11.sty -Description: 11 point document-style option for use with sfarticle.sty. -Keywords: LaTeX, article -Author: B. Simon and H. Partl -Supported: no -Latest Version: 29 Sep 88 -Archives: stuttgart, aston - -Name: sfart12.sty -Description: 12 point document-style option for use with sfarticle.sty. -Keywords: LaTeX, article -Author: B. Simon and H. Partl -Supported: no -Latest Version: 29 Sep 88 -Archives: stuttgart, aston - -Name: unilogo.sty -Description: LaTeX document-style option that defines a command for - generating the University of Stuttgart logo at arbitrary sizes from - 15mm to 75mm in diameter. -Keywords: LaTeX, picture -Author: Gert Willmann -Supported: no -Latest Version: 25 Nov 1988 -Archives: stuttgart, aston - - COLORTEX - -Name: colorrgb.tex -Description: -Keywords: ColorTeX -Author: -Supported: ??? -Latest Version: -Archives: stuttgart, aston -Note: guide.tex, gut91.tex, gut91gb.tex - -Name: euro.sty -Description: -Keywords: -Author: -Supported: ??? -Latest Version: -Archives: stuttgart, aston -Note: - -Name: mancolor.sty -Description: -Keywords: -Author: -Supported: ??? -Latest Version: -Archives: stuttgart, aston -Note: - -Name: rapport.sty -Description: -Keywords: -Author: -Supported: ??? -Latest Version: -Archives: stuttgart, aston -Note: - -Name: dirkslides.sty -Description: -Keywords: LaTeX, -Author: -Supported: ??? -Latest Version: -Archives: stuttgart, aston -Note: dirkslides-sample.tex - -Name: dinbrief.sty -Description: LaTeX document style for German letters? -Keywords: LaTeX, letter, german -Author: Wolfgang Schwarz <blacky@ds0ita51> -Supported: ??? -Latest Version: 11 May 1992 -Archives: stuttgart, aston -Note: Comes with a documentation file, dinbrief.doc. - -Name: ipebrief.sty -Description: Letter style for the University of Stuttgart? -Keywords: LaTeX, letter -Author: W. Schwarz -Supported: ??? -Latest Version: v1.2, 12 Feb 1990 -Archives: stuttgart, aston -Note: ipebrief_beispiel.tex, ipebrief_doc.tex, unilogo - -Name: ruspaper.sty -Description: -Keywords: LaTeX, -Author: B. Burr -Supported: ??? -Latest Version: -Archives: stuttgart, aston - -Name: rustitel.sty -Description: -Keywords: LaTeX, -Author: -Supported: ??? -Latest Version: -Archives: stuttgart, aston - -Name: uni.sty -Description: -Keywords: LaTeX, -Author: -Supported: ??? -Latest Version: -Archives: stuttgart, aston -Note: usus.readme - -Name: us10.sty -Description: -Keywords: LaTeX, -Author: -Supported: ??? -Latest Version: -Archives: stuttgart, aston - -Name: us11.sty -Description: -Keywords: LaTeX, -Author: -Supported: ??? -Latest Version: -Archives: stuttgart, aston - -Name: us12.sty -Description: -Keywords: LaTeX, -Author: -Supported: ??? -Latest Version: -Archives: stuttgart, aston - -Name: stickers.sty -Description: -Keywords: LaTeX, -Author: Mark Overmars -Supported: ??? -Latest Version: -Archives: stuttgart, aston -Note: stickerdoc.tex - -Name: ailetter.tex -Description: -Keywords: LaTeX, -Author: -Supported: yes -Latest Version: -Archives: stuttgart, aston - -Name: bridge.tex -Description: -Keywords: LaTeX, -Author: -Supported: yes -Latest Version: -Archives: stuttgart, aston - -Name: dblitem.sty -Description: -Keywords: LaTeX, -Author: Norman J. Richert <richert@cl.uh.edu> -Supported: yes -Latest Version: -Archives: stuttgart, aston - -Name: invertedparagraphs.tex -Description: -Keywords: LaTeX, -Author: -Supported: yes -Latest Version: -Archives: stuttgart, aston - -Name: logo-denk.tex -Description: -Keywords: LaTeX, -Author: -Supported: yes -Latest Version: -Archives: stuttgart, aston - -Name: regel.sty -Description: -Keywords: LaTeX, -Author: T. Birnthaler -Supported: yes -Latest Version: v1.0, 30 Nov 1989 -Archives: stuttgart, aston - -Name: rnl-slides.sty -Description: -Keywords: LaTeX, SliTeX -Author: Johannes Braams <J.L.Braams@research.ptt.nl> -Supported: yes -Latest Version: v0.2, 25 Jan 1990 -Archives: stuttgart, aston - -Name: sentences.tex -Description: -Keywords: LaTeX, -Author: -Supported: yes -Latest Version: -Archives: stuttgart, aston - -Name: shsulet.sty -Description: -Keywords: LaTeX, -Author: -Supported: yes -Latest Version: -Archives: shsu*, stuttgart, aston - -Name: sqmac.tex -Description: -Keywords: LaTeX, -Author: Michael Barr -Supported: yes -Latest Version: -Archives: stuttgart, aston -Note: sqsample.tex - -Name: sqrt.tex -Description: -Keywords: LaTeX, -Author: -Supported: yes -Latest Version: -Archives: stuttgart, aston - -Name: strukto.sty -Description: -Keywords: LaTeX, -Author: T. Birnthaler -Supported: yes -Latest Version: v2.0, 11 Nov 1989 -Archives: stuttgart, aston - -Name: tl-sample.tex -Description: -Keywords: LaTeX, -Author: -Supported: yes -Latest Version: -Archives: stuttgart, aston - -Name: timing.sty -Description: -Keywords: LaTeX, -Author: Ludwig May/Jens Leilich -Supported: ??? -Latest Version: -Archives: stuttgart, aston -Note: read.me, timing.tex - -Name: tksbrief.sty -Description: -Keywords: LaTeX, -Author: Torsten-Karl Strempel -Supported: ??? -Latest Version: 31 Dec 1990 -Archives: stuttgart, aston -Note: tksbrief.tex -See also: privat.sty - -Name: privat.sty -Description: -Keywords: LaTeX, -Author: Torsten-Karl Strempel -Supported: ??? -Latest Version: 1 Jul 1991 -Archives: stuttgart, aston - -Name: dina4.sty -Description: -Keywords: LaTeX, -Author: -Supported: no -Latest Version: -Archives: stuttgart, aston - -Name: disstyle.sty -Description: -Keywords: LaTeX, -Author: Gabriele Kruljac -Supported: no -Latest Version: v1.2 15 Jun 1989 -Archives: stuttgart, aston - -Name: nl.sty -Description: -Keywords: LaTeX, -Author: -Supported: no -Latest Version: -Archives: stuttgart, aston - -Name: rahmen.tex -Description: -Keywords: LaTeX, -Author: -Supported: no -Latest Version: -Archives: stuttgart, aston - -Name: tabbingbox.tex -Description: -Keywords: LaTeX, -Author: -Supported: no -Latest Version: -Archives: stuttgart, aston -Note: tables-doc.tex - -Name: topnum.sty -Description: -Keywords: LaTeX, -Author: -Supported: no -Latest Version: -Archives: stuttgart, aston - -Name: unfinished.tex -Description: -Keywords: LaTeX, -Author: -Supported: no -Latest Version: -Archives: stuttgart, aston - -Name: texinfo.tex -Description: -Keywords: -Author: -Supported: ??? -Latest Version: -Archives: - -Name: semitic.sty -Description: -Keywords: -Author: -Supported: ??? -Latest Version: -Archives: - - jTeX - - muTeX - - MusicTeX - -cmcscsl10.mf - -*Additional BibTeX styles - -The following BibTeX styles are all available from ftp.math.utah.edu in the -directory ~ftp/pub/tex/bibtex. - -Name: aaai-named.bst -Description: BibTeX bibliography style -Keywords: BibTeX, bibliography -Author: Peter F. Patel-Schneider <pfps@research.att.com> -Supported: ??? -Latest Version: -Archives: utah - -Name: apalike2.bst -Description: BibTeX bibliography style -Keywords: BibTeX, bibliography -Author: Eric Ho <eho@word> -Supported: ??? -Latest Version: 12 Jan 1990 -Archives: utah - -Name: astron.bst -Description: BibTeX bibliography style -Keywords: BibTeX, bibliography -Author: Sake J. Hogeveen <l42@nikhefh.nikhef.nl> -Supported: ??? -Latest Version: 1990 -Archives: utah - -Name: authordate1-4.sty -Description: LaTeX document-style option for use with the BibTeX - bibliography styles authordate1, authordate2, authordate3 and - authordate4. -Keywords: LaTeX BibTeX, bibliography -Author: David Rhead <David_Rhead@vme.nott.ac.uk> -Supported: ??? -Latest Version: Feb 1990 -Archives: utah -See also: authordate1.bst, authordate2.bst, authordate3.bst, - authordate4.bst - -Name: authordate1.bst -Description: BibTeX bibliography style -Keywords: BibTeX, bibliography -Author: David Rhead <David_Rhead@vme.nott.ac.uk> -Supported: ??? -Latest Version: Mar 1990 -Archives: utah -See also: authordate1-4.sty, authordate2.bst, authordate3.bst, - authordate4.bst - -Name: authordate2.bst -Description: BibTeX bibliography style -Keywords: BibTeX, bibliography -Author: David Rhead <David_Rhead@vme.nott.ac.uk> -Supported: ??? -Latest Version: Mar 1990 -Archives: utah -See also: authordate1-4.sty, authordate1.bst, authordate3.bst, - authordate4.bst - -Name: authordate3.bst -Description: BibTeX bibliography style -Keywords: BibTeX, bibliography -Author: David Rhead <David_Rhead@vme.nott.ac.uk> -Supported: ??? -Latest Version: Mar 1990 -Archives: utah -See also: authordate1-4.sty, authordate1.bst, authordate2.bst, - authordate4.bst - -Name: authordate4.bst -Description: BibTeX bibliography style -Keywords: BibTeX, bibliography -Author: David Rhead <David_Rhead@vme.nott.ac.uk> -Supported: ??? -Latest Version: Mar 1990 -Archives: utah -See also: authordate1-4.sty, authordate1.bst, authordate2.bst, - authordate3.bst - -Name: bbs.bst -Description: BibTeX bibliography style that produces bibliographies more - or less in the format of Behavioral and Brain Sciences. It was - adapted from apalike.bst, incorporating features of Sake J. - Hogeveen's `astron.bst'. -Keywords: BibTeX, bibliography -Author: Alan Rogers <rogers@anthro.utah.edu> -Supported: no -Latest Version: v1.1, 15 Feb 1991 -Archives: utah -Note: Requires astron.sty. - -Name: cbe.bst -Description: BibTeX bibliography style that produces bibliographies more - or less in the Council of Biology Editors format, which is used by - Evolution, American Naturalist, and lots of other journals. It was - adapted from apalike.bst, incorporating features of Sake J. - Hogeveen's `astron.bst'. -Keywords: BibTeX, bibliography -Author: Alan Rogers <rogers@anthro.utah.edu> -Supported: no -Latest Version: v1.1, 1990 -Archives: utah -Note: Requires astron.sty. - -Name: cell.bst -Description: BibTeX bibliography style -Keywords: BibTeX, bibliography -Author: Thomas Schneider <toms@ncifcrf.gov> -Supported: ??? -Latest Version: v1.23, 29 Jun 1992 -Archives: utah, ncifcrf.gov [129.43.1.11]:pub/delila/cell.bst - -Name: cell.sty -Description: -Keywords: LaTeX, BibTeX, bibliography -Author: -Supported: ??? -Latest Version: -Archives: ncifcrf.gov [129.43.1.11]:pub/delila/cell.sty - -Name: humanbio.bst -Description: BibTeX bibliography style that produces bibliographies more - or less in the format of the journal Human Biology. It was adapted - from apalike.bst, incorporating features of Sake J. Hogeveen's - `astron.bst'. -Keywords: BibTeX, bibliography -Author: Alan Rogers <rogers@anthro.utah.edu> -Supported: no -Latest Version: v1.1, 1990 -Archives: utah -Note: Requires astron.sty. - -Name: humannat.bst -Description: BibTeX bibliography style that produces bibliographies more - or less in the format of the journals Human Nature and American - Anthropologist. It was adapted from apalike.bst, incorporating - features of Sake J. Hogeveen's `astron.bst'. -Keywords: BibTeX, bibliography -Author: Alan Rogers <rogers@anthro.utah.edu> -Supported: no -Latest Version: v1.03, 29 Jun 1992 -Archives: utah -Note: Requires astron.sty. - -Name: is-abbrv.bst -Description: Modification of the abbrv BibTeX bibliography style - (abbrv.bst) that has support for ISBN and ISSN fields and for a - PERIODICAL bibliography type. -Keywords: BibTeX, bibliography -Author: Nelson H. F. Beebe <beebe@math.utah.edu> -Supported: yes -Latest Version: v1.02, 12 Sep 1991 -Archives: utah* -See also: is-alpha.bst, is-plain.bst, is-unsrt.bst - -Name: is-alpha.bst -Description: Modification of the alpha BibTeX bibliography style - (alpha.bst) that has support for ISBN and ISSN fields and for a - PERIODICAL bibliography type. -Keywords: BibTeX, bibliography -Author: Nelson H. F. Beebe <beebe@math.utah.edu> -Supported: yes -Latest Version: v1.02, 12 Sep 1991 -Archives: utah* -See also: is-abbrv.bst, is-plain.bst, is-unsrt.bst - -Name: is-plain.bst -Description: Modification of the plain BibTeX bibliography style - (plain.bst) that has support for ISBN and ISSN fields and for a - PERIODICAL bibliography type. -Keywords: BibTeX, bibliography -Author: Nelson H. F. Beebe <beebe@math.utah.edu> -Supported: ??? -Latest Version: v1.02, 12 Sep 1991 -Archives: utah* -See also: is-abbrv.bst, is-alpha.bst, is-unsrt.bst - -Name: is-unsrt.bst -Description: Modification of the unsrt BibTeX bibliography style - (unsrt.bst) that has support for ISBN and ISSN fields and for a - PERIODICAL bibliography type. -Keywords: BibTeX, bibliography -Author: Nelson H. F. Beebe <beebe@math.utah.edu> -Supported: yes -Latest Version: v1.02, 12 Sep 1991 -Archives: utah* -See also: is-abbrv.bst, is-alpha.bst, is-plain.bst - -Name: jbact.bst -Description: BibTeX bibliography style -Keywords: BibTeX, bibliography -Author: Thomas Schneider <toms@ncifcrf.gov> -Supported: ??? -Latest Version: -Archives: utah -Note: Requires jbact.sty. - -Name: jbact.sty -Description: LaTeX -Keywords: LaTeX -Author: -Supported: ??? -Latest Version: -Archives: utah -See also: jbact.bst - -Name: jmb.bst -Description: BibTeX bibliography style for the Journal of Molecular - Biology and Journal of Theoretical Biology. -Keywords: BibTeX, bibliography -Author: Tom Schneider <toms@ncifcrf.gov> -Supported: yes -Latest Version: v1.21, 29 Jun 1992 -Archives: utah, ncifcrf.gov:pub/delila/jmb.bst.Z -Note: jmb.sty - -Name: jtb.bst -Description: BibTeX bibliography style that produces bibliographies more - or less in the format of the Journal of Theoretical Biology. It was - adapted from Sake J. Hogeveen's `astron.bst'. -Keywords: BibTeX, bibliography -Author: Alan Rogers <rogers@anthro.utah.edu> -Supported: no -Latest Version: v1.1, 1990 -Archives: utah -Note: Requires astron.bst. - -Name: namunsrt.bst -Description: BibTeX bibliography style -Keywords: BibTeX, bibliography -Author: -Supported: ??? -Latest Version: -Archives: utah - -Name: nar.bst -Description: BibTeX bibliography style for the journal Nucleic Acid - Research. It was adapted from the standard unsrt.bst style file. -Keywords: BibTeX, bibliography -Author: Tom Schneider <toms@ncifcrf.gov> -Supported: yes -Latest Version: v3.04, 10 Sep 1991 -Archives: utah -Note: nar.sty - -Name: nature.bst -Description: BibTeX bibliography style -Keywords: BibTeX, bibliography -Author: Tom Schneider? (Ask Nelson H. F. Beebe <beebe@math.utah.edu>) -Supported: ??? -Latest Version: v1.05, 29 Jun 1992 -Archives: utah, ncifcrf.gov [129.43.1.11]:pub/delila/nature.sty - -Name: nature.sty -Description: -Keywords: LaTeX, BibTeX, bibliography -Author: -Supported: ??? -Latest Version: -Archives: utah, ncifcrf.gov [129.43.1.11]:pub/delila/nature.sty - -Name: newapa.bst -Description: BibTeX bibliography style -Keywords: BibTeX, bibliography -Author: Stephen N. Spencer <spencer@heinlein.cgrg.ohio.state.edu>, - <spencer@cgrg.ohio.state.edu>, <71160.3141@compuserve.com> -Supported: ??? -Latest Version: -Archives: utah, stuttgart, aston - -Name: newapa.sty -Description: -Keywords: BibTeX, bibliography -Author: Stephen N. Spencer <spencer@heinlein.cgrg.ohio.state.edu> and - Nelson H. F. Beebe <beebe@math.utah.edu>?? -Supported: ??? -Latest Version: -Archives: utah, stuttgart, aston - -Name: phaip.bst -Description: BibTeX bibliography style -Keywords: BibTeX, bibliography -Author: Charles Karney <karney@princeton.edu> -Supported: yes -Latest Version: 27 Feb 1990 -Archives: utah - -Name: phapalik.bst -Description: BibTeX bibliography style -Keywords: BibTeX, bibliography -Author: Charles Karney <karney@princeton.edu> -Supported: ??? -Latest Version: 27 Feb 1990 -Archives: utah - -Name: phcpc.bst -Description: BibTeX bibliography style -Keywords: BibTeX, bibliography -Author: Charles Karney <karney@princeton.edu> -Supported: ??? -Latest Version: 27 Feb 1990 -Archives: utah - -Name: phiaea.bst -Description: BibTeX bibliography style -Keywords: BibTeX, bibliography -Author: Charles Karney <karney@princeton.edu> -Supported: ??? -Latest Version: 27 Feb 1990 -Archives: utah - -Name: phjcp.bst -Description: BibTeX bibliography style -Keywords: BibTeX, bibliography -Author: Charles Karney <karney@princeton.edu> -Supported: ??? -Latest Version: 27 Feb 1990 -Archives: utah - -Name: phnf.bst -Description: BibTeX bibliography style -Keywords: BibTeX, bibliography -Author: Charles Karney <karney@princeton.edu> -Supported: ??? -Latest Version: 27 Feb 1990 -Archives: utah - -Name: phnflet.bst -Description: BibTeX bibliography style -Keywords: BibTeX, bibliography -Author: Charles Karney <karney@princeton.edu> -Supported: ??? -Latest Version: 27 Feb 1990 -Archives: utah - -Name: phpf.bst -Description: BibTeX bibliography style -Keywords: BibTeX, bibliography -Author: Charles Karney <karney@princeton.edu> -Supported: ??? -Latest Version: 27 Feb 1990 -Archives: utah - -Name: phppcf.bst -Description: BibTeX bibliography style -Keywords: BibTeX, bibliography -Author: Charles Karney <karney@princeton.edu> -Supported: ??? -Latest Version: 27 Feb 1990 -Archives: utah - -Name: phreport.bst -Description: BibTeX bibliography style -Keywords: BibTeX, bibliography -Author: Charles Karney <karney@princeton.edu> -Supported: ??? -Latest Version: 27 Feb 1990 -Archives: utah - -Name: phrmp.bst -Description: BibTeX bibliography style -Keywords: BibTeX, bibliography -Author: Charles Karney <karney@princeton.edu> -Supported: ??? -Latest Version: 27 Feb 1990 -Archives: utah - -Name: plainyr.bst -Description: Modification of the plain BibTeX bibliography style - (plain.bst) that sorts items by year, author and title, in that - order. -Keywords: BibTeX, bibliography -Author: Michael P. Perrone <mpp@cs.brown.edu> -Supported: ??? -Latest Version: 26 Jun 1992 -Archives: utah - -Name: science.bst -Description: BibTeX bibliography style -Keywords: BibTeX, bibliography -Author: Thomas D. Schneider <toms@ncifcrf.gov> -Supported: ??? -Latest Version: v1.09, 30 Aug 1992 -Archives: ncifcrf.gov [129.43.1.11]:pub/delila/science.bst - -Name: science.sty -Description: LaTeX document style for the journal Science? -Keywords: LaTeX, BibTeX, bibliography -Author: Thomas D. Schneider <toms@ncifcrf.gov> -Supported: ??? -Latest Version: v2.03, 24 Aug 1992 -Archives: ncifcrf.gov [129.43.1.11]:pub/delila/science.sty - -Name: control.bst -Description: BibTeX bibliography style -Keywords: BibTeX, bibliography -Author: Thomas D. Schneider <toms@ncifcrf.gov> -Supported: ??? -Latest Version: v1.09, 30 Aug 1992 -Archives: ncifcrf.gov [129.43.1.11]:pub/delila/control.bst - -=========================================================================== - -% Keep these lines at the end of the file! -% Local Variables: -% fill-column: 72 -% End: diff --git a/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/help/ascii.tex b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/help/ascii.tex deleted file mode 100644 index c2f95e7da33..00000000000 --- a/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/help/ascii.tex +++ /dev/null @@ -1,189 +0,0 @@ -%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%% -%% %% -%% A S C I I wall chart %% -%% %% -%% by Victor Eijkhout %% -%% eijkhout@cs.utk.edu %% -%% %% -%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%% -% -%% Choose your favourite format: -% -\nopagenumbers %% 2 lines -\vsize=28cm %% for PLAIN TeX -%\documentstyle{article} %% 4 lines for LaTeX -%\begin{document} %% not that it matters anything, -%\pagestyle{empty} %% rest of the document -%\setlength{\textheight}{28cm} %% is 'pure' TeX. -%%%%%% and don't forget the \bye / \end{document} at the end!! %%%%%%% -%% fonts -\font\bitfont=cmr7 \fontdimen3\bitfont=3mm -\font\codefont=cmr5 -\font\namefont=cmss10 scaled 1200 -\font\titlefont=cmss10 scaled 1440 -\font\commentfont=cmss10 -%% counts and dimens -\newdimen\thinlinewidth \thinlinewidth=.25mm -\newdimen\fatlinewidth \fatlinewidth=.5mm -\newdimen\rowheight \rowheight=1cm -\newdimen\colwidth \colwidth=1.6cm -\newdimen\Colwidth \Colwidth=2\colwidth - \advance\Colwidth by \thinlinewidth -\newdimen\topwhite \topwhite=2pt -\newdimen\botwhite \botwhite=3pt -\newdimen\leftwhite \leftwhite=2pt -\newdimen\rightwhite \rightwhite=2pt -\newcount\rowcount \rowcount=-1 %% note! -\newcount\colcount \colcount=0 -\newcount\thenumber -%% tidbits -\def\\{$\backslash$} -\def\thinline{\vrule width \thinlinewidth} -\def\fatline{\vrule width \fatlinewidth} -\tolerance=10000 -\vbadness=10000 -%% code conversion -\def\calcnumber{{\multiply\colcount by 16 - \advance\colcount by \rowcount - \global\thenumber=\colcount}} -\def\deccode{\number\thenumber} -\def\octcode{{\ifnum\thenumber>63 - \advance\thenumber by -64 - \count0=\thenumber \divide\count0 by 8 - 1\number\count0 - \else \count0=\thenumber \divide\count0 by 8 - \ifnum\count0>0 \number\count0 \fi\fi - \multiply\count0 by 8 - \advance\thenumber by -\count0 - \number\thenumber}} -\def\hexdigit#1{\ifcase#1 0\or 1\or 2\or 3\or 4\or 5\or 6\or 7\or - 8\or 9\or A\or B\or C\or D\or E\or F\or - \edef\tmp{\message{illegal hex digit - \number#1}}\tmp - \fi} -\def\hexcode{{\count0=\thenumber \divide\count0 by 16 - \ifnum\count0>0 \hexdigit{\count0}\fi - \multiply\count0 by 16 - \advance\thenumber by -\count0 \count0=\thenumber - \hexdigit{\count0}}} -%% the heading -\def\threebit#1#2#3{\vbox to 1.2\rowheight{\bitfont - \vskip\topwhite - \hbox to \colwidth{\hskip\leftwhite#1\hfil} - \vfil - \hbox to \colwidth{\hfil#2\hfil} - \vfil - \hbox to \colwidth{\hfil#3\hskip\rightwhite} - \vskip\botwhite}} -\def\comment#1{\vbox to \colwidth{\hrule height 0mm depth .25mm - \vfil - \hbox to \Colwidth{\commentfont\hfil#1\hfil} - \vfil}} -\def\dcomment#1#2{\vbox to \colwidth{\hrule height 0mm depth .25mm - \vfil - \hbox to \Colwidth{\commentfont\hfil#1\hfil} - \vskip \botwhite - \hbox to \Colwidth{\commentfont\hfil#2\hfil} - \vfil}} -\def\bithead{\vbox to \colwidth{\hsize=1.5\colwidth - \vskip\topwhite - \hbox to \hsize{\commentfont\hfil BITS\hfil} - \vfil - \hbox to \hsize{\bitfont\ b4 b3 b2 b1 } - \vskip\botwhite}} -%% routines for single chars -\def\fourbit#1\fb{\vbox to \rowheight{ - \vfil - \hbox to 1.5\colwidth{\bitfont #1\ } - \vfil}% - \global\advance\rowcount by 1 - \global\colcount=0} -\def\asc#1\ii{\calcnumber - \vbox to \rowheight{\offinterlineskip - \vskip\topwhite - \hbox to \colwidth{\codefont - \hskip\leftwhite - \deccode\hfil} - \vfil - \hbox to \colwidth{\vrule width 0cm - height 10pt depth 2pt - \namefont - \hfil#1\hfil} - \vfil - \hbox to \colwidth{\codefont - \hskip\leftwhite - \hexcode\hfil\octcode - \hskip\rightwhite} - \vskip\botwhite}% - \global\advance\colcount by 1} -%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%% and now the table itself %%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%% -\vbox{ -\halign{\fourbit#\fb&\fatline\asc#\ii&\thinline\asc#\ii& - \fatline\asc#\ii&\thinline\asc#\ii& - \fatline\asc#\ii&\thinline\asc#\ii& - \fatline\asc#\ii&\thinline\asc#\ii\fatline\cr - \omit&\multispan8 \hskip\thinlinewidth - \titlefont ASCII CONTROL CODE CHART\hfil\cr - \noalign{\vskip3mm \hrule} - \omit\hfil\threebit{b7}{b6}{b5} - &\omit\fatline\threebit000&\omit\thinline\threebit001% - &\omit\fatline\threebit010&\omit\thinline\threebit011% - &\omit\fatline\threebit100&\omit\thinline\threebit101% - &\omit\fatline\threebit110&\omit\thinline\threebit111% - \fatline\cr - \noalign{\vskip-.5mm} %brute force - \omit\bithead - &\omit\fatline\comment{CONTROL}\span\omit - &\omit\fatline\dcomment{SYMBOLS}{NUMBERS}\span\omit - &\omit\fatline\comment{UPPER CASE}\span\omit - &\omit\fatline\comment{LOWER CASE}\span\omit\hfil\fatline\cr - \noalign{\hrule} - {} 0 0 0 0&NUL&DLE&SP &0 &@ &P &` &p \cr\noalign{\hrule} - {} 0 0 0 1&SOH&DC1&! &1 &A &Q &a &q \cr\noalign{\hrule} - {} 0 0 1 0&STX&DC2&" &2 &B &R &b &r \cr\noalign{\hrule} - {} 0 0 1 1&ETX&DC3&\# &3 &C &S &c &s \cr\noalign{\hrule} - {} 0 1 0 0&EOT&DC4&\$ &4 &D &T &d &t \cr\noalign{\hrule} - {} 0 1 0 1&ENQ&NAK&\% &5 &E &U &e &u \cr\noalign{\hrule} - {} 0 1 1 0&ACK&SYN&\& &6 &F &V &f &v \cr\noalign{\hrule} - {} 0 1 1 1&BEL&ETB&' &7 &G &W &g &w \cr\noalign{\hrule} - {} 1 0 0 0&BS &CAN&( &8 &H &X &h &x \cr\noalign{\hrule} - {} 1 0 0 1&HT &EM &) &9 &I &Y &i &y \cr\noalign{\hrule} - {} 1 0 1 0&LF &SUB&* &: &J &Z &j &z \cr\noalign{\hrule} - {} 1 0 1 1&VT &ESC&+ &; &K &[ &k &$\{$\cr \noalign{\hrule} - {} 1 1 0 0&FF &FS &, &$<$&L &\\ &l &$|$ \cr \noalign{\hrule} - {} 1 1 0 1&CR &GS &$-$ &= &M &] &m &$\}$\cr \noalign{\hrule} - {} 1 1 1 0&SO &RS &. &$>$&N &\char94 &n &\char126\cr - \noalign{\hrule} - {} 1 1 1 1&SI &US &/ &? &O &\_$\!$\_&o &DEL\cr\noalign{\hrule} - \noalign{\vskip2mm} - \omit&\omit\namefont \hfil LEGEND:\hfil \span\omit - &\multispan4\hskip\fatlinewidth - \vtop{\vskip-10pt\hbox{\vrule - \vbox to \rowheight{ - \offinterlineskip - \hrule\vskip \topwhite - \hbox to \colwidth{\codefont\hskip\leftwhite - dec\hfil} - \vfil - \hbox to \colwidth{\namefont\hfil CHAR\hfil} - \vfil - \hbox to \colwidth{\codefont\hskip\leftwhite - hex\hfil oct - \hskip\rightwhite} - \vskip\botwhite - \hrule }% - \vrule}} - \hfil - &\multispan2\bitfont \hskip\fatlinewidth - \vtop{\vskip-8pt\baselineskip=8.5pt - \hbox{Victor Eijkhout} - \rlap{Dept. of Comp. Sci.} - \rlap{University of Tennessee} - \rlap{Knoxville TN 37996, USA} - }\hfil\cr - } -} -%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%% and that's it folks! %%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%% - -\bye %% PLAIN TeX -%\end{document} %% LaTeX diff --git a/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/help/csname.txt b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/help/csname.txt deleted file mode 100644 index 2016f64bd50..00000000000 --- a/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/help/csname.txt +++ /dev/null @@ -1,1892 +0,0 @@ - CSNAME.TXT - -This file contains all unique control sequences used by TeX and the -pricipal macro packages in use at AMS: - Plain: primitives; plain.tex - AMS-TeX: amstex.tex, amsppt.sty - LaTeX: (not yet installed) - - -\ *primitive (control space) -\! plain.tex -\" plain.tex -\# plain.tex -\$ plain.tex -\% plain.tex -\& plain.tex -\' plain.tex -\( plain.tex -\) plain.tex -\* plain.tex -\+ plain.tex -\, plain.tex -\- *primitive (discretionary hyphen) -\. plain.tex -\/ *primitive (italic correction) -\/ plain.tex -\: plain.tex (redefined in amstex.tex) -\; plain.tex (redefined in amstex.tex) -\< plain.tex -\= plain.tex (undefined in amstex.tex) -\> plain.tex (undefined in amstex.tex) -\? plain.tex -\*@@at(csname) amstex.tex (* will be replaced by some string) -\*@at(csname) amstex.tex (* will be replaced by some string) -\*@box(csname) amstex.tex (* will be replaced by some string) -\*@true(csname) amsppt.sty (* will be replaced by some string) -\*box@(csname) amsppt.sty (* will be replaced by some string) -\*Zat(csname) amstex.tex (* will be replaced by some string) -\*ZZat(csname) amstex.tex (* will be replaced by some string) -\@ amstex.tex -\@cclv plain.tex -\@cclvi plain.tex -\@crfalse plain.tex -\@crtrue plain.tex -\@foot plain.tex -\@if plain.tex -\@ins plain.tex -\@lign plain.tex -\@m plain.tex -\@M plain.tex -\@midfalse plain.tex -\@midtrue plain.tex -\@MM plain.tex -\@ne plain.tex -\@nother plain.tex -\@penup plain.tex -\@sf plain.tex -\@vereq plain.tex -\aa plain.tex -\AA plain.tex -\above *primitive -\abovedisplayshortskip *primitive -\abovedisplayskip *primitive -\abovewithdelims *primitive -\abstract amsppt.sty -\abstract@ amsppt.sty -\abstract@true amsppt.sty -\accent *primitive -\accentdimen@ amstex.tex -\accentedsymbol amstex.tex -\accentfam@ amstex.tex -\accentmu@ amstex.tex -\active plain.tex -\acute plain.tex -\Acute amstex.tex -\acuteaccent amstex.tex -\address amsppt.sty -\addresscount@ amsppt.sty -\address* amsppt.sty (expands to *i, *ii, etc.) -\addressnum@ amsppt.sty -\adjdemerits *primitive -\adjustfootnotemark amsppt.sty -\advance *primitive -\advancepageno plain.tex -\ae plain.tex -\AE plain.tex -\affil amsppt.sty -\affil@true amsppt.sty -\affilbox@ amsppt.sty -\after amstex.tex -\afterassignment *primitive -\afterbook@false amsppt.sty -\afterbook@true amsppt.sty -\aftergroup *primitive -\aleph plain.tex -\align amstex.tex -\align@ amstex.tex -\alignat amstex.tex -\alignat@ amstex.tex -\aligned amstex.tex -\aligned@ amstex.tex -\alignedat amstex.tex -\alloc@ plain.tex (redefined in amstex.tex) -\alloc@true amstex.tex -\allocationnumber plain.tex -\alloclist@ amstex.tex -\allowbreak plain.tex -\allowdisplaybreak@ amstex.tex -\allowlinebreak amstex.tex -\allowmathbreak amstex.tex -\alpha plain.tex -\amalg plain.tex -\ampersand@ amstex.tex -\amspptloaded@AmS amsppt.sty -\AmSTeX amstex.tex -\amstexloaded@ amstex.tex -\and amstex.tex -\and@ amstex.tex -\angle plain.tex -\ans@ amstex.tex -\Ans@ amstex.tex -\appendit@ amstex.tex -\approx plain.tex -\arccos plain.tex -\arcsin plain.tex -\arctan plain.tex -\arg plain.tex -\arrowvert plain.tex -\Arrowvert plain.tex -\ast plain.tex -\asymp plain.tex -\at@ amstex.tex -\atcount@ amstex.tex -\atdef@ amstex.tex -\athelp@ amstex.tex -\athelpZ(csname) amstex.tex -\atop *primitive -\atopwithdelims *primitive -\attag@ amstex.tex -\atZ(csname) amstex.tex -\atZZ(csname) amstex.tex -\atZZZ(csname) amstex.tex -\atZZZZ(csname) amstex.tex -\author amsppt.sty -\author@true amsppt.sty -\authorbox@ amsppt.sty -\b plain.tex -\B amstex.tex -\backslash plain.tex -\badans@false amstex.tex -\badans@true amstex.tex -\bar plain.tex -\Bar amstex.tex -\baselineskip *primitive -\batchmode *primitive -\Bbb amstex.tex -\Bbb@ amstex.tex -\Bbb@@ amstex.tex -\begingroup *primitive -\beginsection *primitive -\belowdisplayshortskip *primitive -\belowdisplayskip *primitive -\beta plain.tex -\bf plain.tex -\bffam plain.tex -\bffam@ amstex.tex -\bgroup plain.tex -\big plain.tex -\Big plain.tex -\bigaw@ amstex.tex -\bigbreak plain.tex -\bigcap plain.tex -\bigcap@ amstex.tex -\bigcirc plain.tex -\bigcup plain.tex -\bigcup@ amstex.tex -\bigg plain.tex -\Bigg plain.tex -\biggl plain.tex -\Biggl plain.tex -\biggm plain.tex -\Biggm plain.tex -\biggr plain.tex -\Biggr plain.tex -\bigl plain.tex -\Bigl plain.tex -\bigm plain.tex -\Bigm plain.tex -\bigodot plain.tex -\bigodot@ amstex.tex -\bigoplus plain.tex -\bigoplus@ amstex.tex -\bigotimes plain.tex -\bigotimes@ amstex.tex -\bigpagebreak amstex.tex -\bigr plain.tex -\Bigr plain.tex -\bigskip plain.tex -\bigskipamount plain.tex -\bigsqcup plain.tex -\bigsqcup@ amstex.tex -\bigtriangledown plain.tex -\bigtriangleup plain.tex -\biguplus plain.tex -\biguplus@ amstex.tex -\bigvee plain.tex -\bigvee@ amstex.tex -\bigvspace amstex.tex -\bigwedge plain.tex -\bigwedge@ amstex.tex -\binom amstex.tex -\binoppenalty *primitive -\binrel@ amstex.tex -\binrel@@ amstex.tex -\black@ amstex.tex -\BlackBoxes amstex.tex -\bmatrix amstex.tex -\bmod plain.tex -\body plain.tex -\bold amstex.tex -\bold@ amstex.tex -\bold@@ amstex.tex -\boldDelta amstex.tex -\boldGamma amstex.tex -\boldLambda amstex.tex -\boldOmega amstex.tex -\boldPhi amstex.tex -\boldPi amstex.tex -\boldPsi amstex.tex -\boldSigma amstex.tex -\boldTheta amstex.tex -\boldUpsilon amstex.tex -\boldXi amstex.tex -\book amsppt.sty -\book@false amsppt.sty -\book@true amsppt.sty -\bookbox@ amsppt.sty -\bookinfo amsppt.sty -\bookinfo@false amsppt.sty -\bookinfobox@ amsppt.sty -\bordermatrix plain.tex -\bot plain.tex -\bot@false amstex.tex -\bot@true amstex.tex -\botaligned amstex.tex -\botfolded@false amstex.tex -\botfolded@true amstex.tex -\botfoldedtext amstex.tex -\botmark *primitive -\botshave amstex.tex -\botsmash amstex.tex -\bowtie plain.tex -\box *primitive -\box255 *primitive (page contents) -\boxed amstex.tex -\boxmaxdepth *primitive -\brace plain.tex -\braceld plain.tex -\bracelu plain.tex -\bracerd plain.tex -\braceru plain.tex -\bracevert plain.tex -\brack plain.tex -\break plain.tex -\breve plain.tex -\Breve amstex.tex -\brokenpenalty *primitive -\buffer amstex.tex -\buffer@ amstex.tex -\buildrel plain.tex -\bullet plain.tex -\bunch amstex.tex -\bunchtag amstex.tex -\by amsppt.sty -\by@false amsppt.sty -\by@true amsppt.sty -\bybox@ amsppt.sty -\bye plain.tex -\bysame amsppt.sty -\bysame@false amsppt.sty -\bysame@true amsppt.sty -\bysamebox@ amsppt.sty -\c amstex.tex (center, in \matrix) -\c plain.tex -\c@ncel plain.tex -\cal plain.tex (undefined in amstex.tex) -\Cal amstex.tex -\Cal@ amstex.tex -\Cal@@ amstex.tex -\cap plain.tex -\caption amstex.tex -\captionwidth amstex.tex -\captionwidth@ amstex.tex -\cases plain.tex (redefined in amstex.tex) -\catcode *primitive -\CD amstex.tex -\CD@true amstex.tex -\cdot plain.tex -\cdotp plain.tex -\cdots plain.tex -\CenteredTagsOnSplits amstex.tex -\centering plain.tex -\centering@ amstex.tex -\centerline plain.tex -\cfrac amstex.tex -\cfraccount@ amstex.tex -\ch@ck plain.tex -\ChangeBuffer amstex.tex -\char *primitive -\chardef *primitive -\check plain.tex -\Check amstex.tex -\chi plain.tex -\choose plain.tex -\circ plain.tex -\cite amsppt.sty -\classnum@ amstex.tex -\cleaders *primitive -\cleartabs plain.tex -\closein *primitive -\closeout *primitive -\clubpenalty *primitive -\clubsuit plain.tex -\colon plain.tex -\columns plain.tex -\comment amstex.tex -\comment@ amstex.tex -\comment@@ amstex.tex -\comment@@@ amstex.tex -\cong plain.tex -\coprod plain.tex -\coprod@ amstex.tex -\copy plain.tex -\copyright plain.tex -\cos plain.tex -\cosh plain.tex -\cot plain.tex -\coth plain.tex -\count *primitive -\count@ plain.tex -\count0 plain.tex (page number, \pageno) -\countdef *primitive -\countxviii@ amstex.tex -\cr *primitive -\CR@ amstex.tex -\crcr *primitive -\csc plain.tex -\csname *primitive -\ctagsplit@false amstex.tex -\ctagsplit@true amstex.tex -\cup plain.tex -\d plain.tex -\D amstex.tex -\dag plain.tex -\dagger plain.tex -\dashv plain.tex -\date amsppt.sty -\date@ amsppt.sty -\date@true amsppt.sty -\day *primitive -\dbinom amstex.tex -\ddag plain.tex -\ddagger plain.tex -\ddddot amstex.tex -\dddot amstex.tex -\ddot plain.tex -\Ddot amstex.tex -\ddots plain.tex -\deadcycles *primitive -\def *primitive (use discouraged by amstex.tex; see \define) -\defahelp@ amstex.tex -\defaulthelp@ amstex.tex -\defaulthyphenchar *primitive -\defaultskewchar *primitive -\defbhelp@ amstex.tex -\define amstex.tex -\define@ amstex.tex -\define@@ amstex.tex -\deg plain.tex -\delcode *primitive -\delimiter *primitive -\delimiterfactor *primitive -\delimitershortfall *primitive -\delta plain.tex -\Delta plain.tex -\demo amsppt.sty -\demo@ amsppt.sty -\demonp % amsppt.sty -\det plain.tex -\dfrac amstex.tex -\diamond plain.tex -\diamondsuit plain.tex -\dim plain.tex -\dimen *primitive -\dimen@ plain.tex -\dimen@i plain.tex -\dimen@ii plain.tex -\dimendef *primitive -\dimentomu@ amstex.tex -\disabletabs amstex.tex -\DisableTabs amstex.tex -\discretionary *primitive -\displ@y plain.tex -\displ@y@ amstex.tex -\displaybreak amstex.tex -\displaybreak@ amstex.tex -\displayindent *primitive -\displaylimits *primitive -\displaylines plain.tex -\displaystyle *primitive -\displaywidowpenalty *primitive -\displaywidth *primitive -\displaywidth@ amstex.tex -\div plain.tex -\divide *primitive -\dlsl@ amstex.tex -\dmatherr@ amstex.tex -\do plain.tex -\doat@ amstex.tex -\document amstex.tex % amsppt.sty -\documentstyle amstex.tex -\dodummy@ amstex.tex -\dospecials plain.tex -\dosupereject plain.tex -\dot plain.tex -\Dot amstex.tex -\doteq plain.tex -\dotfill plain.tex -\dots plain.tex -\DOTS@ amstex.tex -\DOTS@@ amstex.tex -\DOTS@false amstex.tex -\DOTS@true amstex.tex -\dotsb amstex.tex -\DOTSB amstex.tex -\dotsb@ amstex.tex -\dotsc amstex.tex -\DOTSCASE@ amstex.tex -\dotsi amstex.tex -\DOTSI amstex.tex -\dotsm amstex.tex -\dotso@ amstex.tex -\dotsspace@ amstex.tex -\DOTSX amstex.tex -\doublehyphendemerits *primitive -\downarrow plain.tex -\Downarrow plain.tex -\downbracefill plain.tex -\dp *primitive -\drsr@ amstex.tex -\dsize amstex.tex -\dt@pfalse plain.tex -\dt@ptrue plain.tex -\dummyft@ amstex.tex -\dump *primitive -\eat@ amstex.tex -\edef *primitive -\egroup plain.tex -\eightbf amsppt.sty -\eightbig@ amsppt.sty -\eighti amsppt.sty -\eightit amsppt.sty -\eightpoint amsppt.sty -\eightrm amsppt.sty -\eightsl amsppt.sty -\eightsy amsppt.sty -\eject plain.tex -\ell plain.tex -\else *primitive -\empty plain.tex -\emptyset plain.tex -\enabletabs amstex.tex -\EnableTabs amstex.tex -\enabletabs@ amstex.tex -\end *primitive -\endalign amstex.tex -\endalignat amstex.tex -\endaligned amstex.tex -\endalignedat amstex.tex -\endauthor amsppt.sty -\endbmatrix amstex.tex -\endbotaligned amstex.tex -\endcases amstex.tex -\endCD amstex.tex -\endcfrac amstex.tex -\endcomment amstex.tex -\endcsname *primitive -\enddemo amsppt.sty -\enddocument amstex.tex -\endgather amstex.tex -\endgathered amstex.tex -\endgraf plain.tex -\endgroup *primitive -\endheading amsppt.sty -\endinput *primitive -\endinsert plain.tex -\endline plain.tex -\endlinechar *primitive -\endmatrix amstex.tex -\endmultline amstex.tex -\endpmatrix amstex.tex -\endproclaim amsppt.sty -\endref amsppt.sty -\endref@ amsppt.sty -\endroster amsppt.sty -\endSb amstex.tex -\endsmallmatrix amstex.tex -\endSp amstex.tex -\endsplit amstex.tex -\endtitle amsppt.sty -\endtopaligned amstex.tex -\endtopmatter amsppt.sty -\endvmatrix amstex.tex -\endVmatrix amstex.tex -\endxalignat amstex.tex -\endxxalignat amstex.tex -\enskip plain.tex -\enspace plain.tex -\epsilon plain.tex -\eqalign plain.tex -\eqalignno plain.tex -\eqno *primitive -\equiv plain.tex -\err@ amstex.tex -\Err@ amstex.tex -\errhelp *primitive -\errmessage *primitive -\errorstopmode *primitive -\errZ(csname) amstex.tex -\escapechar *primitive -\eta plain.tex -\everycr *primitive -\everydisplay *primitive -\everyhbox *primitive -\everyjob *primitive -\everymath *primitive -\everypar *primitive -\everypartoks@ amsppt.sty -\everyvbox *primitive -\ex@ amstex.tex -\exhyphenpenalty *primitive -\exists plain.tex -\exp plain.tex -\expandafter *primitive -\extra@ amstex.tex -\extra@false amstex.tex -\extra@true amstex.tex -\extrap@ amstex.tex -\f@@t plain.tex -\f@t plain.tex -\fam *primitive -\familycount@ amstex.tex -\fi *primitive -\filbreak *primitive -\filhss@ amsppt.sty -\finalhyphendemerits *primitive -\finalinfo amsppt.sty -\finalinfo@false amsppt.sty -\finalinfobox@ amsppt.sty -\findlimits@ amstex.tex -\finph@nt plain.tex -\finsm@sh plain.tex (redefined in amstex.tex) -\firstitem@false amsppt.sty -\firstitem@true amsppt.sty -\firstmark *primitive -\firstref@false amsppt.sty -\firstref@true amsppt.sty -\fivebf plain.tex -\fivei plain.tex -\fivemsx amstex.tex (depends on font availability) -\fivemsy amstex.tex (depends on font availability) -\fiverm plain.tex -\fivesy plain.tex -\flat plain.tex -\floatingpenalty *primitive -\flushpar amstex.tex -\fmtname plain.tex -\Fmtname amstex.tex -\fmtversion plain.tex -\Fmtversion amstex.tex -\fo@t plain.tex -\foldedtext amstex.tex -\foldedtext@ amstex.tex -\foldedwidth amstex.tex -\folio plain.tex -\font *primitive -\font@ amsppt.sty -\fontdimen *primitive -\fontlist@ amstex.tex -\fontname *primitive -\footins plain.tex -\footline plain.tex -\footmarkcount@ amstex.tex -\footmarkcount@@ amstex.tex -\footmarkform@ amsppt.sty -\footnote plain.tex (undefined in amstex.tex) -\footnote (redefined in amsppt.sty) -\footnotemark amsppt.sty -\footnoterule plain.tex (redefined in amsppt.sty) -\footnotetext amsppt.sty -\footstrut plain.tex -\for amstex.tex -\forall plain.tex -\format amstex.tex -\format@ amstex.tex -\frac amstex.tex -\fracwithdelims amstex.tex -\frenchspacing plain.tex -\frown plain.tex -\futurelet *primitive -\futureletnextat@ amstex.tex -\futureletnextatZ(csname) amstex.tex -\G@ amstex.tex -\galign@ amstex.tex -\galleys amstex.tex -\galleys@true amstex.tex -\gamma plain.tex -\Gamma plain.tex -\garbage@ amstex.tex -\gather amstex.tex -\gathered amstex.tex -\gcd plain.tex -\gdef *primitive -\gdef@ amstex.tex -\gdisplaywidth@ amstex.tex -\ge plain.tex -\geq plain.tex -\getmathch@ amstex.tex -\getpoints@ amstex.tex -\gets plain.tex -\gg plain.tex -\glineht@ amstex.tex -\global *primitive -\globaldefs *primitive -\gloop@ amstex.tex -\gmaxwidth@ amstex.tex -\gmeasure@ amstex.tex -\goodbreak plain.tex -\grave plain.tex -\Grave amstex.tex -\graveaccent amstex.tex -\gwidth@ amstex.tex -\H plain.tex -\h@false plain.tex -\h@true plain.tex -\halign *primitive -\hang plain.tex -\hangafter *primitive -\hangindent *primitive -\hashtoks@ amstex.tex -\haswidth amstex.tex -\hat plain.tex -\Hat amstex.tex -\hataccent amstex.tex -\hbadness *primitive -\hbar plain.tex -\hbox *primitive -\hcorrection amstex.tex -\hdots amstex.tex -\hdotsfor amstex.tex -\heading amsppt.sty -\headingbox@ amsppt.sty -\headline plain.tex -\heartsuit plain.tex -\hexnumber@ amstex.tex -\hfil *primitive -\hfill *primitive -\hfilneg *primitive -\hfuzz *primitive -\hgl@ plain.tex -\hglue plain.tex -\hideskip plain.tex -\hidewidth plain.tex -\hoffset *primitive -\hom plain.tex -\hookleftarrow plain.tex -\hookrightarrow plain.tex -\hphantom plain.tex -\hrule *primitive -\hrulefill plain.tex -\hsize *primitive -\hskip *primitive -\hss *primitive -\ht *primitive -\hyphenation *primitive -\hyphenchar *primitive -\hyphenpenalty *primitive -\i plain.tex -\ialign plain.tex -\ic@ amstex.tex -\idotsint amstex.tex -\if *primitive -\if@ plain.tex -\if@cr plain.tex -\if@mid plain.tex -\ifabstract@ amsppt.sty -\ifaffil@ amsppt.sty -\ifafterbook@ amsppt.sty -\ifalloc@ amstex.tex -\ifauthor@ amsppt.sty -\ifbadans@ amstex.tex -\ifbook@ amsppt.sty -\ifbookinfo@ amsppt.sty -\ifbot@ amstex.tex -\ifbotfolded@ amstex.tex -\ifby@ amsppt.sty -\ifbysame@ amsppt.sty -\ifcase *primitive -\ifcat *primitive -\ifCD@ amstex.tex -\ifctagsplit@ amstex.tex -\ifdate@ amsppt.sty -\ifdim *primitive -\ifDOTS@ amstex.tex -\ifdt@p plain.tex -\ifeof *primitive -\ifextra@ amstex.tex -\iff plain.tex -\iffalse *primitive -\iffinalinfo@ amsppt.sty -\iffirstitem@ amsppt.sty -\iffirstref@ amsppt.sty -\ifgalleys@ amstex.tex -\ifh@ plain.tex -\ifhbox *primitive -\ifhmode *primitive -\ifin@ amstex.tex -\ifinalign@ amstex.tex -\ifinany@ amstex.tex -\ifinbook@ amsppt.sty -\ifingather@ amstex.tex -\ifinner *primitive -\ifissue@ amsppt.sty -\ifjour@ amsppt.sty -\ifkey@ amsppt.sty -\ifkeybin@ amstex.tex -\iflastref@ amsppt.sty -\iflimits@ amstex.tex -\iflimtoken@ amstex.tex -\iflogo@ amsppt.sty -\ifmacro@ amstex.tex -\ifmanyby@ amsppt.sty -\ifmath@ amstex.tex -\ifmathbin@ amstex.tex -\ifmathch@ amstex.tex -\ifmathrel@ amstex.tex -\ifmathtags@ amstex.tex -\ifmeasuring@ amstex.tex -\ifmid@ amstex.tex -\ifmmode *primitive -\ifnextRunin@ amsppt.sty -\ifno@ amsppt.sty -\ifnofrills@ amsppt.sty -\ifnojourinfo@ amsppt.sty -\ifnot@ amstex.tex -\ifnum *primitive -\ifodd *primitive -\ifonecr@ amstex.tex -\ifp@ge plain.tex -\ifpage@ amsppt.sty -\ifpages@ amsppt.sty -\ifpaper@ amsppt.sty -\ifpaperinfo@ amsppt.sty -\ifprevbook@ amsppt.sty -\ifprevinbook@ amsppt.sty -\ifprevjour@ amsppt.sty -\ifproclaim@ amsppt.sty -\ifpubl@ amsppt.sty -\ifpubladdr@ amsppt.sty -\ifr@ggedbottom plain.tex -\ifrightdelim@ amstex.tex -\ifsyntax@ amstex.tex -\iftagin@ amstex.tex -\iftagsleft@ amstex.tex -\ifthanks@ amsppt.sty -\iftoappear@ amsppt.sty -\iftop@ amstex.tex -\iftopfolded@ amstex.tex -\iftrue *primitive -\ifus@ plain.tex -\ifv@ plain.tex -\ifvbox *primitive -\ifvmode *primitive -\ifvoid *primitive -\ifvol@ amsppt.sty -\ifx *primitive -\ifxat@ amstex.tex -\ifyr@ amsppt.sty -\ifzerocr@ amstex.tex -\ignorespaces *primitive -\iiiint amstex.tex -\iiint amstex.tex -\iint amstex.tex -\ilimits@ amstex.tex -\Im plain.tex -\imath plain.tex -\immediate *primitive -\impliedby amstex.tex -\implies amstex.tex -\in plain.tex -\in@ amstex.tex -\in@@ amstex.tex -\in@false amstex.tex -\in@true amstex.tex -\inaccessible not a defined \cs; occurs only in error messages -\inalign@true amstex.tex -\inany@true amstex.tex -\inbook amsppt.sty -\inbook@false amsppt.sty -\inbook@true amsppt.sty -\indent *primitive -\inf plain.tex -\infty plain.tex -\ingather@true amstex.tex -\injlim amstex.tex -\innerendproclaim@ amsppt.sty -\innerhdotsfor amstex.tex -\innerproclaim@ amsppt.sty -\input *primitive -\ins@ amstex.tex -\insc@unt plain.tex -\insert *primitive -\insertpenalties *primitive -\insplit@ amstex.tex -\int plain.tex -\intdots@ amstex.tex -\interdisplaylinepenalty plain.tex -\interfootnotelinepenalty plain.tex -\interlinepenalty *primitive -\intertext amstex.tex -\intertext@ amstex.tex -\intic@ amstex.tex -\intii amstex.tex -\intiii amstex.tex -\intiv amstex.tex -\intkern@ amstex.tex -\intno@ amstex.tex -\intop plain.tex -\ints@ amstex.tex -\ints@@ amstex.tex -\ints@@@ amstex.tex -\Invalid@ amstex.tex -\iota plain.tex -\issue amsppt.sty -\issue@false amsppt.sty -\issuebox@ amsppt.sty -\it plain.tex -\italic amstex.tex -\italic@ amstex.tex -\italic@@ amstex.tex -\item plain.tex -\item@ amsppt.sty -\itemitem plain.tex -\iterate plain.tex -\itfam plain.tex -\j plain.tex -\jmath plain.tex -\jobname *primitive -\joinrel plain.tex -\jot plain.tex -\jour amsppt.sty -\jour@false amsppt.sty -\jour@true amsppt.sty -\jourbox@ amsppt.sty -\kappa plain.tex -\ker plain.tex -\kern *primitive -\key amsppt.sty -\key@false amsppt.sty -\keybin@ amstex.tex -\keybin@false amstex.tex -\keybin@true amstex.tex -\keybox@ amsppt.sty -\keywords amsppt.sty -\keywords@ amsppt.sty -\l amstex.tex (left, in \matrix) -\l plain.tex -\L plain.tex -\lalign@ amstex.tex -\lambda plain.tex -\Lambda plain.tex -\land plain.tex -\langle plain.tex -\lastbox *primitive -\lastkern *primitive -\lastpenalty *primitive -\lastref@false amsppt.sty -\lastref@true amsppt.sty -\lastskip *primitive -\lbrace plain.tex -\lbrace@ amstex.tex -\lbrack plain.tex -\lccode *primitive -\lceil plain.tex -\lcfrac amstex.tex -\ldelim@ amstex.tex -\ldotp plain.tex -\ldots plain.tex -\le plain.tex -\leaders *primitive -\leavevmode plain.tex -\left *primitive -\leftarrow plain.tex -\Leftarrow plain.tex -\leftarrowfill plain.tex -\leftharpoondown plain.tex -\leftharpoonup plain.tex -\leftline plain.tex -\leftrightarrow plain.tex -\Leftrightarrow plain.tex -\leftroot amstex.tex -\leftroot@ amstex.tex -\leftskip *primitive -\leftskip@ amsppt.sty -\lendmultline@ amstex.tex -\lendsplit@ amstex.tex -\leq plain.tex -\leqalignno plain.tex -\leqno *primitive -\less amstex.tex -\let *primitive -\Let@ amstex.tex -\lfloor plain.tex -\lg plain.tex -\lgather@ amstex.tex -\lgroup plain.tex -\lhook plain.tex -\lim plain.tex -\liminf plain.tex -\limits *primitive -\limits@false amstex.tex -\limits@true amstex.tex -\LimitsOnInts amstex.tex -\LimitsOnNames amstex.tex -\LimitsOnSums amstex.tex -\limsup plain.tex -\limtoken@false amstex.tex -\limtoken@true amstex.tex -\line plain.tex -\linebreak amstex.tex -\lineht@ amstex.tex -\linepenalty *primitive -\lineskip *primitive -\lineskiplimit *primitive -\ll plain.tex -\llap plain.tex -\llap@ amstex.tex -\lmmeasure@ amstex.tex -\lmoustache plain.tex -\lmultline@ amstex.tex -\lmultline@@ amstex.tex -\lmultline@@@ amstex.tex -\ln plain.tex -\lnot plain.tex -\log plain.tex -\logo@false amsppt.sty -\logo@true amsppt.sty -\long *primitive -\longleftarrow plain.tex -\Longleftarrow plain.tex -\longleftrightarrow plain.tex -\Longleftrightarrow plain.tex -\longmapsto plain.tex -\Longrightarrow plain.tex -\longrightarrow plain.tex -\loop plain.tex -\looseness *primitive -\lor plain.tex -\lower *primitive -\lowercase *primitive -\lq plain.tex -\ltwidth@ amstex.tex -\lwidth@ amstex.tex -\m@g plain.tex -\m@ketabbox plain.tex -\m@ne plain.tex -\m@th plain.tex -\macro@ amstex.tex -\macro@@ amstex.tex -\macro@false amstex.tex -\macro@true amstex.tex -\mag *primitive -\magnification plain.tex -\magstep plain.tex -\magstephalf plain.tex -\makeacc@ amstex.tex -\Makeacc@ amstex.tex -\makefootline plain.tex -\makefootnote@ amsppt.sty -\makeheadline plain.tex -\makeph@nt plain.tex -\makesm@sh plain.tex (redefined in amstex.tex) -\maketag@ amstex.tex -\Maketag@ amstex.tex -\manyby amsppt.sty -\manyby@false amsppt.sty -\manyby@true amsppt.sty -\mapsto plain.tex -\mapstochar plain.tex -\mark *primitive -\math@ amstex.tex -\math@false amstex.tex -\math@true amstex.tex -\mathaccent *primitive -\mathaccent@ amstex.tex -\mathbin *primitive -\mathbin@ amstex.tex -\mathbin@false amstex.tex -\mathbin@true amstex.tex -\mathbreak amstex.tex -\mathch@ amstex.tex -\mathch@false amstex.tex -\mathch@true amstex.tex -\mathchar *primitive -\mathchardef *primitive -\mathchoice *primitive -\mathclose *primitive -\mathcode *primitive -\mathhexbox plain.tex -\mathinner *primitive -\mathmodeerr@ amstex.tex -\mathop *primitive -\mathopen *primitive -\mathord *primitive -\mathpalette plain.tex -\mathph@nt plain.tex -\mathpunct *primitive -\mathrel *primitive -\mathrel@ amstex.tex -\mathrel@false amstex.tex -\mathrel@true amstex.tex -\mathsm@sh plain.tex (redefined in amstex.tex) -\mathstrut plain.tex -\Mathstrut@ amstex.tex -\Mathstrut@noalign amstex.tex -\mathsurround *primitive -\mathtags@false amstex.tex -\mathtags@true amstex.tex -\matrix plain.tex (redefined in amstex.tex) -\max plain.tex -\maxbysamerule@ amsppt.sty -\maxdeadcycles *primitive -\maxdepth *primitive -\maxdimen plain.tex -\maxlwidth@ amstex.tex -\maxrwidth@ amstex.tex -\mdots@ amstex.tex -\mdots@@ amstex.tex -\meaning *primitive -\meaning@ amstex.tex -\meaning@@ amstex.tex -\measure@ amstex.tex -\measuring@false amstex.tex -\measuring@true amstex.tex -\medbreak plain.tex -\medmuskip *primitive -\medpagebreak amstex.tex -\medskip plain.tex -\medskipamount plain.tex -\medspace amstex.tex -\message *primitive -\mid plain.tex (symbol) -\mid@false amstex.tex -\mid@true amstex.tex -\midinsert plain.tex -\midspace amstex.tex -\min plain.tex -\minaw@ amstex.tex -\minCDarrowwidth amstex.tex -\minCDaw@ amstex.tex -\mit plain.tex (undefined in amstex.tex) -\mkern *primitive -\mlineht@ amstex.tex -\mltagbox@ amstex.tex -\mlwidth@ amstex.tex -\mod amstex.tex -\models plain.tex -\month *primitive -\moreref amsppt.sty -\moveleft *primitive -\moveright *primitive -\mp plain.tex -\mrwidth@ amstex.tex -\mscount plain.tex -\mskip *primitive -\msx@ amstex.tex -\msxfam amstex.tex -\msy@ amstex.tex -\msyfam amstex.tex -\mtagbox@ amstex.tex -\mu plain.tex -\MultC@ltrue multcol.out -\multilimits@ amstex.tex -\multint@ amstex.tex -\multintlimits@ amstex.tex -\multiply *primitive -\multispan plain.tex -\multispan@ amstex.tex -\multline amstex.tex -\multline@ amstex.tex -\multlinegap amstex.tex -\MultlineGap amstex.tex -\multlinegap@ amstex.tex -\multlinetaggap@ amstex.tex -\muskip *primitive -\muskipdef *primitive -\mwidth@ amstex.tex -\n@space plain.tex -\nabla plain.tex -\narrower plain.tex -\natural plain.tex -\ne plain.tex -\nearrow plain.tex -\neg plain.tex -\negintic@ amstex.tex -\negmedspace amstex.tex -\negthickspace amstex.tex -\negthinspace plain.tex -\neq plain.tex -\newbox plain.tex -\newbox@ amstex.tex -\newcodes@ amstex.tex -\newcount plain.tex -\newdimen plain.tex -\newfam plain.tex -\newhelp plain.tex -\newif plain.tex -\newinsert plain.tex -\newline amstex.tex -\newlinechar *primitive -\newmuskip plain.tex -\newread plain.tex -\newskip plain.tex -\newtoks plain.tex -\newtoks@ amstex.tex -\newwrite plain.tex -\next plain.tex -\next@ amstex.tex -\nextii@ amstex.tex -\nextiii@ amstex.tex -\nextiv@ amstex.tex -\nextix@ amstex.tex -\nextRunin@ amsppt.sty -\nextRunin@false amsppt.sty -\nextv@ amstex.tex -\nextvi@ amstex.tex -\nextvii@ amstex.tex -\nextviii@ amstex.tex -\ni plain.tex -\ninebf amsppt.sty -\ninei amsppt.sty -\nineit amsppt.sty -\ninerm amsppt.sty -\ninesl amsppt.sty -\ninesy amsppt.sty -\nlimits@ amstex.tex -\no amsppt.sty -\no@false amsppt.sty -\noaccents@ amstex.tex -\noalign *primitive -\NoBlackBoxes amstex.tex -\nobox@ amsppt.sty -\nobreak plain.tex -\noexpand *primitive -\nofrills amsppt.sty -\nofrills@ amsppt.sty -\nofrills@false amsppt.sty -\nofrills@true amsppt.sty -\noguidelines amsppt.sty -\noindent *primitive -\nointerlineskip plain.tex -\nojourinfo@false amsppt.sty -\nojourinfo@true amsppt.sty -\nolimits *primitive -\NoLimitsOnInts amstex.tex -\NoLimitsOnNames amstex.tex -\NoLimitsOnSums amstex.tex -\nolinebreak amstex.tex -\nologo amsppt.sty -\nomathbreak amstex.tex -\nomultlinegap amstex.tex -\nondmatherr@ amstex.tex -\nonfrenchspacing plain.tex -\nonmatherr@ amstex.tex -\nonscript *primitive -\nonstopmode *primitive -\nonvmodeerr@ amstex.tex -\nopagebreak amstex.tex -\nopagenumbers plain.tex -\nopages@ amstex.tex -\normalbaselines plain.tex -\normalbaselineskip plain.tex -\normalbottom plain.tex -\normallineskip plain.tex -\normallineskiplimit plain.tex -\not plain.tex -\not@ amstex.tex -\not@false amstex.tex -\not@true amstex.tex -\notin plain.tex -\nu plain.tex -\null plain.tex -\nulldelimiterspace *primitive -\number *primitive -\nwarrow plain.tex -\o plain.tex -\O plain.tex -\oalign plain.tex -\obeylines plain.tex -\obeyspaces plain.tex -\odot plain.tex -\oe plain.tex -\OE plain.tex -\of plain.tex -\offinterlineskip plain.tex -\oint plain.tex -\ointop plain.tex -\oldcodes@ amstex.tex -\oldnos amstex.tex -\oldstyle plain.tex (undefined in amstex.tex) -\omega plain.tex -\Omega plain.tex -\ominus plain.tex -\omit *primitive -\onecr@false amstex.tex -\onecr@true amstex.tex -\onlydmatherr@ amstex.tex -\ooalign plain.tex -\openin *primitive -\openout *primitive -\openup plain.tex -\operatorname amstex.tex -\operatornamewithlimits amstex.tex -\oplus plain.tex -\or *primitive -\oslash plain.tex -\otimes plain.tex -\outer *primitive -\output *primitive -\output@ amsppt.sty -\outputpenalty *primitive -\outsplit@ amstex.tex -\over *primitive -\overarrow amstex.tex -\overbrace plain.tex -\overfullrule *primitive -\overleftarrow plain.tex -\overleftarrow@ amstex.tex -\overleftrightarrow amstex.tex -\overleftrightarrow@ amstex.tex -\overline *primitive -\overline@ amstex.tex -\overlong amsppt.sty -\overlong@ amsppt.sty -\overrightarrow plain.tex -\overrightarrow@ amstex.tex -\overset amstex.tex -\oversetbrace amstex.tex -\overwithdelims *primitive -\owns plain.tex -\P plain.tex -\p@ plain.tex -\P@ amstex.tex -\p@gefalse plain.tex -\p@getrue plain.tex -\p@renwd plain.tex -\page amsppt.sty -\page@false amsppt.sty -\page@true amsppt.sty -\pagebody plain.tex -\pagebreak amstex.tex -\pagecontents plain.tex -\pagedepth *primitive -\pagefilllstretch *primitive -\pagefillstretch *primitive -\pagefilstretch *primitive -\pagegoal *primitive -\pageheight amstex.tex -\pageinsert plain.tex -\pageno plain.tex -\pages amsppt.sty -\pages@false amsppt.sty -\pagesbox@ amsppt.sty -\pageshrink *primitive -\pagestretch *primitive -\pagetotal *primitive -\pagewidth amstex.tex -\paper amsppt.sty -\paper@false amsppt.sty -\paperbox@ amsppt.sty -\paperinfo amsppt.sty -\paperinfo@false amsppt.sty -\paperinfobox@ amsppt.sty -\par *primitive -\par@ amsppt.sty -\parallel plain.tex -\parfillskip *primitive -\parindent *primitive -\parshape *primitive -\parskip *primitive -\partial plain.tex -\patterns *primitive -\pausing *primitive -\penalty *primitive -\penalty@ amsppt.sty -\perp plain.tex -\ph@nt plain.tex -\phantom plain.tex -\phi plain.tex -\Phi plain.tex -\pi plain.tex -\Pi plain.tex -\plaincdots@ amstex.tex -\plainfootnote amstex.tex (undefined) -\plainitem@ amsppt.sty -\plainldots@ amstex.tex -\plainoutput plain.tex -\plainproclaim amstex.tex -\plainroot@ amstex.tex -\pm plain.tex -\pmatrix plain.tex -\pmb amstex.tex -\pmb@ amstex.tex -\pmb@@ amstex.tex -\pmbraise@ amstex.tex -\pmod plain.tex -\pod amstex.tex -\pointcount@ amstex.tex -\pointsize@ amsppt.sty -\postdisplaypenalty *primitive -\ppunbox@ amsppt.sty -\Pr plain.tex -\pr@@@s plain.tex -\pr@@@t plain.tex -\pr@m@s plain.tex -\preabstract amsppt.sty -\preaffil amsppt.sty -\preamble@ amstex.tex -\Preamble@ amstex.tex -\preamble@@ amstex.tex -\preauthor amsppt.sty -\prec plain.tex -\preceq plain.tex -\predate amsppt.sty -\predefine amstex.tex -\predisplaypenalty *primitive -\predisplaysize *primitive -\preloaded plain.tex -\preloaded@ amstex.tex -\prepaper amsppt.sty -\prepunct@ amsppt.sty -\pretend amstex.tex -\pretitle amsppt.sty -\pretolerance *primitive -\prevdepth *primitive -\prevgraf *primitive -\previnbook@false amsppt.sty -\previnbook@true amsppt.sty -\prevjour@false amsppt.sty -\prevjour@true amsppt.sty -\prim@s plain.tex -\prime plain.tex -\prime@ amstex.tex -\printoptions amstex.tex -\proclaim plain.tex (undefined in amstex.tex) -\proclaim (redefined in amsppt.sty) -\proclaim@ amsppt.sty -\proclaim@false amsppt.sty -\proclaim@true amsppt.sty -\prod plain.tex -\prod@ amstex.tex -\projlim amstex.tex -\propto plain.tex -\psi plain.tex -\Psi plain.tex -\publ amsppt.sty -\publ@false amsppt.sty -\publaddr amsppt.sty -\publaddr@false amsppt.sty -\publaddrbox@ amsppt.sty -\publbox@ amsppt.sty -\qed amsppt.sty -\qopname@ amstex.tex -\qopnamewl@ amstex.tex -\qquad plain.tex -\quad plain.tex -\r amstex.tex -\r@@t plain.tex (modified by amstex.tex) -\r@ggedbottomfalse plain.tex -\r@ggedbottomtrue plain.tex -\radical *primitive -\raggedbottom plain.tex -\raggedright plain.tex -\raise *primitive -\ralign@ amstex.tex -\rangle plain.tex -\rbrace plain.tex -\rbrace@ amstex.tex -\rbrack plain.tex -\rceil plain.tex -\rcfrac amstex.tex -\rdelim@ amstex.tex -\Re plain.tex -\read *primitive -\redefine amstex.tex -\ref amsppt.sty -\ref@ amsppt.sty -\refdef@ amsppt.sty -\Refs amsppt.sty -\refskip@ amstex.tex -\relax *primitive -\relaxnext@ amstex.tex -\relbar plain.tex -\Relbar plain.tex -\relpenalty *primitive -\removelastskip plain.tex -\rendmultline@ amstex.tex -\rendsplit@ amstex.tex -\repeat plain.tex -\ResetBuffer amstex.tex -\retry@AmSfalse amstex.tex -\retry@AmStrue amstex.tex -\rfloor plain.tex -\rgather@ amstex.tex -\rgroup plain.tex -\rho plain.tex -\rhook plain.tex -\right *primitive -\rightappend@ amstex.tex -\rightarrow plain.tex -\Rightarrow plain.tex -\rightarrowfill plain.tex -\rightdelim@ amstex.tex -\rightdelim@false amstex.tex -\rightdelim@true amstex.tex -\rightharpoondown plain.tex -\rightharpoonup plain.tex -\rightleftharpoons plain.tex -\rightline plain.tex -\rightskip *primitive -\rlap plain.tex -\rlap@ amstex.tex -\rlh@ plain.tex -\rm plain.tex -\rmfam amstex.tex -\rmmeasure@ amstex.tex -\rmoustache plain.tex -\rmultline@ amstex.tex -\rmultline@@ amstex.tex -\rmultline@@@ amstex.tex -\rom@ amstex.tex -\rom@@ amstex.tex -\roman amstex.tex -\roman@ amstex.tex -\roman@@ amstex.tex -\romannumeral *primitive -\root plain.tex -\rootbox plain.tex -\roster amsppt.sty -\rostercount@ amsppt.sty -\rosterhangafter@ amsppt.sty -\rosteritem@ amsppt.sty -\rq plain.tex -\rtwidth@ amstex.tex -\runinitem amsppt.sty -\Runinitem amsppt.sty -\runinitem@ amsppt.sty -\rwidth@ amstex.tex -\S plain.tex -\S@ amstex.tex -\s@tcols plain.tex -\s@tt@b plain.tex -\savealignat@ amstex.tex -\saveskip@ amstex.tex -\sb plain.tex -\Sb amstex.tex -\scriptfont *primitive -\scriptscriptfont *primitive -\scriptscriptstyle *primitive -\scriptspace *primitive -\scriptstyle *primitive -\scrollmode *primitive -\searrow plain.tex -\sec plain.tex -\setbox *primitive -\setminus plain.tex -\setpunct@ amsppt.sty -\sett@b plain.tex -\settabs plain.tex -\sevenbf plain.tex -\seveni plain.tex -\sevenmsx amstex.tex (depends on font availability) -\sevenmsy amstex.tex (depends on font availability) -\sevenrm plain.tex -\sevensy plain.tex -\sfcode *primitive -\sharp plain.tex -\shave amstex.tex -\shipout *primitive -\shoveleft amstex.tex -\shoveright amstex.tex -\show *primitive -\showallocations amstex.tex -\showbox *primitive -\showboxbreadth *primitive -\showboxdepth *primitive -\showhyphens plain.tex -\showlists *primitive -\showthe *primitive -\sideset amstex.tex -\sigma plain.tex -\Sigma plain.tex -\sim plain.tex -\simeq plain.tex -\sin plain.tex -\sinh plain.tex -\sixbf amsppt.sty -\sixi amsppt.sty -\sixrm amsppt.sty -\sixsy amsppt.sty -\sixt@@n plain.tex -\skew plain.tex -\skewchar *primitive -\skewcharcount@ amstex.tex -\skip *primitive -\skip@ plain.tex -\skipdef *primitive -\sl plain.tex -\slanted amstex.tex -\slanted@ amstex.tex -\slanted@@ amstex.tex -\slash plain.tex -\sldl@ amstex.tex -\slfam plain.tex -\slimits@ amstex.tex -\smallbreak plain.tex -\smallcaptionwidth@ amstex.tex -\smallint plain.tex -\smallmatrix amstex.tex -\smallpagebreak amstex.tex -\smallskip plain.tex -\smallskipamount plain.tex -\smash plain.tex (redefined in amstex.tex) -\smash@ amstex.tex -\smc amstex.tex % amsppt.sty -\smile plain.tex -\snug amstex.tex -\sp plain.tex -\Sp amstex.tex -\sp@n plain.tex -\space plain.tex -\space@ amstex.tex -\spacefactor *primitive -\spacehdots amstex.tex -\spaceinnerdots amstex.tex -\spaces@ amstex.tex -\spaces@@ amstex.tex -\spaceskip *primitive -\spacute amstex.tex -\spadesuit plain.tex -\span *primitive -\spbar amstex.tex -\spbreve amstex.tex -\spcheck amstex.tex -\spddddot amstex.tex -\spdddot amstex.tex -\spddot amstex.tex -\spdot amstex.tex -\special *primitive -\spgrave amstex.tex -\sphat amstex.tex -\split amstex.tex -\split@ amstex.tex -\splitbotmark *primitive -\splitfirstmark *primitive -\splitmaxdepth *primitive -\splittopskip *primitive -\spreadlines amstex.tex -\spreadmatrixlines amstex.tex -\spreadmlines@ amstex.tex -\sptilde amstex.tex -\spvec amstex.tex -\sqcap plain.tex -\sqcup plain.tex -\sqrt plain.tex -\sqsupseteq plain.tex -\srdr@ amstex.tex -\ss plain.tex -\ssize amstex.tex -\sssize amstex.tex -\star plain.tex -\string *primitive -\string@ amstex.tex -\strip@ amstex.tex -\strut plain.tex -\strut@ amstex.tex -\strutbox plain.tex -\strutbox@ amstex.tex -\styname amsppt.sty -\styversion amsppt.sty -\subheading amsppt.sty -\subheading@ amsppt.sty -\subjclass amsppt.sty -\subjclass@ amsppt.sty -\subset plain.tex -\subseteq plain.tex -\succ plain.tex -\succeq plain.tex -\sum plain.tex -\sum@ amstex.tex -\sup plain.tex -\supereject plain.tex -\supset plain.tex -\supseteq plain.tex -\surd plain.tex -\swarrow plain.tex -\syntax amstex.tex -\syntax@true amstex.tex -\t plain.tex -\t@bb@x plain.tex -\t@bbox plain.tex -\tabalign plain.tex -\tabs plain.tex -\tabsdone plain.tex -\tabskip *primitive -\tabsyet plain.tex -\tag amstex.tex -\tagform@ amstex.tex -\tagin@ amstex.tex -\tagin@false amstex.tex -\tagin@true amstex.tex -\TagsAsMath amstex.tex -\TagsAsText amstex.tex -\tagsleft@false amstex.tex -\tagsleft@true amstex.tex -\TagsOnLeft amstex.tex -\TagsOnRight amstex.tex -\tan plain.tex -\tanh plain.tex -\tau plain.tex -\tbinom amstex.tex -\tdots@ amstex.tex -\tenbf plain.tex -\tenbig@ amsppt.sty -\tenex plain.tex -\teni plain.tex -\tenit plain.tex -\tenmsx amstex.tex (depends on font availability) -\tenmsy amstex.tex (depends on font availability) -\tenpoint amsppt.sty -\tenrm plain.tex -\tensl plain.tex -\tensmc amsppt.sty -\tensy plain.tex -\tentt plain.tex -\TeX plain.tex -\text amstex.tex -\text@ amstex.tex -\text@@ amstex.tex -\textdef@ amstex.tex -\textdef@@ amstex.tex -\textfont *primitive -\textfont@ amstex.tex -\textfonti amstex.tex -\textfontii amstex.tex -\textindent plain.tex -\textstyle *primitive -\tfrac amstex.tex -\thanks amsppt.sty -\thanks@ amsppt.sty -\thanks@true amsppt.sty -\the *primitive -\theabstract@ amsppt.sty -\thecaption@ amstex.tex -\thedots@ amstex.tex -\thefam@ amstex.tex -\thefootnotemark amsppt.sty -\thekeywords@ amsppt.sty -\therosteritem amsppt.sty -\theskewchar@ amstex.tex -\thespace@ amstex.tex -\thesubjclass@ amsppt.sty -\theta plain.tex -\Theta plain.tex -\thetag amstex.tex -\thickfrac amstex.tex -\thickfracwithdelims amstex.tex -\thickmuskip *primitive -\thickness amstex.tex -\thickspace amstex.tex -\thinmuskip *primitive -\thinspace plain.tex -\thr@@ plain.tex -\tie amstex.tex -\tilde plain.tex -\Tilde amstex.tex -\tildeaccent amstex.tex -\time *primitive -\times plain.tex -\title amsppt.sty -\titlebox@ amsppt.sty -\to plain.tex -\toappear amsppt.sty -\toappear@false amsppt.sty -\toappear@true amsppt.sty -\toks *primitive -\toks@ plain.tex -\toks@@ amstex.tex -\toksdef *primitive -\tolerance *primitive -\top plain.tex -\top@false amstex.tex -\top@true amstex.tex -\topaligned amstex.tex -\topfolded@false amstex.tex -\topfolded@true amstex.tex -\topfoldedtext amstex.tex -\topins plain.tex -\topinsert plain.tex -\topmark *primitive -\topmatter amsppt.sty -\TopOrBottomTagsOnSplits amstex.tex -\topshave amstex.tex -\topskip *primitive -\topsmash amstex.tex -\topspace amstex.tex -\totwidth@ amstex.tex -\tracingall plain.tex -\tracingcommands *primitive -\tracinglostchars *primitive -\tracingmacros *primitive -\tracingonline *primitive -\tracingoutput *primitive -\tracingpages *primitive -\tracingparagraphs *primitive -\tracingrestores *primitive -\tracingstats *primitive -\triangle plain.tex -\triangleleft plain.tex -\triangleright plain.tex -\tsize amstex.tex -\tt plain.tex -\ttfam plain.tex -\ttraggedright plain.tex -\tw@ plain.tex -\u plain.tex -\uccode *primitive -\uchyph *primitive -\unbracefonts@ amstex.tex -\undefined plain.tex -\undefined@ amstex.tex -\underarrow amstex.tex -\underbar plain.tex -\underbrace plain.tex -\underleftarrow amstex.tex -\underleftarrow@ amstex.tex -\underleftrightarrow amstex.tex -\underleftrightarrow@ amstex.tex -\underline *primitive -\underline@ amstex.tex -\underrightarrow amstex.tex -\underrightarrow@ amstex.tex -\underscore amstex.tex -\underset amstex.tex -\undersetbrace amstex.tex -\unhbox *primitive -\unhcopy *primitive -\unkern *primitive -\unpenalty *primitive -\unskip *primitive -\unvbox *primitive -\unvcopy *primitive -\uparrow plain.tex -\Uparrow plain.tex -\upbracefill plain.tex -\updownarrow plain.tex -\Updownarrow plain.tex -\uplus plain.tex -\uppercase *primitive -\uproot amstex.tex -\uproot@ amstex.tex -\upsilon plain.tex -\Upsilon plain.tex -\us@false plain.tex -\us@true plain.tex -\usualspace amsppt.sty -\usualspace@ amsppt.sty -\v plain.tex -\v@false plain.tex -\v@true plain.tex -\vadjust *primitive -\valign *primitive -\varDelta amstex.tex -\varepsilon plain.tex -\varGamma amstex.tex -\varinjlim amstex.tex -\varLambda amstex.tex -\varliminf amstex.tex -\varlimsup amstex.tex -\varOmega amstex.tex -\varphi plain.tex -\varPhi amstex.tex -\varpi plain.tex -\varPi amstex.tex -\varprojlim amstex.tex -\varPsi amstex.tex -\varrho plain.tex -\varsigma plain.tex -\varSigma amstex.tex -\vartheta plain.tex -\varTheta amstex.tex -\varUpsilon amstex.tex -\varXi amstex.tex -\vbadness *primitive -\vbox *primitive -\vcenter *primitive -\vcorrection amstex.tex -\vdash plain.tex -\vdots plain.tex -\vec plain.tex -\Vec amstex.tex -\vee plain.tex -\Vert plain.tex -\vert plain.tex -\vfil *primitive -\vfill *primitive -\vfilneg *primitive -\vfootnote plain.tex -\vfuzz *primitive -\vgl@ plain.tex -\vglue plain.tex -\vmatrix amstex.tex -\Vmatrix amstex.tex -\vmodeerr@ amstex.tex -\vnonvmode@ amstex.tex -\voffset *primitive -\voidb@x plain.tex -\vol amsppt.sty -\vol@false amsppt.sty -\volbox@ amsppt.sty -\vphantom plain.tex -\vrule *primitive -\vsize *primitive -\vskip *primitive -\vspace amstex.tex -\vspace@ amstex.tex -\vsplit *primitive -\vss *primitive -\vtop *primitive -\W@ amstex.tex -\wd *primitive -\wedge plain.tex -\widehat plain.tex -\widetilde plain.tex -\widowpenalty *primitive -\wlog plain.tex -\wp plain.tex -\wr plain.tex -\write *primitive -\xalignat amstex.tex -\xalignat@ amstex.tex -\xat@false amstex.tex -\xat@true amstex.tex -\xdef *primitive -\xi plain.tex -\Xi plain.tex -\xleaders *primitive -\xspaceskip *primitive -\xxalignat amstex.tex -\xxalignat@ amstex.tex -\xxattag@ amstex.tex -\year *primitive -\yr amsppt.sty -\yr@false amsppt.sty -\yrbox@ amsppt.sty -\z@ plain.tex -\z@skip plain.tex -\zerocr@false amstex.tex -\zerocr@true amstex.tex -\zeta plain.tex -\[ plain.tex -\] plain.tex -\^ plain.tex -\^^I plain.tex -\^^J amstex.tex -\^^M plain.tex -\_ plain.tex -\` plain.tex -\{ plain.tex -\| plain.tex -\} plain.tex -\~ plain.tex diff --git a/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/help/patgen2.tutorial b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/help/patgen2.tutorial deleted file mode 100644 index 5194083aa2c..00000000000 --- a/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/help/patgen2.tutorial +++ /dev/null @@ -1,331 +0,0 @@ -%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%% -% % -% A SMALL TUTORIAL ON THE MULTILINGUAL FEATURES OF PATGEN2 % -% % -%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%% -\documentstyle{article} -\title{A small tutorial on the multilingual features of PatGen2} -\author{Yannis Haralambous} -\date{} -\begin{document} -\maketitle - -\def\XeT{X\kern-.1667em\lower.5ex\hbox{E}\kern-.125emT} - -I will very briefly discuss and illustrate by an example the features -of PatGen2\footnote{the extension to PatGen by Peter Breitenlohner, -author of many beautiful and extremely useful \TeX ware, such as -\TeX--\XeT, {\tt DVIcopy} etc.}, related to the {\em translation} -file. - -\section{Syntax of the translation file} -\subsection{What is the problem} -The problem is that in our (non-English, non-Latin, -non-Indonesian\footnote{As far as I know, English, Latin and -Indonesian are the only languages without diacritics or special -characters...}) languages, we have more characters than just the~26 -letters of the Latin alphabet. Not to mention that alphabetical orders -can be quite different (remember: in Spanish, cucaracha comes before -chacal), and that there can be many ways to express these additional -characters: for example the French \oe{} (like in << Histoire de l'\oe -il >> by Georges Bataille) can be given to \TeX\ as an 8-bit -character, or as \verb*=\oe =, or as \verb=\oe{}=, or as \verb=^^f7= -(since we are {\em all} now working with DC fonts) and so forth. - -Now let's make (or enhance the) hyphenation patterns for our language(s). -Fred Liang has not provided PatGen with the extensibility feature: before -PatGen2, if your language had less than~26 letters you could hack patterns by -substituting letters, if it had more\ldots then the odds were against you. - -So the problem is to express additional characters in the patterns, in some -understandable way (and if possible to get the results in the appropriate -alphabetical order). - -\subsection{The solution} -PatGen2 allows you to include more characters than the~26 letters of -the alphabet. You can specify arbitrary many {\em input forms} for -each of them (these forms will be identified internally), and you can -specify the alphabetical order of your language. The latter feature is -only interesting when you want to study the patterns file to correct -bugs, it doesn't affect the result. - -These informations are transmitted to PatGen2 by means of a {\em -translation} file (usually with the extension \verb=.tra=). The syntax -of this file is not very user-friendly, but if you deal with PatGen -you are supposed to be a hacker anyway, and hackers just {\bf love} -weird-but-efficient-syntaxes [the proof: we all like -\TeX!\footnote{\ldots just joking}]. - -On the first line you specify the \verb=\lefthyphenmin= and -\verb=\righthyphenmin= values. The seven first positions of this line -are used as follows: two positions for \verb=\lefthyphenmin=, two -positions for \verb=\righthyphenmin=, and one position for substitute -symbols of each of \verb=.=, \verb=-=, \verb=*= in the output file. -This can be useful if you are going to use the dot the asterisk or the -hyphen to describe your additional characters (for example one may use -the dot to specify the dot accent on a letter). - -The next lines concern letters of the alphabet of our language. The -first position of each line is the delimiter of our fields. You know -from languages like C or {\tt awk} that it is very useful to define -our own delimiter (instead of the blank space) if for any reason we -want to {\em include} a blank space into our fields. This will be the -case in the example: one usually leaves a blank space after a \TeX\ -macro without argument. - -Otherwise just leave the first position blank. Next comes the -standard representation of our character (preferably lowercase). This -is how the character will appear in the patterns and in the hyphenated -output file. - -Follows again a delimiter, and all the {\em equivalent} -representations of your character: its uppercase form, and as many -other input forms we wish, always followed by a delimiter. - -The order of lines specifies the alphabetical order of your characters. - -When PatGen sees two consecutive delimiters, -it stops reading; so we can include -comments after that. - -\section{An example} -To illustrate this I have taken some -Greek words (people who know $X\acute\alpha% -\rho\rho\upsilon$ $K\lambda\acute\upsilon\nu\nu$ -and his album $\Pi\alpha\tau% -\acute\alpha\tau\epsilon\varsigma$ will recognize some of these -words\ldots) and included an $\alpha$ with accent, and a variant -representation of $\pi$, in form of a macro \verb*=\varpi =. Also I -followed the Greek alphabetical order in the translation file. - -Here is my list of words: - -\begin{verbatim} -A-NU-PO-TA-QTOS -A-KA-TA-M'A-QH-TOS -A-EI-MNH-STOS -MA-NA -TOUR-KO-GU-FTIS-SA -NU-QO-KO-PTHS -LI-ME-NO-FU-LA-KAS -MPRE-LOK -A-GA-\varpi A-EI -PEI-RAI-'AS -\end{verbatim} - -(file {\tt greek.dic}); and here is my translation file ({\tt greek.tra}): - -\begin{verbatim} - 1 1 - a A - 'a 'A - b B - g G - d D - e E - z Z - h H - j J - i I - k K - l L - m M - n N - o O -#p#P#\varpi ## - r R - s S - t T - u U - f F - q Q - y Y - w W -\end{verbatim} - -(yes, yes, that's not a joke; Greek really uses values~1 -and~1 for minimal right -and left hyphenations!). As you see, I have chosen \verb=#= as delimiter -in the case of $\pi$, because \verb=\varpi= is supposed to be followed -by a blank space. And then I wrote two delimiters (\verb=##=) to show PatGen2 -that I finished talking about $\pi$. - -Here is what I got on my console: - -\begin{verbatim} -PatGen -t greek.tra -o greek.out greek.dic -This is PatGen, C Version 2.1 / Macintosh Version 2.0 -Copyright (c) 1991-93 by Wilfried Ricken. All rights reserved. -left_hyphen_min = 1, right_hyphen_min = 1, 24 letters -0 patterns read in -pattern trie has 266 nodes, trie_max = 290, 0 outputs -hyph_start: 1 -hyph_finish: 2 -pat_start: 2 -pat_finish: 4 -good weight: 1 -bad weight: 1 -threshold: 1 -processing dictionary with pat_len = 2, pat_dot = 1 - -0 good, 0 bad, 31 missed -0.00 %, 0.00 %, 100.00 % -69 patterns, 325 nodes in count trie, triec_max = 440 -25 good and 42 bad patterns added (more to come) -finding 29 good and 0 bad hyphens, efficiency = 1.16 -pattern trie has 333 nodes, trie_max = 349, 2 outputs -processing dictionary with pat_len = 2, pat_dot = 0 - -29 good, 0 bad, 2 missed -93.55 %, 0.00 %, 6.45 % -45 patterns, 301 nodes in count trie, triec_max = 378 -2 good and 43 bad patterns added -finding 2 good and 0 bad hyphens, efficiency = 1.00 -pattern trie has 339 nodes, trie_max = 386, 6 outputs -processing dictionary with pat_len = 2, pat_dot = 2 - -31 good, 0 bad, 0 missed -100.00 %, 0.00 %, 0.00 % -47 patterns, 303 nodes in count trie, triec_max = 369 -0 good and 47 bad patterns added -finding 0 good and 0 bad hyphens -pattern trie has 344 nodes, trie_max = 386, 13 outputs -51 nodes and 11 outputs deleted -total of 27 patterns at hyph_level 1 - -pat_start: 2 -pat_finish: 4 -good weight: 1 -bad weight: 1 -threshold: 1 -processing dictionary with pat_len = 2, pat_dot = 1 - -31 good, 0 bad, 0 missed -100.00 %, 0.00 %, 0.00 % -27 patterns, 283 nodes in count trie, triec_max = 315 -0 good and 27 bad patterns added -finding 0 good and 0 bad hyphens -pattern trie has 295 nodes, trie_max = 386, 4 outputs -processing dictionary with pat_len = 2, pat_dot = 0 - -31 good, 0 bad, 0 missed -100.00 %, 0.00 %, 0.00 % -27 patterns, 283 nodes in count trie, triec_max = 303 -0 good and 27 bad patterns added -finding 0 good and 0 bad hyphens -pattern trie has 320 nodes, trie_max = 386, 6 outputs -processing dictionary with pat_len = 2, pat_dot = 2 - -31 good, 0 bad, 0 missed -100.00 %, 0.00 %, 0.00 % -24 patterns, 280 nodes in count trie, triec_max = 286 -0 good and 24 bad patterns added -finding 0 good and 0 bad hyphens -pattern trie has 328 nodes, trie_max = 386, 9 outputs -35 nodes and 7 outputs deleted -total of 0 patterns at hyph_level 2 -hyphenate word list? y -writing PatTmp.2 - -31 good, 0 bad, 0 missed -100.00 %, 0.00 %, 0.00 % -Time elapsed: 0:37:70 minutes. -\end{verbatim} - -and here are the results: first of all the patterns -(file {\tt greek.out}) - -\begin{verbatim} -a1g -a1e -a1k -a1m -a1n -a1p -a1t -a1q -'a1q -e1l -e1n -h1t -i1'a -i1m -i1r -1ko -o1g -o1p -o1t -o1f -r1k -s1s -1st -u1l -u1p -u1f -u1q -\end{verbatim} - -As you see, {\tt o1t} comes before {\tt o1f}: (smile) simply -because we are talking about $o1\tau$ and $o1\phi$. So the -alphabetical order is well respected. Also you see that PatGen2 -has read the word \verb*=A-GA-\varpi A-EI= exactly as if it -were \verb*=A-GA-PA-EI= and has made out of it the pattern -{\tt a1p} (if you look in the input words there is no other -reason for this pattern to exist). - -And here is our result (file {\tt PatTmp.2}): - -\begin{verbatim} -a*nu*po*ta*qtos -a*ka*ta*m'a*qh*tos -a*ei*mnh*stos -ma*na -tour*ko*gu*ftis*sa -nu*qo*ko*pths -li*me*no*fu*la*kas -mpre*lok -a*ga*pa*ei -pei*rai*'as -\end{verbatim} - -(Of course, it is correct; you think I would have shown it if it -weren't correct?) As you see there is no \verb*=\varpi = anymore: -PatGen2 has really replaced it by \verb=p=, and so -\verb*=A-GA-\varpi A-EI= has become \verb=a*ga*pa*ei=. - -\section{Where do I find more information?} -I voluntarily didn't discussed the various parameters used for -pattern generation. For these there is very good litterature: -\begin{itemize} -\item the \TeX book, by the Grand Wizard of \TeX\ arcana, -appendix H; -\item \LaTeX\ Erweiterungsm\"oglichkeiten, by Helmut Kopka, -Addison-Wesley, Pages 482--489; -\item Swedish Hyphenation for \TeX, by Jan Michael Rynning, -[sorry, I don't know where this paper is published]; -\item Word Hy-phen-a-tion by Com-put-er, Stanford University -Report {\tt STAN-CS-83-977}; -\item forthcoming paper by Dominik Wujastyk, on British -hyphenation; -\item Hyphenation Patterns for Ancient Greek and Latin, -TUGboat~13 (4), pages 457--469. -\item and many others\ldots -\end{itemize} - -Where to get PatGen2? probably everywhere, but certainly in -Stuttgart ({\tt IP 129.69.1.12}), -\verb=soft/tex/systems/pc/utilities/patgen.zip= (take a look also at -\verb=soft/tex/systems/knuth/texware/patgen.version2.1/patgen.README=). - -\section{Go forth, etc etc} -OK, once again {\sc Go Forth} and make masterpieces of hyphenation -patterns\ldots -{\bf but} please get in touch with the TWGMLC (Technical Working -Group on Multiple Language Coordination) first, since people there -are working on many languages: maybe they have already done what -you need and are still testing it; or maybe they haven't and in -that case you could help us a lot. - - -\end{document} - diff --git a/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/help/unixtex.ftp b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/help/unixtex.ftp deleted file mode 100644 index 614bf08950b..00000000000 --- a/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/help/unixtex.ftp +++ /dev/null @@ -1,234 +0,0 @@ -[unixtex.ftp: 11 November 1995] - -The master version of this file is on ftp.cs.umb.edu [158.121.104.33] -in pub/tex/unixtex.ftp. Mail kb@cs.umb.edu with comments or questions. - -========================================================================= - Consider joining the TeX Users Group (TUG): - support the maintenance and development of the programs you retrieve. - Send membership request to: tug@tug.org. -========================================================================= - - GENERAL INSTRUCTIONS - -... for Unix sites wanting to install (plain) TeX, LaTeX (2e), BibTeX, -Metafont, and DVI processors for any of the X window system, -PostScript, and/or the PCL language in the HP LaserJet. - -The files mentioned below are available from any of the following: - - Host Internet address TeX root dir - ---- ---------------- ------------ - ftp.shsu.edu 192.92.115.10 /tex-archive - ftp.tex.ac.uk 134.151.44.19 /tex-archive - ftp.dante.de 128.69.1.12 /tex-archive - - For additional ftp sites, get /README.mirrors from one of the above or - finger ctan@ftp.shsu.edu. - - These instructions use non-generic features of FTP supported by the - hosts above. For details, get: - /README.archive-features - /README.site-commands - -The /tex-archive/help and /tex-archive/documentation directories on -these hosts have much additional documentation on all aspects of TeX. If -you don't know (for example) what Metafont is, or the relationship of -LaTeX to TeX, look there. - - -Retrieving a basic set of input files and fonts: ------------------------------------------------ - -ftp> cd /tex-archive/systems/web2c -ftp> bi [set binary mode] -ftp> get lib.tar.gz [unpacks into texmf; 2.8MB->11.5MB] - - This file contains a minimal collection of fonts (TFM files only, - and only for Computer Modern, DC, LaTeX, Pandora, and the free - PostScript fonts), base (La)TeX macros, MF macros, and BibTeX files - -- enough to get started. The AMS fonts and macros are included. - The LaTeX release may be out of date; for the latest, and for - additional LaTeX packages; investigate /tex-archive/macros/latex. - - lib.tar.gz unpacks into a directory named `texmf', which you will - want in your equivalent of /usr/local/lib -- whatever you will - define as your $(datadir) in the Makefiles. - - The organization of the archive was debated at great length. We hope - it will be useful. If you don't like our organization, feel free to - move the files around as you see fit, not forgetting to redefine the - search paths and installation directories. The Makefiles, - kpathsea/HIER, kpathsea/paths.h.in, and web2c/README (``Directory - hierarchies'') have more information. The organization will - change to conform to the standard TeX directory structure - promulgated by the TUG Working Group when the TDS is released. - - You must decide on your directory structure *before* doing the - compilations, since you must specify default search paths, and - since by default the web2c Makefile tries to create the basic .fmt - and .base files, which require the .{tex,mf,tfm} input files. - - -Retrieving web2c (that is, TeX, Metafont, and friends): ------------------------------------------------------- - -Still in /tex-archive/systems/web2c: - -ftp> get web.tar.gz [Knuth's WEB sources for TeX, MF, & family: - unpacks into ./web2c-<version>; 1.2MB->4MB] -ftp> get web2c.tar.gz [WEB-to-C source: also unpacks into ./web2c-<version> - .75MB->2.7K] - - You must retrieve and unpack *both* web.tar.gz and web2c.tar.gz. - - The web2c distribution uses an older version of the path-searching - library than the drivers below. For an interim patch, get the - latest ftp.cs.umb.edu:pub/tex/web2c.kpathsea-2.*.help file, and - read it. (I'm working on the next release of web2c as hard as I - can, really.) The two versions can coexist; by using the web2c - distribution as it stands, you merely lose the features added to - kpathsea over the last year or so. - - -Retrieving device drivers: -------------------------- - - For an X window system previewer (xdvik): -ftp> cd /tex-archive/dviware/xdvik -ftp> get xdvik.tar.gz [unpacks into ./xdvik-<version>; .5MB->1.8MB] - - For a DVI-to-PostScript translator (dvipsk): -ftp> cd /tex-archive/dviware/dvipsk -ftp> get dvipsk.tar.gz [unpacks into ./dvipsk-<version>; .7MB->2.7MB] - - For a DVI-to-PCL (HP LaserJet) translator (dviljk): -ftp> cd /tex-archive/dviware/dviljk -ftp> get dviljk.tar.gz [unpacks into ./dviljk-<version>; .6MB->3MB] - -ftp> quit [end ftp session] - - -Compilation and installation: ----------------------------- - -Each of these packages -- web2c, xdvik, dvipsk, dviljk -- contains its -own installation instructions. It is possible to build all the programs -in a single make (see the web2c.kpathsea-*.help file), but it is simpler -to make them separately. - -Compile web2c first (i.e.,, the material in both web.tar.gz and -web2c.tar.gz, unpacked, possibly patched for the most recent kpathsea -- -see above, under `retrieving web2c'). For an overview, - - ./web2c-<version>/README - ./web2c-<version>/kpathsea/INSTALL - ./web2c-<version>/web2c/README - ./web2c-<version>/web2c/INSTALL - -The INSTALL files are your guides to installation. -At the simplest, you do configure && make && make install at the top level. - -Remember to set up your texmf directory hierarchy before embarking on -your compilation (see `For a basic set of input files and fonts' above). - -After installation, if basic input files such as plain.tex aren't being -found, or if the file searching is very slow, read kpathsea/INSTALL from -one of the *k driver distributions. (This is much more recent than -kpathsea/INSTALL from web2c.) - -All installation processes require careful attention to detail, and -knowledge of your system. Festina lente -- make haste slowly -- and you -improve your chances of success. - -ftp.cs.umb.edu:pub/tex/*.help describe some common problems with the -current version of web2c. Here's some more: - --- Contrary to what the web2c installation instructions imply, you must use - configure --prefix=/your/tex/root -instead of editing the prefix in the Makefile(s). (Editing does work in -some cases, but not all.) - --- configure does not always guess the type of yytext properly; the -symptom will be compiler errors involving yytext. Replace the line -`DECLARE_YYTEXT' in web2c-6.1/web2c/web2c.h with the right thing. See -web2c.yytext.help. - --- If the compiler complains about something involving foil_x_wchar_t, try - make CFLAGS="-g -DNO_FOIL_X_WCHAR_T" (for web2c); or - make CFLAGS="-g -DFOIL_X_WCHAR_T" (for everything else). - --- I messed up and declared alloca in web2c/web2c/web2c.h. Just delete -the declaration. ftp.cs.umb.edu:pub/tex/web2c.alloca.help does this. - --- make clean removes *.pool in web2c/tex and web2c/mf. Use make -distclean or make mostlyclean instead. Or edit tex/Makefile and -mf/Makefile to remove *.pool at distclean instead of clean. -ftp.cs.umb.edu:pub/tex/web2c.pool.help does this. (You must apply this -patch before web2c.kpathsea-2.6.help.) - - -Distribution on tape and CD/ROM: -------------------------------- - -For TeX on a single tape (4mm DAT or QIC-24), ordering information is -available from unixtex@u.washington.edu. A distribution fee -of US$210.00 is requested to cover administrative costs. - -The Free Software Foundation distributes the minimal TeX system -described here on CD/ROM. Write gnu@prep.ai.mit.edu or finger -fsf@prep.ai.mit.edu for info. - -The 4allTeX CD-ROM comes from the NTG, the Dutch-speaking TeX user -group. Email ntg@nic.surfnet.nl, or see http://ei0.ei.ele.tue.nl/ntg/. - -The Prime Time TeXcetera CD-ROM is a copy of CTAN; email ptf@ctcl.com or -see http://www.ptf.com/ptf/. - -Walnut Creek has a TeX CD. Email info@cdrom.com or see -http://www.cdrom.com:/titles/tex.html. - -Other organizations may provide TeX on a CD/ROM, but I do not know the -details to include them here. (Please inform me if you do.) - - -Precompiled Unix TeX executables: --------------------------- - -I recommend the teTeX distribution for precompiled binaries or if you -want to retrieve a ready-made system instead of building your own. It's -available from CTAN hosts in systems/unix/tetex. - -If you get these binaries, you do not need to get web.tar.gz, -web2c.tar.gz, or the other source distributions. - - -If you do not have GNU's gunzip utility, you will need to retrieve and -install gzip. - -ftp> cd /tex-archive/tools/info-zip -ftp> get gzip-1.2.4.tar - -gzip does a better job of compression than standard Unix compress, and -it is (as far as is known) patent-free. It is illegal to use Unix -compress in the USA, because it infringes a software patent. Write to -the League for Programming Freedom <lpf@uunet.uu.net> for information -about fighting the new software monopolies. - - -Acknowledgements: ----------------- - -The three main sites listed above are part of the Comprehensive TeX Archive -Network (CTAN) -- the result of cooperative work among members of TUG, -DANTE [German-speaking TeX Users Group], and UKTUG [U.K. TeX Users Group], -under the leadership of George Greenwade, Chair for TUG's Technical -Working Group on TeX Archive Guidelines <ctan@shsu.edu>. - -Special thanks to George Greenwade for establishing the CTAN site at -Sam Houston State University (US); to Rainer Schoepf, Barbara Burr, -and members of DANTE for the CTAN site in Heidelberg (Germany); and to -Sebastian Rahtz for the CTAN site in Cambridge (UK). - -unixtex.ftp was conceived and created by a wonderful person (not the -current maintainer!) who wishes to remain electronically anonymous. diff --git a/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/help/usergrps.html b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/help/usergrps.html deleted file mode 100644 index 48006bbadc1..00000000000 --- a/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/help/usergrps.html +++ /dev/null @@ -1,354 +0,0 @@ -<html><head> -<!-- $Id: usergroups.html,v 1.121 2003/08/25 10:17:19 kaja Exp $ --> -<meta http-equiv="Content-Type" Content="text/html; charset=iso-8859-1"> -<title>All TeX User Groups</title> -<link rel="stylesheet" href="/tugstyle.css"> -</head><body> - -<h2>All TeX User Groups</h2> - -<p>The TeX Users Group itself (contact info below) serves as the local -user group (LUG) of TeX users in North America and any other area not -appearing in the following list. TUG is always interested in fostering -the formation of local TeX users groups; please contact the <a -href="mailto:board@tug.org">TUG board</a> for assistance: forwarding -information about others who might be interested, publicity, and of -course moral support. - -<p><b>Please send additions or corrections by email to -<a href="mailto:webmaster@tug.org"><tt>webmaster@tug.org</tt></a>.</b> - -<p>See also the <a href="http://www.servalys.nl/lug/">Electronic LUG -database</a> for more information, and the TeX calendar -(<a href="http://texcalendar.dante.de/month.php">month view</a>, -<a href="http://texcalendar.dante.de/year.php">year view</a>) for user -group activities. - -<hr> - -<dl> -<dt><a href="http://www.univ-orleans.fr/EXT/ASTEX/astex/doc/en/web/html/astex000.htm"> - <b>AsTEX </b></a> (French-speaking)<br> - <dd>Michel Lavaud, President<br> - Association pour la diffusion de logiciels scientifiques liés TeX<br> - Association AsTEX<br> - BP 6532<br> - 45066 ORLEANS cedex 2<br> - FRANCE<br> - Tel: 33 2 38 64 09 94<br> - Email: <A href="mailto:astex-admin@univ-orleans.fr"><tt>astex-admin@univ-orleans.fr</tt></A><br> - Mailing list: <a href="mailto:astex@univ-orleans.fr"><tt>astex@univ-orleans.fr</tt></a> -<p></dd> - - -<dt><a href="http://www.cervantex.org/"> - <b>CervanTeX</b></a> (Spanish-speaking).<br> - <DD>Javier Bezos, President: <br> - Grupo de Usuarios de TeX Hispanohablantes<br> - Email: <a href="secretario@cervantex.org"> - secretario@cervantex.org</a><br> - Mailing list: - <a href="mailto:sptex@ls.cica.es">sptex@ls.cica.es</a>.<p></dd> - -<dt><a href="http://www.rons.net.cn/"> - <B> Chinese TeX Users Group</B></a><br> - <DD>Hong Feng, Chairman<br> - RON's Datacom Co., Ltd. <br> - Suite 3-3, 200 WuZhong Street,<br> - Wuhan, Hubei Province<br> - 430040 China P.R.<br> - Phone/Fax: +86 27 83222108<br> - Email: <a href="mailto:info@mail.rons.net.cn"> - <tt> info@mail.rons.net.cn</tt> </a><p></dd> - -<dt><a href="http://www.cstug.cz/"> - <b>CsTUG</b></a> (Czech and Slovak Republics) <br> - <dd>Petr Sojka, President<br> - Ceskoslovenské sdruzení uzivatelu TeXu <br> - CsTUG, c/o FI MU <br> - Botanická 68a <br> - CZ-602 00 Brno <br> - CZECH REPUBLIC <br> - Tel: +420-5-41212352<br> - FAX: +420-5-41212568<br> - Email: <a href="mailto:cstug@cstug.cz"><tt>cstug@cstug.cz</tt></a><br> - FTP: <tt><a href="ftp://ftp.cstug.cz/pub/tex">ftp://ftp.cstug.cz/pub/tex</a></tt><p> </dd> - - - -<dt><a href="http://www.cemi.rssi.ru/cyrtug/"> - <b>CyrTUG</b></a> (Russia) - <dd>Eugenii V. Pankratiev, President<br> - CyrTUG, c/o Mir Publishers<br> - 2 Pervyi Rizhskii Pereulok<br> - Moscow, 129820, Russia<br> - Phone: (095) 286 0622<br> - Fax: (095) 288 9522<br> - Email: <a href="mailto:cyrtug@cemi.rssi.ru">cyrtug@cemi.rssi.ru</a> - or <a href="cyrtug@mir.msk.su">cyrtug@mir.msk.su</a> - <p></dd> - -<dt><a href="http://www.dante.de"> - <b>DANTE</b></a> (German-speaking) - <dd>Volker Schaa, President <br> - Deutschsprachige Anwendervereinigung TeX e.V. <br> - Postfach 101840 <br> - D-69008 Heidelberg, Germany <br> - Tel: +49 6221 29766 <br> - FAX: +49 6221 167906 <br> - Email: <a href="mailto:dante@dante.de"> - <tt>dante@dante.de</tt></a><p></dd> - - -<dt><a href="http://www.tug.dk/"> - <b>DK-TUG</b></a> (Danish TeX Users Group) - <dd>Kaja Christiansen, President<br> - DK-TUG, Department of Mathematical Sciences<br> - University of Aarhus, Ny Munkegade, Bldg 530<br> - DK-8000 Århus C., Denmark<br> - Email: <a href="mailto:bestyrelse@tug.dk"> - <tt>bestyrelse@tug.dk</tt></a><br> - Mailing list: - <a href="mailto:dk-tug@tug.dk"><tt>dk-tug@tug.dk</tt></a><p></dd> - -<dt><b>Estonian User Group</b> - <dd>Astrophysical Observatory, Toravere <br> - Enn Saar, Tartu <br> - EE 2444 Estonia <br> - Email: <a href="mailto: saar@aai.ee"> - <tt>saar@aai.ee</tt></a><p></dd> - - -<dt><a href="http://obelix.ee.duth.gr/eft"> -<img src="greek-img.jpg" alt="Greek TeX Friends" - align="left" hspace="5">The Greek TeX Friends Group</a> - <dd>Apostolos Syropoulos, President <br> - 366, 28th October Str.<br> - GR-671 00 Xanthi<br> - GREECE<br> - Telephone: Tel.:+30 541 28704<br> - Email: <a href="mailto:apostolo@obelix.ee.duth.gr"> - <tt>apostolo@obelix.ee.duth.gr</tt></a><p></dd> - - -<dt><a href="http://hilbert.mat.uc.pt/~GUTpt"> -<b>GUTpt</b></a> (Portugal) - <dd>Pedro Quaresma de Almeida, President <br> - Grupo de Utilizadores de TeX<br> - Email: <a href="mailto:GUTpt@hilbert.mat.uc.pt"> - <tt>GUTpt@hilbert.mat.uc.pt</tt></a><p></dd> - - -<dt><a href="http://www.guit.sssup.it"> -<b>GuIT</b></a> (Italy) - <dd>Gruppo Utilizzatori Italiani TeX<br> - For information, contact <br> - Maurizio Himmelmann <br> - Email: <a href="mailto:guit@sssup.it"> - <tt>guit@sssup.it</tt></a><p></dd> - -<dt><a href="http://www.gust.org.pl/"> -<b>GUST</b></a> (Poland) - <dd>Andrzej Borzyszkowski, President<br> - Polska Grupa Uzytkowników Systemu TeX <br> - Uczelniane Centrum Informatyczne<br> - Uniwersytet Mikolaja Kopernika<br> - ul. Gagarina 7<br> - 87 - 100 Torun, Poland <br> - Email: <a href="mailto:prezes@gust.org.pl"> - <tt>prezes@gust.org.pl</tt></a><br> - <a href="mailto:sekretariat@gust.org.pl"> - sekretariat@gust.org.pl</a><br> - Mailing list: <a href="mailto:gust-l@man.torun.pl"> - gust-l@man.torun.pl</a><p></dd> - - -<dt><a href="http://www.gutenberg.eu.org"> -<b>GUTenberg</b> </a> (French-speaking) - <dd>Maurice Laugier, President <br> - Group francophone des Utilisateurs de TeX <br> - Association GUTenberg <br> - c/o Irisa, Campus universitaire de Beaulieu<br> - F-35042 Rennes cedex, France<br> - Tel: +33 1 30 87 06 25<br> - FAX: +33 1 30 87 06 25<br> - Email: <a href="mailto:secretariat@gutenberg.eu.org"> - <tt>secretariat@gutenberg.eu.org</tt></a><p></dd> - - -<dt><b>ITALIC</b> (Irish) - <dd>No formal user group yet.<br> - Public mailing list: - <a href="mailto:ITALIC-L@listserv.heanet.ie"> - <tt>ITALIC-L@listserv.heanet.ie</tt> </a><br> - (send subscription requests - to <a href="mailto:LISTSERV@listserv.heanet.ie"> - <tt>LISTSERV@listserv.heanet.ie</tt></a>).<br> - Peter Flynn<br> - Computer Centre<br> - University College<br> - Cork, Ireland<br> - Email: <a href="mailto:pflynn@www.ucc.ie"> - <tt>pflynn@www.ucc.ie</tt></a><p></dd> - -<dt><a href="http://www.ktug.or.kr" target="_top"> -<b>KTUG</b></a> (Korean TeX Users Group)<br> - -<dd><a href="mailto:director@ktug.or.kr">Kim Kangsu, Director</a><br> -Email: <a href="mailto:info@mail.ktug.or.kr"> -<tt>info@mail.ktug.or.kr</tt></a><p></dd> - -<dt><a href="http://www.vtex.lt/tex/"> - <b>Lietovos TeX'o Vartotojø Grupë</b></a> - (Lithuanian TeX Users Group) - <dd>Vytas Statulevicius, Chair<br> - Akademijos 4<br> - LT-2600 Vilnius, Lithuania<br> - Tel: +370 2 359 609<br> - FAX: +370 2 359 804<br> - Email: <a href="mailto:vytass@ktl.mii.lt"> - <tt>vytass@ktl.mii.lt</tt></a><p></dd> - - -<dt><a href="http://www.math.klte.hu/~matex/"> - <b>Magyar TeX Egyesület</b></a> (Hungarian TeX Users Group) - <dd>Antal Járai, President<br> - <dd>Contact address:<br> - <dd>Gyöngyi Bujdosó<br> - <dd>University of Debrecen<br> - <dd>H-4010 Debrecen, P.O.B. 12<br> - <dd>Hungary<br> -Email: <a href="mailto:matex@math.klte.hu"><tt>matex@math.klte.hu</tt></a> -<p></dd> - -<dt> <a href="http://www.ifi.uio.no/~dag/ntug/"> - <b>Nordic TeX Group</b></a> (Scandinavian Countries) - <dd>Dag Langmyhr, Chair <br> - Department of Informatics<br> - PO Box 1080 Blindern<br> - University of Oslo<br> - N-0316 Oslo, Norway<br> - Tel: +47 22 85 24 50<br> - FAX: +47 22 85 24 01<br> - Email: <a href="mailto:dag@ifi.uio.no"> - <tt>dag@ifi.uio.no</tt></a><p></dd> - - -<dt><a href="http://www.ntg.nl/"> -<b>NTG</b> </a> (Dutch-speaking) - <dd>Hans Hagen, Chair <br> - Nederlandstalige TeX Gebruikersgroep <br> - Utrechtsestraatweg 64<br> - NL-3445 AV Woerden<br> - The Netherlands, <br> - Email: <a href="mailto:ntg@ntg.nl"> - <tt>ntg@ntg.nl</tt></a><p></dd> - - -<dt> <a href="http://vlado.fmf.uni-lj.si/texceh/texceh.htm"> -<b>TeXCeH</b> </a> (Slovenian TeX User Group) - <dd>Vladimir Batagelj<br> - Jadranska 19<br> - SI-61111 Ljubljana, Slovenia<br> - Email: <a href="mailto:Tex.Ceh@fmf.uni-lj.si"> - <tt>Tex.Ceh@fmf.uni-lj.si</tt></a><p></dd> - -<dt><a href="http://linuxopensource.com.mx/tex/"> - <b>TeX México</b></a> (Mexican TeX User Group) - <dd> Cuauhtémoc Pacheco Díaz (TeX Mexico coordinator)<br> - Rayon No. 523, Centro CP 58000<br> - Morelia, Michoacán, Mexico<br> - Tel: +52 443 312-8724 / Fax: +52 443 317-3945<br> - Email: <a href="mailto:tex@linuxopensource.com.mx"> - tex@linuxopensource.com.mx</a><br> - URL: <a href="http://linuxopensource.com.mx/tex/" target="_top">http://linuxopensource.com.mx/tex/</a><p> -</dd> - -<dt> <a href="http://www-lsi.upc.es/~valiente/tug-catalan.html"> - <b>Tirant lo TeX</b> </a> (Catalan TeX Users Group) - <dd> Gabriel Valiente Feruglio<br> - Technical University of Catalonia<br> - Department of Software<br> - Mòdul C6, Campus Nord<br> - Jordi Girona Salgado, 1-3<br> - E-08034 Barcelona, Catalonia<br> - Email: <a href="mailto:valiente@lsi.upc.es"> - <tt>valiente@lsi.upc.es</tt></a><br> - discussion list: - <a href="mailto:catala-tex@aliga.cesca.es"> - <tt>catala-tex@aliga.cesca.es</tt> </a><br> - (send subscription requests - to <a href="mailto:listserv@cesca.es"> - <tt>listserv@cesca.es</tt></a>).<p></dd> - -<dt> <a href="http://tug.org/"> - <b>TUG</b></a> (International TeX users group, LUG for TeX users not - covered by some other group) - <dd>Mimi Jett, President <br> - TeX Users Group <br> - 1466 NW Naito Parkway, Suite 3141<br> - Portland, OR 97209, U.S.A.<br> - Tel: +1-503-223-9994<br> - FAX: +1-503-223-3960<br> - Email: <a href="mailto:office@tug.org"> - <tt>office@tug.org</tt></a><p></dd> - -<dt><a href="http://www.tug.org.in/index.html" target="_top"> - <b>TUGIndia</b></a> (Indian TeX Users Group) -<dd> Prof. (Dr.) K. S. S. Nambooripad, Chairman<br> - Floor III, SJP Buildings<br> - Cotton Hills, Trivandrum 695014, India<br> - Tel: +91 471 33 7501<br> - Fax. +91 471 33 3186<br> - Email: <a href="mailto:tugindia@tug.org.in"> - <tt>tugindia@tug.org.in</tt></a><p></dd> - -<DT><B>TUG-Philippines</B> (Philippines TeX Users Group) -<dd>Dr. Felix P. Muga II, President<br> - Mathematics Department<br> - Ateneo de Manila University<br> - Loyola Heights, Quezon City<br> - Tel: (63-2) 426 6001 local 2515<br> - Fax: (63-2) 426 6008<br> - - Email: <a href="mailto:fpmuga@admu.edu.ph"><tt>fpmuga@admu.edu.ph</tt></a><br> - <a href="mailto:fpmuga@philonline.com"><tt>fpmuga@philonline.com</tt></a><br> -<p></dd> - -<dt><A HREF="http://uk.tug.org"> - <b>UK TUG</b></a> (United Kingdom) -<dd>R.W.D. Nickalls, Chairman<br> - For information:<br> - Simon Dales<br> - c/o 196 Eccles Old Road,<br> - Salford<br> - Manchester<br> - M6 8AL UK<br> - Email: <a href="mailto:uktug-enquiries@tex.ac.uk"> - <tt>uktug-enquiries@tex.ac.uk</tt></a><p> -</dd> - -<dt><a href="http://w3.to/viettug" target="_top"> - <b>ViêtTUG</b></a> (Vietnamese TeX Users Group) -<dd>Nguyên-Ðai Quý<br> - - LTAS-University of Liège<br> - Rue des Chevreuils, 1, Bât B52, Local 522B<br> - B4000, Liège, Belgium<br> - Tel: +32-4-366.9098 Fax: +32-4-366.9311<br> - - Email: <a href="mailto:viettug@eGroups.com"> - <tt>viettug@eGroups.com</tt></a><br> -</dd> - -</dl> - -<hr><small>$Date: 2003/08/25 10:17:19 $;</small> -<!-- $Id: footer.html,v 1.7 2003/01/30 16:19:38 karl Exp $ (generic footer) --> -<small> -<a href="mailto:webmaster@tug.org">contact webmaster</a>; -<a href="/contact.html">contact TUG</a>; -<a href="/index.html">TUG home page</a>. -</small> -</body></html> - diff --git a/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/help/virtual-fonts.knuth b/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/help/virtual-fonts.knuth deleted file mode 100644 index 1bc3a2bc405..00000000000 --- a/Master/texmf-doc/doc/english/help/virtual-fonts.knuth +++ /dev/null @@ -1,633 +0,0 @@ -Date: 08 Jan 90 1727 PST -From: Don Knuth <DEK@SAIL.Stanford.EDU> -Subject: Virtual fonts: More fun for Grand Wizards -Keywords: fonts - -Many writers to TeXhax during the past year or so have been struggling with -interfaces between differing font conventions. For example, there's been a -brisk correspondence about mixing oldstyle digits with a caps-and-small-caps -alphabet. Other people despair of working with fonts supplied by manufacturers -like Autologic, Compugraphic, Monotype, etc.; still others are afraid to leave -the limited accent capabilities of Computer Modern for fonts containing letters -that are individually accented as they should be, because such fonts are not -readily available in a form that existing TeX software understands. - -There is a much better way to solve such problems than the remedies -that have been proposed in TeXhax. This better way was first realized -by David Fuchs in 1983, when he installed it in our DVI-to-APS -software at Stanford (which he also developed for commercial -distribution by ArborText). We used it, for example, to typeset my -article on Literate Programming for The Computer Journal, using native -Autologic fonts to match the typography of that journal. - -I was expecting David's strategy to become widely known and adopted. -But alas --- and this has really been the only significant -disappointment I've had with respect to the way TeX has been -propagating around the world --- nobody else's DVI-to-X drivers have -incorporated anything resembling David's ideas, and TeXhax -contributors have spilled gallons of electronic ink searching for -answers in the wrong direction. - -The right direction is obvious once you've seen it (although it wasn't -obvious in 1983): All we need is a good way to specify a mapping from -TeX's notion of a font character to a device's capabilities for -printing. Such a mapping was called a "virtual font" by the AMS -speakers at the TUG meetings this past August. At that meeting I spoke -briefly about the issue and voiced my hope that all DVI drivers be -upgraded within a year to add a virtual font capability. Dave Rodgers -of ArborText announced that his company would make their WEB routines -for virtual font design freely available, and I promised to edit them -into a form that would match the other programs in the standard -TeXware distribution. - -The preparation of TeX Version 3 and MF Version 2 has taken me much longer -than expected, but at last I've been able to look closely at the concept of -virtual fonts. (The need for such fonts is indeed much greater now than it -was before, because TeX's new multilingual capabilities are significantly -more powerful only when suitable fonts are available. Virtual fonts can -easily be created to meet these needs.) - -After looking closely at David Fuchs's original design, I decided to design -a completely new file format that would carry his ideas further, making the -virtual font mechanism completely device-independent; David's original code -was very APS-specific. Furthermore I decided to extend his notions so that -arbitrary DVI commands (including rules and even specials) could be -part of a virtual font. The new file format I've just designed is called -VF; it's easy for DVI drivers to read VF files, because VF format is similar -to the PK and DVI formats they already deal with. - -The result is two new system routines called VFtoVP and VPtoVF. These -routines are extensions of the old ones called TFtoPL and PLtoTF; -there's a property-list language called VPL that extends the ordinary -PL format so that virtual fonts can be created easily. - -In addition to implementing these routines, I've also tested the ideas by -verifying that virtual fonts could be incorporated into Tom Rokicki's dvips -system without difficulty. I wrote a C program (available from Tom) that -converts Adobe AFM files into virtual fonts for TeX; these virtual fonts -include almost all the characteristics of Computer Modern text fonts -(lacking only the uppercase Greek and the dotless j) and they include all -the additional Adobe characters as well. These virtual fonts even include -all the "composite characters" listed in the AFM file, from `Aacute' to -`zcaron'; such characters are available as ligatures. For example, to get -`Aacute' you type first `acute' (which is character 19 = ~S in Computer Modern -font layout, it could also be character 194 = Meta-B if you're using an -8-bit keyboard with the new TeX) followed by `A'. Using such fonts, it's -now easier for me to typeset European language texts in Times-Roman and -Helvetica and Palatino than in Computer Modern! [But with less than an hour's -work I could make a virtual font for Computer Modern that would do the same -things; I just haven't gotten around to it yet.] - -[A nice ligature scheme for dozens of European languages was just published -by Haralambous in the November TUGboat. He uses only ASCII characters, getting -Aacute with the combination <A. I could readily add his scheme to mine, by -adding a few lines to my VPL files. Indeed, multiple conventions can be -supported simultaneously (although I don't recommend that really).] - -Virtual fonts make it easy to go from DVI files to the font layouts of -any manufacturer or font supplier. They also (I'm sorry to say) make -"track kerning" easy, for people who have to resort to that oft-abused -feature of lead-free type. - -Furthermore, virtual fonts solve the problem of proofreading with screen -fonts or with lowres laserprinter fonts, because you can have several -virtual fonts sharing a common TFM file. Suppose, for example, that you -want to typeset camera copy on an APS machine using Univers as the -ultimate font, but you want to do proofreading with a screen previewer and -with a laserprinter. Suppose further that you don't have Univers for your -laserprinter; the closest you have is Helvetica. And suppose that you -haven't even got Helvetica for your screen, but you do have cmss10. Here's -what you can do: First make a virtual property list (VPL) file -univers-aps.vpl that describes the high-quality font of your ultimate -output. Then edit that file into univers-laser.vpl, which has identical -font metric info but maps the characters into Helvetica; similarly, make -univers-screen.vpl, which maps them into cmss10. Now run VPtoVF on each of -the three VPL files. This will produce three identical TFM files -univers.tfm, one of which you should put on the directory read by TeX. -You'll also get three distinct VF files called univers.vf, which you -should put on three different directories --- one directory for your -DVI-to-APS software, another for your DVI-to-laserwriter software, and the -third for the DVI-to-screen previewer. Voil~~Ra. - -So virtual fonts are evidently quite virtuous. But what exactly are -virtual fonts, detail-wise? Appended to this message are excerpts from -VFtoVP.WEB and VPtoVF.WEB, which give a complete definition of the -VF and VPL file formats. - -I fully expect that all people who have implemented DVI drivers will -immediately see the great potential of virtual fonts, and that they will -be unable to resist installing a VF capability into their own software -during the first few months of 1990. (The idea is this: For each font -specified in a DVI file, the software looks first in a special table to -see if the font is device-resident (in which case the TFM file is loaded, -to get the character widths); failing that, it looks for a suitable GF or -PK file; failing that, it looks for a VF file, which may in turn lead to -other actual or virtual files. The latter files should not be loaded -immediately, but only on demand, because the process is recursive. -Incidentally, if no resident or GF or PK or VF file is found, a TFM file -should be loaded as a last resort, so that the characters can be left -blank with appropriate widths.) - -%--- an excerpt from VFtoVP.web ----------------------------------------------- - -@* Virtual fonts. The idea behind \.{VF} files is that a general -interface mechanism is needed to switch between the myriad font -layouts provided by different suppliers of typesetting equipment. -Without such a mechanism, people must go to great lengths writing -inscrutable macros whenever they want to use typesetting conventions -based on one font layout in connection with actual fonts that have -another layout. This puts an extra burden on the typesetting system, -interfering with the other things it needs to do (like kerning, -hyphenation, and ligature formation). - -These difficulties go away when we have a ``virtual font,'' -i.e., a font that exists in a logical sense but not a physical sense. -A typesetting system like \TeX\ can do its job without knowing where the -actual characters come from; a device driver can then do its job by -letting a \.{VF} file tell what actual characters correspond to the -characters \TeX\ imagined were present. The actual characters -can be shifted and/or magnified and/or combined with other characters -from many different fonts. A virtual font can even make use of characters -from virtual fonts, including itself. - -Virtual fonts also allow convenient character substitutions for proofreading -purposes, when fonts designed for one output device are unavailable on another. - -@ A \.{VF} file is organized as a stream of 8-bit bytes, using conventions -borrowed from \.{DVI} and \.{PK} files. Thus, a device driver that knows -about \.{DVI} and \.{PK} format will already -contain most of the mechanisms necessary to process \.{VF} files. -We shall assume that \.{DVI} format is understood; the conventions in the -\.{DVI} documentation (see, for example, {\sl \TeX: The Program}, part 31) -are adopted here to define \.{VF} format. - -A preamble -appears at the beginning, followed by a sequence of character definitions, -followed by a postamble. More precisely, the first byte of every \.{VF} file -must be the first byte of the following ``preamble command'': - -\yskip\hang|pre| 247 |i[1]| |k[1]| |x[k]| |cs[4]| |ds[4]|. -Here |i| is the identification byte of \.{VF}, currently 202. The string -|x| is merely a comment, usually indicating the source of the \.{VF} file. -Parameters |cs| and |ds| are respectively the check sum and the design size -of the virtual font; they should match the first two words in the header of -the \.{TFM} file, as described below. - -\yskip -After the |pre| command, the preamble continues with font definitions; -every font needed to specify ``actual'' characters in later -\\{set\_char} commands is defined here. The font definitions are -exactly the same in \.{VF} files as they are in \.{DVI} files, except -that the scaled size |s| is relative and the design size |d| is absolute: - -\yskip\hang|fnt_def1| 243 |k[1]| |c[4]| |s[4]| |d[4]| |a[1]| |l[1]| |n[a+l]|. -Define font |k|, where |0<=k<256|. - -\yskip\hang|@!fnt_def2| 244 |k[2]| |c[4]| |s[4]| |d[4]| |a[1]| |l[1]| |n[a+l]|. -Define font |k|, where |0<=k<65536|. - -\yskip\hang|@!fnt_def3| 245 |k[3]| |c[4]| |s[4]| |d[4]| |a[1]| |l[1]| |n[a+l]|. -Define font |k|, where |0<=k<@t$2~{24}$@>|. - -\yskip\hang|@!fnt_def4| 246 |k[4]| |c[4]| |s[4]| |d[4]| |a[1]| |l[1]| |n[a+l]|. -Define font |k|, where |@t$-2~{31}$@><=k<@t$2~{31}$@>|. - -\yskip\noindent -These font numbers |k| are ``local''; they have no relation to font numbers -defined in the \.{DVI} file that uses this virtual font. The dimension%|s|, -which represents the scaled size of the local font being defined, -is a |fix_word| relative to the design size of the virtual font. -Thus if the local font is to be used at the same size -as the design size of the virtual font itself, |s| will be the -integer value $2~{20}$. The value of |s| must be positive and less than -$2~{24}$ (thus less than 16 when considered as a |fix_word|). -The dimension%|d| is a |fix_word| in units of printer's points; hence it -is identical to the design size found in the corresponding \.{TFM} file. - -@d id_byte=202 - -@<Glob...@>= -@!vf_file:packed file of 0..255; - -@ The preamble is followed by zero or more character packets, where each -character packet begins with a byte that is $<243$. Character packets have -two formats, one long and one short: - -\yskip\hang|long_char| 242 |pl[4]| |cc[4]| |tfm[4]| |dvi[pl]|. This long form -specifies a virtual character in the general case. - -\yskip\hang|short_char0..short_char241| -|pl[1]| |cc[1]| |tfm[3]| |dvi[pl]|. This short form specifies a -virtual character in the common case -when |0<=pl<242| and |0<=cc<256| and $0\le|tfm|<2~{24}$. - - -\yskip\noindent -Here |pl| denotes the packet length following the |tfm| value; |cc| is -the character code; and |tfm| is the character width copied from the -\.{TFM} file for this virtual font. There should be at most one character -packet having any given |cc| code. - -The |dvi| bytes are a sequence of complete \.{DVI} commands, properly -nested with respect to |push| and |pop|. All \.{DVI} operations are -permitted except |bop|, |eop|, and commands with opcodes |>=243|. -Font selection commands (|fnt_num0| through |fnt4|) must refer to fonts -defined in the preamble. - -Dimensions that appear in the \.{DVI} instructions are analogous to -|fix_word| quantities; i.e., they are integer multiples of $2~{-20}$ times -the design size of the virtual font. For example, if the virtual font -has design size $10\,$pt, the \.{DVI} command to move down $5\,$pt -would be a \\{down} instruction with parameter $2~{19}$. The virtual font -itself might be used at a different size, say $12\,$pt; then that -\\{down} instruction would move down $6\,$pt instead. Each dimension -must be less than $2~{24}$ in absolute value. - -Device drivers processing \.{VF} files treat the sequences of |dvi| bytes -as subroutines or macros, implicitly enclosing them with |push| and |pop|. -Each subroutine begins with |w=x=y=z=0|, and with current font%|f| the -number of the first-defined in the preamble (undefined if there's no -such font). After the |dvi| commands have been -performed, the |h| and%|v| position registers of \.{DVI} format are restored -to their former values, and then |h| is increased by the \.{TFM} width -(properly scaled)---just as if a simple character had been typeset. - -@d long_char=242 {\.{VF} command for general character packet} -@d set_char_0=0 {\.{DVI} command to typeset character 0 and move right} -@d set1=128 {typeset a character and move right} -@d set_rule=132 {typeset a rule and move right} -@d put1=133 {typeset a character} -@d put_rule=137 {typeset a rule} -@d nop=138 {no operation} -@d push=141 {save the current positions} -@d pop=142 {restore previous positions} -@d right1=143 {move right} -@d w0=147 {move right by |w|} -@d w1=148 {move right and set |w|} -@d x0=152 {move right by |x|} -@d x1=153 {move right and set |x|} -@d down1=157 {move down} -@d y0=161 {move down by |y|} -@d y1=162 {move down and set |y|} -@d z0=166 {move down by |z|} -@d z1=167 {move down and set |z|} -@d fnt_num_0=171 {set current font to 0} -@d fnt1=235 {set current font} -@d xxx1=239 {extension to \.{DVI} primitives} -@d xxx4=242 {potentially long extension to \.{DVI} primitives} -@d fnt_def1=243 {define the meaning of a font number} -@d pre=247 {preamble} -@d post=248 {postamble beginning} -@d improper_DVI_for_VF==139,140,243,244,245,246,247,248,249,250,251,252, - 253,254,255 - -@ The character packets are followed by a trivial postamble, consisting of -one or more bytes all equal to |post| (248). The total number of bytes -in the file should be a multiple of%4. - -%------------- and here's an extract from VPtoVF.web -------------------------- - -@* Property list description of font metric data. -The idea behind \.{VPL} files is that precise details about fonts, i.e., the -facts that are needed by typesetting routines like \TeX, sometimes have to -be supplied by hand. The nested property-list format provides a reasonably -convenient way to do this. - -A good deal of computation is necessary to parse and process a -\.{VPL} file, so it would be inappropriate for \TeX\ itself to do this -every time it loads a font. \TeX\ deals only with the compact descriptions -of font metric data that appear in \.{TFM} files. Such data is so compact, -however, it is almost impossible for anybody but a computer to read it. - -Device drivers also need a compact way to describe mappings from \TeX's idea -of a font to the actual characters a device can produce. They can do this -conveniently when given a packed sequence of bytes called a \.{VF} file. - -The purpose of \.{VPtoVF} is to convert from a human-oriented file of text -to computer-oriented files of binary numbers. There's a companion program, -\.{VFtoVP}, which goes the other way. - -@<Glob...@>= -@!vpl_file:text; - -@ @<Set init...@>= -reset(vpl_file); - -@ A \.{VPL} file is like a \.{PL} file with a few extra features, so we -can begin to define it by reviewing the definition of \.{PL} files. The -material in the next few sections is copied from the program \.{PLtoTF}. - -A \.{PL} file is a list of entries of the form -$$\.{(PROPERTYNAME VALUE)}$$ -where the property name is one of a finite set of names understood by -this program, and the value may itself in turn be a property list. -The idea is best understood by looking at an example, so let's consider -a fragment of the \.{PL} file for a hypothetical font. -$$\vbox{\halign{\.{#}\hfil\cr -(FAMILY NOVA)\cr -(FACE F MIE)\cr -(CODINGSCHEME ASCII)\cr -(DESIGNSIZE D 10)\cr -(DESIGNUNITS D 18)\cr -(COMMENT A COMMENT IS IGNORED)\cr -(COMMENT (EXCEPT THIS ONE ISN'T))\cr -(COMMENT (ACTUALLY IT IS, EVEN THOUGH\cr -\qquad\qquad IT SAYS IT ISN'T))\cr -(FONTDIMEN\cr -\qquad (SLANT R -.25)\cr -\qquad (SPACE D 6)\cr -\qquad (SHRINK D 2)\cr -\qquad (STRETCH D 3)\cr -\qquad (XHEIGHT R 10.55)\cr -\qquad (QUAD D 18)\cr -\qquad )\cr -(LIGTABLE\cr -\qquad (LABEL C f)\cr -\qquad (LIG C f O 200)\cr -\qquad (SKIP D 1)\cr -\qquad (LABEL O 200)\cr -\qquad (LIG C i O 201)\cr -\qquad (KRN O 51 R 1.5)\cr -\qquad (/LIG C ? C f)\cr -\qquad (STOP)\cr -\qquad )\cr -(CHARACTER C f\cr -\qquad (CHARWD D 6)\cr -\qquad (CHARHT R 13.5)\cr -\qquad (CHARIC R 1.5)\cr -\qquad )\cr}}$$ -This example says that the font whose metric information is being described -belongs to the hypothetical -\.{NOVA} family; its face code is medium italic extended; -and the characters appear in ASCII code positions. The design size is 10 -points, and all other sizes in this \.{PL} file are given in units such that -18 units -equals the design size. The font is slanted with a slope of $-.25$ (hence the -letters actually slant backward---perhaps that is why the family name is -\.{NOVA}). The normal space between words is 6 units (i.e., one third of -the 18-unit design size), with glue that shrinks by 2 units or stretches by 3. -The letters for which accents don't need to be raised or lowered are 10.55 -units high, and one em equals 18 units. - -The example ligature table is a bit trickier. It specifies that the -letter \.f followed by another \.f is changed to code @'200, while -code @'200 followed by \.i is changed to @'201; presumably codes @'200 -and @'201 represent the ligatures `ff' and `ffi'. Moreover, in both cases -\.f and @'200, if the following character is the code @'51 (which is a -right parenthesis), an additional 1.5 units of space should be inserted -before the @'51. (The `\.{SKIP}~\.D~\.1' skips over one \.{LIG} or -\.{KRN} command, which in this case is the second \.{LIG}; in this way -two different ligature/kern programs can come together.) -Finally, if either \.f or @'200 is followed by a question mark, -the question mark is replaced by \.f and the ligature program is -started over. (Thus, the character pair `\.{f?}' would actually become -the ligature `ff', and `\.{ff?}' or `\.{f?f}' would become `fff'. To -avoid this restart procedure, the \.{/LIG} command could be replaced -by \.{/LIG>}; then `\.{f?} would become `f\kern0ptf' and `\.{f?f}' -would become `f\kern0ptff'.) - -Character \.f itself is 6 units wide and 13.5 units tall, in this example. -Its depth is zero (since \.{CHARDP} is not given), and its italic correction -is 1.5 units. - -@ The example above illustrates most of the features found in \.{PL} files. -Note that some property names, like \.{FAMILY} or \.{COMMENT}, take a -string as their value; this string continues until the first unmatched -right parenthesis. But most property names, like \.{DESIGNSIZE} and \.{SLANT} -and \.{LABEL}, take a number as their value. This number can be expressed in -a variety of ways, indicated by a prefixed code; \.D stands for decimal, -\.H for hexadecimal, \.O for octal, \.R for real, \.C for character, and -\.F for ``face.'' Other property names, like \.{LIG}, take two numbers as -their value. And still other names, like \.{FONTDIMEN} and \.{LIGTABLE} and -\.{CHARACTER}, have more complicated values that involve property lists. - -A property name is supposed to be used only in an appropriate property -list. For example, \.{CHARWD} shouldn't occur on the outer level or -within \.{FONTDIMEN}. - -The individual property-and-value pairs in a property list can appear in -any order. For instance, `\.{SHRINK}' precedes `\.{STRETCH}' in the above -example, although the \.{TFM} file always puts the stretch parameter first. -One could even give the information about characters like `\.f' before -specifying the number of units in the design size, or before specifying the -ligature and kerning table. However, the \.{LIGTABLE} itself is an exception -to this rule; the individual elements of the \.{LIGTABLE} property list -can be reordered only to a certain extent without changing the meaning -of that table. - -If property-and-value pairs are omitted, a default value is used. For example, -we have already noted that the default for \.{CHARDP} is zero. The default -for {\sl every\/} numeric value is, in fact, zero, unless otherwise stated -below. - -If the same property name is used more than once, \.{VPtoVF} will not notice -the discrepancy; it simply uses the final value given. Once again, however, the -\.{LIGTABLE} is an exception to this rule; \.{VPtoVF} will complain if there -is more than one label for some character. And of course many of the -entries in the \.{LIGTABLE} property list have the same property name. - -@ A \.{VPL} file also includes information about how to create each character, -by typesetting characters from other fonts and/or by drawing lines, etc. -Such information is the value of the `\.{MAP}' property, which can be -illustrated as follows: -$$\vbox{\halign{\.{#}\hfil\cr -(MAPFONT D 0 (FONTNAME Times-Roman))\cr -(MAPFONT D 1 (FONTNAME Symbol))\cr -(MAPFONT D 2 (FONTNAME cmr10)(FONTAT D 20))\cr -(CHARACTER O 0 (MAP (SELECTFONT D 1)(SETCHAR C G)))\cr -(CHARACTER O 76 (MAP (SETCHAR O 277)))\cr -(CHARACTER D 197 (MAP\cr -\qquad(PUSH)(SETCHAR C A)(POP)\cr -\qquad(MOVEUP R 0.937)(MOVERIGHT R 1.5)(SETCHAR O 312)))\cr -(CHARACTER O 200 (MAP (MOVEDOWN R 2.1)(SETRULE R 1 R 8)))\cr -(CHARACTER O 201 (MAP\cr -\qquad (SPECIAL ps: /SaveGray currentgray def .5 setgray)\cr -\qquad (SELECTFONT D 2)(SETCHAR C A)\cr -\qquad (SPECIAL SaveGray setgray)))\cr -}}$$ -(These specifications appear in addition to the conventional \.{PL} -information. The \.{MAP} attribute can be mixed in with other attributes -like \.{CHARWD} or it can be given separately.) - -In this example, the virtual font is composed of characters that can be -fabricated from three actual fonts, `\.{Times-Roman}', -`\.{Symbol}', and `\.{cmr10} \.{at} \.{20\\u}' (where \.{\\u} -is the unit size in this \.{VPL} file). Character |@'0| is typeset as -a `G' from the symbol font. Character |@'76| is typeset as character |@'277| -from the ordinary Times font. (If no other font is selected, font -number~0 is the default. If no \.{MAP} attribute is given, the default map -is a character of the same number in the default font.) - -Character 197 (decimal) is more interesting: First an A is typeset (in the -default font Times), and this is enclosed by \.{PUSH} and \.{POP} so that -the original position is restored. Then the accent character |@'312| is -typeset, after moving up .937 units and right 1.5 units. - -To typeset character |@'200| in this virtual font, we move down 2.1 units, -then typeset a rule that is 1 unit high and 8 units wide. - -Finally, to typeset character |@'201|, we do something that requires a -special ability to interpret PostScript commands; this example -sets the PostScript ``color'' to 50\char`\%\ gray and typesets an `A' -from \.{cmr10} in that color. - -In general, the \.{MAP} attribute of a virtual character can be any sequence -of typesetting commands that might appear in a page of a \.{DVI} file. -A single character might map into an entire page. - -@ But instead of relying on a hypothetical example, let's consider a complete -grammar for \.{VPL} files, beginning with the (unchanged) grammatical rules -for \.{PL} files. At the outer level, the following property names -are valid in any \.{PL} file: - -\yskip\hang\.{CHECKSUM} (four-byte value). The value, which should be a -nonnegative integer less than $2^{32}$, is used to identify a particular -version of a font; it should match the check sum value stored with the font -itself. An explicit check sum of zero is used to bypass -check sum testing. If no checksum is specified in the \.{VPL} file, -\.{VPtoVF} will compute the checksum that \MF\ would compute from the -same data. - - -\yskip\hang\.{DESIGNSIZE} (numeric value, default is 10). The value, which -should be a real number in the range |1.0<=x<2048|, represents the default -amount by which all quantities will be scaled if the font is not loaded -with an `\.{at}' specification. For example, if one says -`\.{\\font\\A=cmr10 at 15pt}' in \TeX\ language, the design size in the \.{TFM} -file is ignored and effectively replaced by 15 points; but if one simply -says `\.{\\font\\A=cmr10}' the stated design size is used. This quantity is -always in units of printer's points. - -\yskip\hang\.{DESIGNUNITS} (numeric value, default is 1). The value -should be a positive real number; it says how many units equals the design -size (or the eventual `\.{at}' size, if the font is being scaled). For -example, suppose you have a font that has been digitized with 600 pixels per -em, and the design size is one em; then you could say `\.{(DESIGNUNITS R 600)}' -if you wanted to give all of your measurements in units of pixels. - -\yskip\hang\.{CODINGSCHEME} (string value, default is `\.{UNSPECIFIED}'). -The string should not contain parentheses, and its length must be less than 40. -It identifies the correspondence between the numeric codes and font characters. -(\TeX\ ignores this information, but other software programs make use of it.) - -\yskip\hang\.{FAMILY} (string value, default is `\.{UNSPECIFIED}'). -The string should not contain parentheses, and its length must be less than 20. -It identifies the name of the family to which this font belongs, e.g., -`\.{HELVETICA}'. (\TeX\ ignores this information; but it is needed, for -example, when converting \.{DVI} files to \.{PRESS} files for Xerox -equipment.) - -\yskip\hang\.{FACE} (one-byte value). This number, which must lie -between 0 and 255 inclusive, is a subsidiary ident\-ifi\-ca\-tion of -the font within its family. For example, bold italic condensed fonts -might have the same family name as light roman extended fonts, -differing only in their face byte. (\TeX\ ignores this information; -but it is needed, for example, when converting \.{DVI} files to -\.{PRESS} files for Xerox equipment.) - -\yskip\hang\.{SEVENBITSAFEFLAG} (string value, default is -`\.{FALSE}'). The value should start with either `\.T' (true) or `\.F' -(false). If true, character codes less than 128 cannot lead to codes -of 128 or more via ligatures or charlists or extensible characters. -(\TeX82 ignores this flag, but older versions of \TeX\ would only -accept \.{TFM} files that were seven-bit safe.) \.{VPtoVF} computes -the correct value of this flag and gives an error message only if a -claimed ``true'' value is incorrect. - -\yskip\hang\.{HEADER} (a one-byte value followed by a four-byte value). -The one-byte value should be between 18 and a maximum limit that can be -raised or lowered depending on the compile-time setting of |max_header_bytes|. -The four-byte value goes into the header word whose index is the one-byte -value; for example, to set |header[18]:=1|, one may write -`\.{(HEADER D 18 O 1)}'. This notation is used for header information that -is presently unnamed. (\TeX\ ignores it.) - -\yskip\hang\.{FONTDIMEN} (property list value). See below for the names -allowed in this property list. - -\yskip\hang\.{LIGTABLE} (property list value). See below for the rules -about this special kind of property list. - -\yskip\hang\.{BOUNDARYCHAR} (one-byte value). If this character appears in -a \.{LIGTABLE} command, it matches ``end of word'' as well as itself. -If no boundary character is given and no \.{LABEL} \.{BOUNDARYCHAR} occurs -within \.{LIGTABLE}, word boundaries will not affect ligatures or kerning. - -\yskip\hang\.{CHARACTER}. The value is a one-byte integer followed by -a property list. The integer represents the number of a character that is -present in the font; the property list of a character is defined below. -The default is an empty property list. - -@ Numeric property list values can be given in various forms identified by -a prefixed letter. - -\yskip\hang\.C denotes an ASCII character, which should be a standard visible -character that is not a parenthesis. The numeric value will therefore be -between @'41 and @'176 but not @'50 or @'51. - -\yskip\hang\.D denotes an unsigned decimal integer, which must be -less than $2^{32}$, i.e., at most `\.{D 4294967295}'. - -\yskip\hang\.F denotes a three-letter Xerox face code; the admissible codes -are \.{MRR}, \.{MIR}, \.{BRR}, \.{BIR}, \.{LRR}, \.{LIR}, \.{MRC}, \.{MIC}, -\.{BRC}, \.{BIC}, \.{LRC}, \.{LIC}, \.{MRE}, \.{MIE}, \.{BRE}, \.{BIE}, -\.{LRE}, and \.{LIE}, denoting the integers 0 to 17, respectively. - -\yskip\hang\.O denotes an unsigned octal integer, which must be less than -$2^{32}$, i.e., at most `\.{O 37777777777}'. - -\yskip\hang\.H denotes an unsigned hexadecimal integer, which must be less than -$2^{32}$, i.e., at most `\.{H FFFFFFFF}'. - -\yskip\hang\.R denotes a real number in decimal notation, optionally preceded -by a `\.+' or `\.-' sign, and optionally including a decimal point. The -absolute value must be less than 2048. - -@ The property names allowed in a \.{FONTDIMEN} property list correspond to -various \TeX\ parameters, each of which has a (real) numeric value. All -of the parameters except \.{SLANT} are in design units. The admissible -names are \.{SLANT}, \.{SPACE}, \.{STRETCH}, \.{SHRINK}, \.{XHEIGHT}, -\.{QUAD}, \.{EXTRASPACE}, \.{NUM1}, \.{NUM2}, \.{NUM3}, \.{DENOM1}, -\.{DENOM2}, \.{SUP1}, \.{SUP2}, \.{SUP3}, \.{SUB1}, \.{SUB2}, \.{SUPDROP}, -\.{SUBDROP}, \.{DELIM1}, \.{DELIM2}, and \.{AXISHEIGHT}, for parameters -1~to~22. The alternate names \.{DEFAULTRULETHICKNESS}, -\.{BIGOPSPACING1}, \.{BIGOPSPACING2}, \.{BIGOPSPACING3}, -\.{BIGOPSPACING4}, and \.{BIGOPSPACING5}, may also be used for parameters -8 to 13. - -The notation `\.{PARAMETER} $n$' provides another way to specify the -$n$th parameter; for example, `\.{(PARAMETER} \.{D 1 R -.25)}' is another way -to specify that the \.{SLANT} is $-0.25$. The value of $n$ must be positive -and less than |max_param_words|. - -@ The elements of a \.{CHARACTER} property list can be of six different types. - -\yskip\hang\.{CHARWD} (real value) denotes the character's width in -design units. - -\yskip\hang\.{CHARHT} (real value) denotes the character's height in -design units. - -\yskip\hang\.{CHARDP} (real value) denotes the character's depth in -design units. - -\yskip\hang\.{CHARIC} (real value) denotes the character's italic correction in -design units. - -\yskip\hang\.{NEXTLARGER} (one-byte value), specifies the character that -follows the present one in a ``charlist.'' The value must be the number of a -character in the font, and there must be no infinite cycles of supposedly -larger and larger characters. - -\yskip\hang\.{VARCHAR} (property list value), specifies an extensible -character. This option and \.{NEXTLARGER} are mutually exclusive; -i.e., they cannot both be used within the same \.{CHARACTER} list. - -\yskip\noindent -The elements of a \.{VARCHAR} property list are either \.{TOP}, \.{MID}, -\.{BOT} or \.{REP}; the values are integers, which must be zero or the number -or a character in the font. A zero value for \.{TOP}, \.{MID}, or \.{BOT} means -that the corresponding piece of the extensible character is absent. A nonzero -value, or a \.{REP} value of zero, denotes the character code used to make -up the top, middle, bottom, or replicated piece of an extensible character. - diff --git a/Master/tlpkg/tlpsrc/collection-documentation-english.tlpsrc b/Master/tlpkg/tlpsrc/collection-documentation-english.tlpsrc index fd503ab8fd8..05dfec7f936 100644 --- a/Master/tlpkg/tlpsrc/collection-documentation-english.tlpsrc +++ b/Master/tlpkg/tlpsrc/collection-documentation-english.tlpsrc @@ -13,7 +13,6 @@ depend firststeps depend free-math-font-survey depend gentle depend guide-to-latex -depend help depend impatient depend intro-scientific depend knuth diff --git a/Master/tlpkg/tlpsrc/help.tlpsrc b/Master/tlpkg/tlpsrc/help.tlpsrc deleted file mode 100644 index 4a2810aed50..00000000000 --- a/Master/tlpkg/tlpsrc/help.tlpsrc +++ /dev/null @@ -1,2 +0,0 @@ -name help -category Documentation |